[go: up one dir, main page]

US20220008527A1 - Heat Shock Protein-Binding Peptide Compositions And Methods Of Use Thereof - Google Patents

Heat Shock Protein-Binding Peptide Compositions And Methods Of Use Thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20220008527A1
US20220008527A1 US17/350,723 US202117350723A US2022008527A1 US 20220008527 A1 US20220008527 A1 US 20220008527A1 US 202117350723 A US202117350723 A US 202117350723A US 2022008527 A1 US2022008527 A1 US 2022008527A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
certain embodiments
amino acid
composition
acid sequence
polypeptide
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US17/350,723
Inventor
Mark Arthur Findeis
Benjamin Maxime Morin
Bishnu Joshi
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Agenus Inc
Original Assignee
Agenus Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Agenus Inc filed Critical Agenus Inc
Priority to US17/350,723 priority Critical patent/US20220008527A1/en
Assigned to AGENUS INC. reassignment AGENUS INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: FINDEIS, MARK ARTHUR, JOSHI, Bishnu, MORIN, Benjamin Maxime
Publication of US20220008527A1 publication Critical patent/US20220008527A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K7/00—Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K7/04—Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K7/06—Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links having 5 to 11 amino acids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/0005—Vertebrate antigens
    • A61K39/0011—Cancer antigens
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/0005—Vertebrate antigens
    • A61K39/0011—Cancer antigens
    • A61K39/001102—Receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • A61K39/001111—Immunoglobulin superfamily
    • A61K39/001114—CD74, Ii, MHC class II invariant chain or MHC class II gamma chain
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/12—Viral antigens
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/62—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being a protein, peptide or polyamino acid
    • A61K47/64—Drug-peptide, drug-protein or drug-polyamino acid conjugates, i.e. the modifying agent being a peptide, protein or polyamino acid which is covalently bonded or complexed to a therapeutically active agent
    • A61K47/646—Drug-peptide, drug-protein or drug-polyamino acid conjugates, i.e. the modifying agent being a peptide, protein or polyamino acid which is covalently bonded or complexed to a therapeutically active agent the entire peptide or protein drug conjugate elicits an immune response, e.g. conjugate vaccines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/69—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the conjugate being characterised by physical or galenical forms, e.g. emulsion, particle, inclusion complex, stent or kit
    • A61K47/6901—Conjugates being cells, cell fragments, viruses, ghosts, red blood cells or viral vectors
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/005—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from viruses
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/46—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • C07K14/47—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705—Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • C07K14/70503—Immunoglobulin superfamily
    • C07K14/70539—MHC-molecules, e.g. HLA-molecules
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/51—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising whole cells, viruses or DNA/RNA
    • A61K2039/515—Animal cells
    • A61K2039/5152—Tumor cells
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/555—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characterised by a specific combination antigen/adjuvant
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/555—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characterised by a specific combination antigen/adjuvant
    • A61K2039/55511—Organic adjuvants
    • A61K2039/55577—Saponins; Quil A; QS21; ISCOMS
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/58—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies raising an immune response against a target which is not the antigen used for immunisation
    • A61K2039/585—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies raising an immune response against a target which is not the antigen used for immunisation wherein the target is cancer
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/60—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characteristics by the carrier linked to the antigen
    • A61K2039/6031—Proteins
    • A61K2039/6043—Heat shock proteins
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/62—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characterised by the link between antigen and carrier
    • A61K2039/622—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characterised by the link between antigen and carrier non-covalent binding
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/62—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characterised by the link between antigen and carrier
    • A61K2039/627—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characterised by the link between antigen and carrier characterised by the linker
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/64—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characterised by the architecture of the carrier-antigen complex, e.g. repetition of carrier-antigen units
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/70—Fusion polypeptide containing domain for protein-protein interaction
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2710/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA dsDNA viruses
    • C12N2710/00011—Details
    • C12N2710/20011—Papillomaviridae
    • C12N2710/20034—Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein

Definitions

  • the invention relates to heat shock protein (HSP)-binding peptide compositions, and uses of such compositions as immunotherapeutics (e.g., cancer vaccines).
  • HSP heat shock protein
  • Immunotherapies are becoming important tools in the treatment of cancer.
  • One immunotherapy approach involves the use of therapeutic cancer vaccines comprising cancer-specific antigenic peptides that actively educate a patient's immune system to target and destroy cancer cells.
  • therapeutic cancer vaccines comprising cancer-specific antigenic peptides that actively educate a patient's immune system to target and destroy cancer cells.
  • generation of such therapeutic cancer vaccines is limited by the immunogenicity of cancer-specific antigenic peptides.
  • polypeptides and compositions comprising novel HSP-binding peptides.
  • Such polypeptides and compositions are particularly useful as immunotherapeutics (e.g., cancer vaccines).
  • methods of inducing a cellular immune response using such polypeptides and compositions methods of treating a disease using such polypeptides and compositions, kits comprising such polypeptides and compositions, and methods of making such compositions.
  • the disclosure provides an isolated polypeptide comprising a heat shock protein (HSP)-binding peptide comprising the amino acid sequence of X 1 LX 2 LTX 3 (SEQ ID NO: 1), wherein X 1 is W or F; X 2 is R or K; and X 3 is W, F, or G.
  • HSP heat shock protein
  • the disclosure provides an isolated polypeptide comprising an HSP-binding peptide comprising the amino acid sequence of NWX 1 X 2 X 3 X 4 X 5 (SEQ ID NO: 232), wherein X 1 is L or I; X 2 is L, R, or K; X 3 is L or I; X 4 is T, L, F, K, R, or W; and X 5 is W or K.
  • the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of: NX 1 LX 2 LTX 3 (SEQ ID NO: 2), wherein X 1 is W or F; X 2 is R or K; and X 3 is W, F, or G; WLX 1 LTX 2 (SEQ ID NO: 3), wherein X 1 is R or K; and X 2 is W or G; or NWLX 1 LTX 2 (SEQ ID NO: 4), wherein X 1 is R or K; and X 2 is W or G.
  • the HSP-binding peptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 5-12, 98-113, 204, 205, and 207-215. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 5-12, 98-113, 204, 205, and 207-215. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6.
  • the HSP-binding peptide is no more than 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 amino acid residues in length.
  • the polypeptide further comprises an antigenic peptide comprising one or more major histocompatibility complex (MHC)-binding epitopes.
  • MHC major histocompatibility complex
  • the MHC-binding epitope binds to an MHC I molecule with an IC 50 of 500 nM or less.
  • the MHC-binding epitope binds to an MHC II molecule with an IC 50 of 1000 nM or less.
  • the MHC-binding epitope is from a cancer cell. In certain embodiments, the MHC-binding epitope comprises an amino acid mutation or a gene fusion mutation of the cancer cell. In certain embodiments, the amino acid mutation is a substitution, deletion, or insertion mutation. In certain embodiments, the amino acid mutation or gene fusion mutation is at or about the middle of the antigenic peptide.
  • the amino acid mutation or gene fusion mutation is at position 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 of the amino acid sequence of the antigenic peptide.
  • the MHC-binding epitope is from a pathogenic microbe.
  • the pathogenic microbe is a virus.
  • the virus is a human papillomavirus (HPV).
  • the antigenic peptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 38-53.
  • the instant disclosure provides an isolated polypeptide comprising an HSP-binding peptide and an antigenic peptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 38-53.
  • the amino acid sequence of the antigenic peptide consists of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 38-53.
  • the HSP-binding peptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 1-12, 98-113, 204, 205, 207-215, and 232.
  • the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 1-12, 98-113, 204, 205, 207-215, and 232.
  • the MHC-binding epitope comprises a modified amino acid residue.
  • the modified amino acid residue is a Tyr, Ser, Thr, Arg, Lys, or His that has been phosphorylated on a side chain hydroxyl or amine.
  • the modified amino acid residue is a mimetic of a Tyr, Ser, Thr, Arg, Lys, or His amino acid that has been phosphorylated on a side chain hydroxyl or amine.
  • the mimetic is a non-hydrolyzable analogue of a phosphorylated residue.
  • the modified amino acid residue is an Asn that has been glycosylated on a side chain amide, a Ser or Thr that has been glycosylated on a side chain hydroxyl, a Lys or Arg that has been methylated on a side chain amino, a Lys that has been acetylated on a side chain amino, an N-terminal residue that has been acetylated on the ⁇ -amino, or a C-terminal residue that has been amidated on the ⁇ -carboxyl.
  • the modified amino acid residue is at or about the middle of the antigenic peptide.
  • the modified amino acid residue is at position 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 of the amino acid sequence of the antigenic peptide.
  • the HSP-binding peptide is linked to the antigenic peptide via a chemical linker. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide is linked to the antigenic peptide via a peptide linker. In certain embodiments, the peptide linker comprises the amino acid sequence of FFRK (SEQ ID NO: 13) or FR.
  • the HSP-binding peptide is at the C-terminus of the polypeptide.
  • the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of:
  • the HSP-binding peptide is at the N-terminus of the polypeptide.
  • the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of:
  • the polypeptide is 12 to 50 amino acids in length (e.g., 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 amino acids in length). In certain embodiments, the polypeptide is 20 to 40 amino acids in length.
  • the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 54-69. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide consists of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 54-69.
  • the polypeptide is chemically synthesized.
  • the instant disclosure provides a composition comprising a complex of the polypeptide disclosed herein and a purified stress protein.
  • the stress protein is selected from the group consisting of Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, Calreticulin, and a mutant or fusion protein thereof.
  • the stress protein is Hsc70.
  • the stress protein is human Hsc70.
  • the stress protein is a recombinant protein.
  • the instant disclosure provides a composition comprising a plurality of the polypeptides as disclosed herein, optionally further comprising a purified stress protein as disclosed herein.
  • the composition comprises 2-20 different polypeptides as disclosed herein.
  • each of the different polypeptides comprises the same HSP-binding peptide and a different antigenic peptide.
  • the antigenic peptide of each one of the polypeptides comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 38-53. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16 different antigenic peptides. In certain embodiments, each one of the polypeptides comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 54-69. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of each one of the polypeptides consists of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 54-69. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16 different polypeptides.
  • the total amount of the polypeptide(s) in the composition is about 0.1 to 20 nmol. In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) in the composition is about 3, 4, 5, or 6 nmol. In certain embodiments, the amount of the stress protein in the composition is about 10 ⁇ g to 600 ⁇ g. In certain embodiments, the amount of the stress protein in the composition is about 250 ⁇ g to 290 ⁇ g.
  • the molar ratio of the polypeptide(s) to the stress protein is about 0.5:1 to 5:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of the polypeptide(s) to the stress protein is about 1:1 to 2:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of the polypeptide(s) to the stress protein is about 1:1, 1.25:1, or 1.5:1.
  • the total amount of the polypeptide(s) and stress protein in the composition is about 10 ⁇ g to 600 ⁇ g. In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) and stress protein in the composition is about 300 ⁇ g.
  • the composition further comprises an adjuvant.
  • the adjuvant comprises a saponin or an immunostimulatory nucleic acid.
  • the adjuvant comprises QS-21.
  • the amount of the QS-21 in the composition is about 10 ⁇ g, 25 ⁇ g, or 50 ⁇ g.
  • the adjuvant comprises a Toll-like receptor (TLR) agonist.
  • TLR Toll-like receptor
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR4.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR7 and/or TLR8.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR9.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR5.
  • the composition is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient. In certain embodiments, the composition is in a unit dosage form.
  • the instant disclosure provides a method of inducing a cellular immune response to an antigenic peptide in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition or a unit dosage form as disclosed herein.
  • the subject has cancer.
  • the subject has an infection of a pathogenic microbe.
  • the instant disclosure provides a method of treating a disease in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition or a unit dosage form as disclosed herein.
  • the disease is cancer.
  • the disease is an infection of a pathogenic microbe.
  • the MHC-binding epitope is present in the subject's cancer cells. In certain embodiments, the MHC-binding epitope is present in the pathogenic microbe.
  • the composition or unit dosage form is administered to the subject weekly for four weeks. In certain embodiments, at least two further doses of the composition or unit dosage form are administered biweekly to the subject after the four weekly doses. In certain embodiments, at least one booster dose of the composition or unit dosage form is administered three months after the final weekly or biweekly dose. In certain embodiments, the composition or unit dosage form is further administered every three months for at least 1 year.
  • the method further comprises administering to the subject lenalidomide, dexamethasone, interleukin-2, recombinant interferon alfa-2b, or PEG-interferon alfa-2b.
  • the method further comprises administering to the subject an indoleamine dioxygenase-1 (IDO-1) inhibitor.
  • the IDO-1 inhibitor is 4-amino-N-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-N′-hydroxy-1,2,5-oxadiazole-3-carboximidamide.
  • the method further comprises administering to the subject an immune checkpoint antibody.
  • the immune checkpoint antibody is selected from the group consisting of an agonistic anti-GITR antibody, an agonistic anti-0X 40 antibody, an antagonistic anti-PD-1 antibody, an antagonistic anti-CTLA-4 antibody, an antagonistic anti-TIM-3 antibody, an antagonistic anti-LAG-3 antibody, an antagonistic anti-TIGIT antibody, an agonistic anti-CD96 antibody, an antagonistic anti-VISTA antibody, an antagonistic anti-CD73 antibody, an agonistic anti-CD137 antibody, an antagonist anti-CEACAM1 antibody, an agonist anti-ICOS antibody, and or an antigen-binding fragment thereof.
  • the instant disclosure provides a kit comprising a first container containing the polypeptide as disclosed herein, and a second container containing a purified stress protein capable of binding to the polypeptide.
  • the first container contains 2-20 different polypeptides as disclosed herein.
  • each of the different polypeptides comprises the same HSP-binding peptide and a different antigenic peptide.
  • the total amount of the polypeptide(s) in the first container is about 0.1 to 20 nmol. In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) in the first container is about 3, 4, 5, or 6 nmol.
  • the first container contains a single polypeptide as disclosed here in. In certain embodiments, the first container contains at least 20 different polypeptides as disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, each of the different polypeptides comprises the same HSP-binding peptide and a different antigenic peptide. In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) in the first container is about 0.1 to 20 nmol. In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) in the first container is about 3, 4, 5, or 6 nmol.
  • the stress protein is selected from the group consisting of Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, Calreticulin, and a mutant thereof.
  • the stress protein is Hsc70.
  • the stress protein is human Hsc70.
  • the stress protein is a recombinant protein.
  • the amount of the stress protein in the second container is about 10 ⁇ g to 600 ⁇ g. In certain embodiments, the amount of the stress protein in the second container is about 250 ⁇ g to 290 ⁇ g.
  • the molar ratio of the polypeptide to the stress protein is about 0.5:1 to 5:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of the polypeptide to the stress protein is about 1:1 to 2:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of the polypeptide to the stress protein is about 1:1, 1.25:1, or 1.5:1. In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) in the first container and the stress protein in the second container is about 10 ⁇ g to 600 ⁇ g. In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) in the first container and the stress protein in the second container is 300 ⁇ g.
  • the kit further comprises a third container containing an adjuvant.
  • the adjuvant comprises a saponin or an immunostimulatory nucleic acid.
  • the adjuvant comprises QS-21.
  • the amount of the QS-21 in the third container is about 10 ⁇ g, 25 ⁇ g, or 50 ⁇ g.
  • the adjuvant comprises a TLR agonist.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR4.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR7 and/or TLR8.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR9.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR5.
  • the instant disclosure provides a method of making a vaccine, the method comprising mixing one or more polypeptides as disclosed herein with a purified stress protein under suitable conditions such that the purified stress protein binds to at least one of the polypeptides.
  • the stress protein is selected from the group consisting of Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, Calreticulin, and a mutant thereof.
  • the stress protein is Hsc70.
  • the stress protein is human Hsc70.
  • the stress protein is a recombinant protein.
  • the molar ratio of the polypeptide to the stress protein is about 0.5:1 to 5:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of the polypeptide to the stress protein is about 1:1 to 2:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of the polypeptide to the stress protein is about 1:1, 1.25:1, or 1.5:1. In certain embodiments, the suitable conditions comprise a temperature of about 37° C.
  • FIG. 1 is an exemplary size exclusion chromatography (SEC) chromatogram showing the UV absorbance of uncomplexed Hsc70 (top) and peptide complexed Hsc70 (bottom).
  • SEC size exclusion chromatography
  • C”, D”, “T”, and “HMW” indicate the segments of the chromatogram corresponding to peptide-Hsc70 complexes, Hsc70 dimers, Hsc70 trimers, and high molecular weight oligomeric Hsc70 species, respectively.
  • M sh refers to a monomer shoulder.
  • FIG. 2 is a chromatogram showing the UV absorbance of PEP006 mixed with Hsc70 at a range of molar ratios from 0.25:1 to 3:1, wherein the compositions in the mixture were separated by size exclusion chromatography.
  • FIG. 3A is a chromatogram showing the UV absorbance of a polypeptide comprising PEP006 mixed with Hsc70 at a range of molar ratios from 0.125:1 to 4:1, wherein the compositions in the mixture were separated by size exclusion chromatography.
  • FIG. 3B is a graph showing percent complexation with Hsc70 for a PEP006-containing polypeptide, over a range of polypeptide:Hsc70 molar ratios from 0.125:1 to 4:1, as calculated from size exclusion chromatography traces similar to those in FIG. 3A . Three independent experiments are shown.
  • FIG. 4A is a graph showing percent complexation with Hsc70 for five different peptides, where each of the five different peptides was synthesized in three forms: one with a C-terminal PEP001 sequence, one with a C-terminal PEP006 sequence, and one without a C-terminal HSP-binding peptide (“Naked Peptide”).
  • FIG. 4B is a graph showing percent complexation with Hsc70 for six different peptides, where each of the six different peptides was synthesized in two forms: one with a C-terminal PEP001 sequence and one with a C-terminal PEP006 sequence.
  • FIGS. 7B-7E show the tumor volume of each mouse in these four treatment groups.
  • FIG. 7F shows a set of survival curves of the mice.
  • FIG. 8B shows a set of survival curves of the mice.
  • FIG. 9A is a series of graphs showing tumor growth kinetics in individual mice treated with two different formulations of HSC70-based vaccine loaded with 16 different HPV peptides comprising PEP006 as compared to PBS.
  • FIG. 9B is a graph showing group mean tumor growth kinetics of mice in the same mice.
  • FIG. 9C is a graph showing overall survival in the same experiment.
  • FIG. 10A is a series of chromatograms showing the reverse phase chromatography signals of the chemical synthesis products of an Ova peptide, naked (SEQ ID NO:97) or linked with PEP001 (SEQ ID NO:230) or PEP006 (SEQ ID NO:231).
  • the arrows indicate the retention time of the pure peptides.
  • FIG. 10B is a graph showing quantification of the signals in FIG. 10A .
  • FIG. 11 is a graph showing crude purity of naked peptides (A-Y) versus the same peptides (A-Y) with a C-terminal PEP006 sequence.
  • polypeptides and compositions comprising novel HSP-binding peptides.
  • Such polypeptides and compositions are particularly useful as immunotherapeutics (e.g., cancer vaccines).
  • methods of inducing a cellular immune response using such polypeptides and compositions methods of treating a disease using such polypeptides and compositions, kits comprising such polypeptides and compositions, and methods of making such compositions.
  • polypeptide refers to a non-naturally occurring polymer comprising a peptide of six or more amino acid residues.
  • a polypeptide can further comprise one or more non-amino-acid-residue structures.
  • a polypeptide comprises a chemical linker.
  • a polypeptide comprises a chemical linker linking two portions of the polypeptide.
  • a polypeptide does not comprise the entire amino acid sequence of a protein (e.g., a naturally occurring protein) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • a polypeptide does not comprise an amino acid sequence comprising more than 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100 contiguous amino acids of a protein (e.g., a naturally occurring protein) that comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • isolated polypeptide refers to a polypeptide that is separated from one or more molecules present after the expression (e.g., recombinant expression) or synthesis (e.g., chemical synthesis) of the polypeptide.
  • major histocompatibility complex and “MHC” are used interchangeably and refer to an MHC class I molecule and/or an MHC class II molecule.
  • HLA human leukocyte antigen
  • HLA-A major histocompatibility complex
  • HLA-B major histocompatibility complex
  • HLA-C major histocompatibility complex
  • HLA-DP major histocompatibility complex
  • HLA-DQ major histocompatibility complex
  • MHC-binding epitope refers to a peptide that binds to or is predicted to bind to an MHC molecule.
  • HSP-binding peptide As used herein, the terms “heat shock protein-binding peptide” and “HSP-binding peptide” are used interchangeably and refer to a peptide that non-covalently binds to an HSP.
  • an HSP-binding peptide does not comprise an amino acid sequence containing more than 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 contiguous amino acids of a protein (e.g., a naturally occurring protein) that comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • peptide linker refers to a peptide bond or a peptide sequence that links a C-terminal amino acid residue of a first peptide to an N-terminal amino acid residue of a second peptide.
  • chemical linker refers to any chemical bond or moiety that is capable of linking two molecules, wherein the bond or moiety is not a peptide linker.
  • the terms “treat,” “treating,” and “treatment” refer to therapeutic or preventative measures described herein.
  • the methods of “treatment” employ administration of an antibody to a subject having a disease or disorder, or predisposed to having such a disease or disorder, in order to prevent, cure, delay, reduce the severity of, or ameliorate one or more symptoms of the disease or disorder or recurring disease or disorder, or in order to prolong the survival of a subject beyond that expected in the absence of such treatment.
  • the term “effective amount” in the context of the administration of a therapy to a subject refers to the amount of a therapy that achieves a desired prophylactic or therapeutic effect.
  • the term “subject” includes any human or non-human animal.
  • the instant disclosure provides a polypeptide comprising an HSP-binding peptide comprising any one of the amino acid sequences provided in Table 1.
  • the instant disclosure provides a polypeptide comprising an HSP-binding peptide comprising the amino acid sequence of X 1 LX 2 LTX 3 (SEQ ID NO: 1), wherein X 1 is W or F; X 2 is R or K; and X 3 is W, F, or G.
  • the instant disclosure provides a polypeptide comprising an HSP-binding peptide comprising the amino acid sequence of NWX 1 X 2 X 3 X 4 X 5 (SEQ ID NO: 232), wherein X 1 is L or I; X 2 is L, R, or K; X 3 is L or I; X 4 is T, L, F, K, R, or W; and X 5 is W or K.
  • the HSP-binding peptide binds to an HSP (e.g., Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, or Calreticulin) with a K d lower than 10 ⁇ 3 M, 10 ⁇ 4 M, 10 ⁇ 5 M, 10 ⁇ 6 M, 10 ⁇ 7 M, 10 ⁇ 8 M, or 10 ⁇ 9 M.
  • HSP e.g., Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, or Calreticulin
  • the HSP-binding peptide binds to Hsc70 (e.g., human Hsc70) with a K d of 10 ⁇ 3 M, 10 ⁇ 4 M, 10 ⁇ 5 M, 10 ⁇ 6 M, 10 ⁇ 7 M, 10 ⁇ 8 M, 10 ⁇ 9 M, or lower.
  • Hsc70 e.g., human Hsc70
  • K d 10 ⁇ 3 M, 10 ⁇ 4 M, 10 ⁇ 5 M, 10 ⁇ 6 M, 10 ⁇ 7 M, 10 ⁇ 8 M, 10 ⁇ 9 M, or lower.
  • the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of NX 1 LX 2 LTX 3 (SEQ ID NO: 2), wherein X 1 is W or F; X 2 is R or K; and X 3 is W, F, or G.
  • the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of WLX 1 LTX 2 (SEQ ID NO: 3), wherein X 1 is R or K; and X 2 is W or G.
  • the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of NWLX 1 LTX 2 (SEQ ID NO: 4), wherein X 1 is R or K; and X 2 is W or G.
  • the HSP-binding peptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 5-12, 98-113, 204-205, and 207-215. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9.
  • the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 98. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 99. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 100. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 101.
  • the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 102. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 103. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 104. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 105. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 106. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 107.
  • the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 108. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 109. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 110. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 111. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 112. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 113.
  • the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 204. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 205. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 207. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 208. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 209. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 210.
  • the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 211. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 212. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 213. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 214. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 215.
  • the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 232.
  • the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 5-12, 98-113, 204, 205, and 207-215. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8.
  • the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 98.
  • the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 99. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 100. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 101. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 102. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 103.
  • the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 104. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 105. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 106. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 107. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 108.
  • the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 109. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 110. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 111. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 112. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 113.
  • the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 204. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 205. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 207. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 208. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 209.
  • the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 210. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 211. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 212. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 213. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 214. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 215.
  • the HSP-binding peptide is no more than 100 (e.g., no more than 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, or 95) amino acid residues in length.
  • 100 e.g., no more than 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, or 95 amino acid residues in length.
  • the HSP-binding peptide is from 6 to 50 (e.g., 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50) amino acid residues in length.
  • the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide consists of the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide.
  • the HSP-binding peptide further comprises a linker.
  • the linker can be any chemical linker or peptide linker known in the art.
  • the linker comprises a moiety for chemical crosslinking or ultraviolet (UV) crosslinking. Any chemical crosslinking or UV crosslinking moieties known in the art (see, e.g., Wong, 1991, Chemistry of Protein Conjugation and Cross-Linking, CRC Press, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) can be employed.
  • the linker comprises a click chemistry handle.
  • click chemistry handle refers to a reactant or a reactive group that can partake in a click chemistry reaction. Exemplary click chemistry handles are demonstrated in U.S. Patent Publication 20130266512, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • the linker comprises a peptide linker.
  • the peptide linker comprises an amino acid sequence that can be recognized and/or cleaved by a protease.
  • the protease is expressed in a mammalian cell (e.g., a human cell).
  • the protease is expressed in an antigen-presenting cell (e.g., B cell, macrophage, dendritic cell).
  • the protease is a serine protease.
  • the protease is trypsin, chymotrypsin, papain, V8 protease, or elastase.
  • the peptide linker comprises or consists of the amino acid sequence of FFRK (SEQ ID NO: 13).
  • the peptide linker comprises or consists of the amino acid sequence of FR.
  • polypeptide comprises any one of the amino acid sequences provided in Table 2.
  • the linker is N-terminal to the HSP-binding peptide.
  • the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14, 15, 16, 17, or 233.
  • the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 71, 72, 74, 75, 166, 167, 173, or 174.
  • the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14, 15, 16, 17, or 233.
  • the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 71, 72, 74, 75, 166, 167, 173, or 174.
  • the linker is C-terminal to the HSP-binding peptide.
  • the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26, 27, 28, 29, or 234.
  • the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, or 229.
  • the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26, 27, 28, 29, or 234.
  • the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, or 229.
  • the instant disclosure provides a polypeptide comprising an HSP-binding peptide as disclosed herein and an antigenic peptide comprising one or more MHC-binding epitopes.
  • MHC-binding epitopes can be identified by methods known in the art, e.g., by an assay that measures the binding of a peptide to an MHC molecule (e.g., an HLA molecule).
  • an assay that measures the binding of a peptide to an MHC molecule e.g., an HLA molecule.
  • Non-limiting examples of such assays include inhibition of antigen presentation (Sette, et al., J. Immunol. 141:3893, 1991), in vitro assembly assays (Townsend, et al., Cell 62:285, 1990), and FACS based assays using mutated cells, such as RMA.S (Melief, et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 21:2963, 1991).
  • an MHC-binding epitope can be predicted to bind an MHC molecule (e.g., an HLA molecule) by a software program (e.g. SYFPEITHI, Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics 50, 213-219, 1999, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • a software program e.g. SYFPEITHI, Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics 50, 213-219, 1999, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Other methods that can be used to identify an MHC-binding epitope include, without limitation, those disclosed in Guan, P. et al., (2003) Applied Bioinformatics, 2: 63-66; Blythe, M. J. et al., (2002) Bioinformatics, 18: 434-439; Flower, D. R. and Doytchinova, I. A. (2002).
  • MHC molecules are classified as either Class I or Class II molecules.
  • Class II MHC molecules are expressed primarily on cells involved in initiating and sustaining immune responses, such as dendritic cells, B lymphocytes, macrophages, etc.
  • Class II MHC molecules are recognized by helper T lymphocytes and induce proliferation of helper T lymphocytes and amplification of the immune response to the particular immunogenic peptide that is displayed.
  • Class I MHC molecules are expressed on almost all nucleated cells and are recognized by cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTLs), which then destroy the antigen-bearing cells. Cytotoxic T lymphocytes are particularly important in tumor rejection and in fighting viral infections.
  • CTLs cytotoxic T lymphocytes
  • the CTL recognizes the antigen in the form of a peptide fragment bound to the MHC class I molecules rather than the intact foreign antigen itself.
  • the capacity of peptides to bind MHC molecules can be measured in a variety of different ways, such as by inhibition of antigen presentation (Sette, et al., J. Immunol. 141:3893, 1991, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), in vitro assembly assays (Townsend, et al., Cell 62:285, 1990), and FACS based assays using mutated cells, such as RMA.S (Melief, et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 21:2963, 1991, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • MHC-binding epitopes predicted to bind MHC class I molecules are typically between 8 to 11 residues
  • MHC-binding epitopes predicted to bind MHC class II molecules are typically in the range of 10 to 20 residues.
  • the MHC-binding epitope is an HLA-binding epitope. In certain embodiments, the MHC-binding epitope binds to an MHC I molecule with an IC50 smaller than or equal to 500 nM (e.g., smaller than or equal to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, or 450 nM).
  • 500 nM e.g., smaller than or equal to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, or 450 nM.
  • the MHC-binding epitope binds to an MHC II molecule with an IC50 smaller than or equal to 1000 nM (e.g., smaller than or equal to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, or 900 nM).
  • 1000 nM e.g., smaller than or equal to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, or 900 nM.
  • the sequence of the MHC-binding epitope is identified from one or more of a subject's cancer cells (e.g., cells of cervical cancer, adenocarcinoma, glioblastoma, or multiple myeloma).
  • the amino acid sequence of the MHC-binding epitope is 100% identical to the sequence identified from the cancer cell(s).
  • the amino acid sequence of the MHC-binding epitope is at least 70%, 80%, 90%, or 95% identical to the sequence identified from the cancer cell, optionally wherein the difference comprises mostly or only conservative substitutions of amino acids.
  • the amino acid sequence identified from the cancer cell can be either wild-type or mutant relative to the most frequent sequence of the population of the species. Where the amino acid sequence identified from the cancer cell is mutant, it can comprise an amino acid mutation (e.g., a substitution, deletion, or insertion mutation) or a gene fusion mutation (e.g., as a result of genomic translocation or transposition).
  • the sequence of the MHC-binding epitope is identified from a pathogenic microbe.
  • the pathogenic microbe can be a virus, a bacterium, a fungus, a protozoan, or a parasite.
  • Exemplary viruses include hepatitis type A, hepatitis type B, hepatitis type C, influenza (e.g., influenza A or influenza B), varicella, adenovirus, herpes simplex type I (HSV-I), herpes simplex type II (HSV-II), rinderpest, rhinovirus, echovirus, rotavirus, respiratory syncytial virus, papilloma virus (e.g., human papillomavirus (HPV)), papova virus, cytomegalovirus, echinovirus, arbovirus, hantavirus, coxsackie virus, mumps virus, measles virus, rubella virus, polio virus, Epstein Barr virus (EBV
  • Exemplary bacteria include Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus, Enterococcus faecalis, Proteus vulgaris, Staphylococcus viridans , and Pseudomonas aeruginosa .
  • Exemplary fungi include Candida (e.g., Candida glabrata ), Pneumocystis carinii, Fusarium keratitis, coccidioidal, Aspergillus niger, Cryptococcus neoformans , and Curvularia geniculata .
  • Exemplary protozoa include leishmania, coccidiosis, trypanosoma schistosoma, and malaria.
  • Exemplary parasites include chlamydia and rickettsia.
  • the MHC-binding epitope comprises a modified amino acid residue.
  • the MHC-binding epitope comprises a phosphorylated residue (e.g., a Tyr, Ser, Thr, Arg, Lys, or His that has been phosphorylated on a side chain hydroxyl or amine).
  • the MHC-binding epitope comprises a phosphomimetic residue (e.g., a mimetic of a Tyr, Ser, Thr, Arg, Lys, or His amino acid that has been phosphorylated on a side chain hydroxyl or amine).
  • Non-limiting examples of phosphomimetic groups include O-boranophospho, borono, O-dithiophospho, phosphoramide, H-phosphonate, alkylphosphonate, phosphorothiolate, phosphodithiolate and phosphorofluoridate, any of which may be derivatized on Tyr, Thr, Ser, Arg, Lys, or His residues.
  • an Asp or Glu residue is used as a phosphomimetic in place of a phospho-Tyr, phospho-Thr, phospho-Ser, phospho-Arg, phospho-Lys and/or phospho-His residue in a peptide.
  • the phosphomimetic residue is a non-hydrolyzable analogue of a phosphorylated residue.
  • the antigenic peptide can comprise one or more MHC-binding epitopes.
  • the antigenic peptide comprises one MHC-binding epitope.
  • the antigenic peptide comprises two or more (e.g., 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more) MHC-binding epitopes.
  • the two or more MHC-binding epitopes can be linked via a chemical linker or a peptide linker, wherein the peptide linker optionally comprises an amino acid sequence that can be recognized and/or cleaved by a protease.
  • the antigenic peptide is 8 to 50 amino acids (e.g., 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 amino acids) in length. In certain embodiments, the antigenic peptide is 12 to 50, 20 to 40, 20 to 35, 25 to 40, 20 to 30, 25 to 35, or 30 to 40 amino acids in length.
  • the HSP-binding peptide can be linked to the antigenic peptide via a chemical linker or a peptide linker.
  • the HSP-binding peptide can be linked to the antigenic peptide via a chemical linker.
  • Any chemical linkers can be employed to link the HSP-binding peptide and the antigenic peptide.
  • Exemplary chemical linkers include moieties generated from chemical crosslinking (see, e.g., Wong, 1991, Chemistry of Protein Conjugation and Cross-Linking, CRC Press, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), UV crosslinking, and click chemistry reactions (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Publication 20130266512, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety).
  • the HSP-binding peptide can be linked to the antigenic peptide via a peptide linker (e.g., a peptide linker as disclosed in Section 5.2).
  • the HSP-binding sequence can be linked to the antigenic peptide at any amino acid position.
  • the C-terminus of the HSP-binding sequence is linked to the N-terminus of the antigenic peptide via a chemical linker.
  • the N-terminus of the HSP-binding sequence is linked to the C-terminus of the antigenic peptide via a chemical linker.
  • the C-terminus of the HSP-binding sequence is linked to the N-terminus of the antigenic peptide via a peptide linker.
  • the N-terminus of the HSP-binding sequence is linked to the C-terminus of the antigenic peptide via a peptide linker.
  • the HSP-binding peptide is at the C-terminus of the polypeptide.
  • Polypeptides having an HSP-binding peptide at the C-terminus are generally advantageous in having an improved purity when produced by solid-phase synthesis.
  • the HSP-binding peptide is at the N-terminus of the polypeptide.
  • the heat shock protein-binding peptide is not at the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide.
  • the heat shock protein-binding peptide is at the center of the polypeptide.
  • the polypeptide comprises, from N-terminus to C-terminus, an antigenic peptide comprising one or more MHC-binding epitopes, a peptide linker, and an HSP-binding peptide disclosed herein.
  • the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14, 15, 16, 17, or 233.
  • the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 71, 72, 74, 75, 166, 167, 173, or 174.
  • the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide consists of, from N-terminus to C-terminus, the amino acid sequence of an antigenic peptide disclosed herein, and the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14, 15, 16, 17, or 233. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide consists of, from N-terminus to C-terminus, the amino acid sequence of an antigenic peptide disclosed herein, and the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 71, 72, 74, 75, 166, 167, 173, or 174.
  • the polypeptide comprises, from N-terminus to C-terminus, an HSP-binding peptide disclosed herein, a peptide linker, and an antigenic peptide comprising one or more MHC-binding epitopes.
  • the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26, 27, 28, 29, or 234.
  • the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, or 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, or 229.
  • the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide consists of, from N-terminus to C-terminus, the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26, 27, 28, 29, or 234, and the amino acid sequence of an antigenic peptide disclosed herein.
  • the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide consists of, from N-terminus to C-terminus, the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, or 229, and the amino acid sequence of an antigenic peptide disclosed herein.
  • the polypeptide disclosed herein is no more than 500 amino acids (e.g., no more than 400, 300, 200, 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, or 40 amino acids) in length. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide is not naturally occurring.
  • the polypeptide binds to an HSP (e.g., Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, or Calreticulin) with a K d lower than 10 ⁇ 3 M, 10 4 M, 10 ⁇ 5 M, 10 ⁇ 6 M, 10 ⁇ 7 M, 10 ⁇ 8 M, or 10 ⁇ 9 M.
  • Hsc70 e.g., human Hsc70
  • the polypeptide binds to Hsc70 (e.g., human Hsc70) with a K d of 10 ⁇ 3 M, 10 4 M, 10 ⁇ 5 M, 10 ⁇ 6 M, 10 ⁇ 7 M, 10 ⁇ 8 M, 10 ⁇ 9 M, or lower.
  • Polypeptides disclosed herein can be synthesized by standard chemical methods including the use of a peptide synthesizer. Conventional peptide synthesis or other synthetic protocols well known in the art can be used.
  • the polypeptide disclosed herein consists of amino acid residues linked by peptide bonds.
  • Such polypeptides can be synthesized, for example, by solid-phase peptide synthesis using procedures similar to those described by Merrifield, 1963, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 85:2149, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • N- ⁇ -protected amino acids having protected side chains are added stepwise to a growing polypeptide chain linked by its C-terminal and to an insoluble polymeric support i.e., polystyrene beads.
  • the polypeptides are synthesized by linking an amino group of an N- ⁇ -deprotected amino acid to an ⁇ -carboxyl group of an N- ⁇ -protected amino acid that has been activated by reacting it with a reagent such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide or 2-(6-Chloro-1-H-benzotriazole-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethylaminium hexafluorophosphate.
  • a reagent such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide or 2-(6-Chloro-1-H-benzotriazole-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethylaminium hexafluorophosphate.
  • the attachment of a free amino group to the activated carboxyl leads to peptide bond formation.
  • the most commonly used N- ⁇ -protecting groups include Boc which is acid labile and Fmoc which is base labile.
  • nonclassical amino acids or chemical amino acid analogs can be introduced as a substitution or addition into the peptide sequence.
  • Non-classical amino acids include, but are not limited to, the D-isomers of the common amino acids, ⁇ -amino isobutyric acid, 4-aminobutyric acid, hydroxyproline, sarcosine, citrulline, cysteic acid, t-butylglycine, t-butylalanine, phenylglycine, cyclohexylalanine, ⁇ -alanine, designer amino acids such as ⁇ -methyl amino acids, C- ⁇ -methyl amino acids, and N- ⁇ -methyl amino acids.
  • Polypeptides phosphorylated on the side chains of Tyr, Ser, Thr, Arg, Lys, and His can be synthesized in Fmoc solid phase synthesis using the appropriate side chain protected Fmoc-phospho amino acid.
  • polypeptides with a combination of phosphorylated and non-phosphorylated Tyr, Ser, Thr, Arg, Lys, and His residues can be synthesized.
  • Staerkaer et al can be applied (1991, Tetrahedron Letters 32: 5389-5392).
  • Other procedures are detailed in De Bont et al. (1987, Tray. Chim Pays Bas 106: 641, 642), Bannwarth and Trequel (1987, Helv.
  • a phosphorylated polypeptide can also be produced by first culturing a cell transformed with a nucleic acid that encodes the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide. After producing such a polypeptide by cell culture, the hydroxyl groups of the appropriate amino acid are substituted by phosphate groups using organic synthesis or enzymatic methods with phosphorylation enzymes. For example, in the case of serine-specific phosphorylation, serine kinases can be used.
  • Phosphopeptide mimetics can also be synthesized, wherein a phosphorylated amino acid residue in a polypeptide is replaced with a phosphomimetic group.
  • phosphomimetic groups include O-boranophospho, borono, O-dithiophospho, phosphoramide, H-phosphonate, alkylphosphonate, phosphorothiolate, phosphodithiolate and phosphorofluoridate, any of which may be derivatized on Tyr, Thr, Ser, Arg, Lys, or His residues.
  • an Asp or Glu residue is used as a phosphomimetic.
  • Asp or Glu residues can also function as phosphomimetic groups, and be used in place of a phospho-Tyr, phospho-Thr, phospho-Ser, phospho-Arg, phospho-Lys and/or phospho-His residue in a peptide.
  • Polypeptides disclosed herein can also be prepared by recombinant DNA methods known in the art.
  • a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide can be obtained by back translation of the amino acid sequence and synthesized by standard chemical methods, such as the use of an oligonucleotide synthesizer.
  • coding information for polypeptides can be obtained from DNA templates using specifically designed oligonucleotide primers and PCR methodologies. Variations and fragments of the polypeptides can be made by substitutions, insertions or deletions that provide for functionally equivalent molecules. Due to the degeneracy of nucleotide coding sequences, DNA sequences which encode the same or a variant of a polypeptide may be used in the practice of the present invention.
  • nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide can be inserted into an expression vector for propagation and expression in host cells.
  • the coding sequence for peptides of the length contemplated herein can be synthesized by chemical techniques, for example, the phosphotriester method of Matteucci et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 103:3185 (1981) (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), modification can be made simply by substituting the appropriate base(s) for those encoding the native peptide sequence.
  • the coding sequence can then be provided with appropriate linkers and ligated into expression vectors commonly available in the art, and the vectors used to transform suitable hosts to produce the desired peptide or fusion protein. A number of such vectors and suitable host systems are now available.
  • the coding sequence will be provided with operably linked start and stop codons, promoter and terminator regions and usually a replication system to provide an expression vector for expression in the desired cellular host.
  • An expression construct refers to a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide operably linked with one or more regulatory regions which enables expression of the peptide in an appropriate host cell. “Operably-linked” refers to an association in which the regulatory regions and the peptide sequence to be expressed are joined and positioned in such a way as to permit transcription, and ultimately, translation.
  • the regulatory regions necessary for transcription of the peptide can be provided by the expression vector.
  • a translation initiation codon may also be provided if the peptide gene sequence lacking its cognate initiation codon is to be expressed.
  • cellular transcriptional factors such as RNA polymerase, will bind to the regulatory regions on the expression construct to effect transcription of the peptide sequence in the host organism.
  • the precise nature of the regulatory regions needed for gene expression may vary from host cell to host cell. Generally, a promoter is required which is capable of binding RNA polymerase and promoting the transcription of an operably-associated nucleic acid sequence.
  • Such regulatory regions may include those 5′ non-coding sequences involved with initiation of transcription and translation, such as the TATA box, capping sequence, CAAT sequence, and the like.
  • the non-coding region 3′ to the coding sequence may contain transcriptional termination regulatory sequences, such as terminators and polyadenylation sites.
  • linkers or adapters providing the appropriate compatible restriction sites may be ligated to the ends of the cDNAs by techniques well known in the art (Wu et al., 1987, Methods in Enzymol 152:343-349, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Cleavage with a restriction enzyme can be followed by modification to create blunt ends by digesting back or filling in single-stranded DNA termini before ligation. Alternatively, a desired restriction enzyme site can be introduced into a fragment of DNA by amplification of the DNA by use of PCR with primers containing the desired restriction enzyme site.
  • An expression construct comprising a polypeptide coding sequence operably linked with regulatory regions can be directly introduced into appropriate host cells for expression and production of the peptide without further cloning.
  • the expression constructs can also contain DNA sequences that facilitate integration of the DNA sequence into the genome of the host cell, e.g., via homologous recombination. In this instance, it is not necessary to use an expression vector comprising a replication origin suitable for appropriate host cells in order to propagate and express the peptide in the host cells.
  • expression vectors may be used including plasmids, cosmids, phage, phagemids or modified viruses.
  • expression vectors comprise a functional origin of replication for propagation of the vector in an appropriate host cell, one or more restriction endonuclease sites for insertion of the peptide gene sequence, and one or more selection markers.
  • Expression vectors may be constructed to carry nucleotide sequences for one or more of the polypeptides disclosed herein.
  • the expression vector must be used with a compatible host cell which may be derived from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic organism including but not limited to bacteria, yeasts, insects, mammals and humans.
  • Such host cells can be transformed to express one or more polypeptides disclosed herein, such as by transformation of the host cell with a single expression vector containing a plurality of nucleotide sequences encoding any of the polypeptides disclosed herein, or by transformation of the host cell with multiple expression vectors encoding different polypeptides disclosed herein.
  • a number of expression vectors may be advantageously selected to produce polypeptides.
  • vectors that direct the expression of high levels of fusion protein products that are readily purified may be desirable.
  • Such vectors include the E. coli expression vector pUR278 (Ruther et al., 1983, EMBO J. 2, 1791, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), in which the peptide coding sequence may be ligated individually into the vector in frame with the lac Z coding region so that a fusion protein is produced; pIN vectors (Inouye and Inouye, 1985, Nucleic Acids Res.
  • pGEX vectors may also be used to express these peptides as fusion proteins with glutathione S-transferase (GST).
  • GST glutathione S-transferase
  • fusion proteins are soluble and can easily be purified from lysed cells by adsorption to glutathione-agarose beads followed by elution in the presence of free glutathione.
  • the pGEX vectors are designed to include thrombin or factor Xa protease cleavage sites so that the polypeptide can be released from the GST moiety.
  • Cell lines that stably express peptide complexes may be engineered by using a vector that contains a selectable marker.
  • engineered cells may be allowed to grow for 1-2 days in an enriched media, and then are switched to a selective media.
  • the selectable marker in the expression construct confers resistance to the selection and optimally allows cells to stably integrate the expression construct into their chromosomes and to grow in culture and to be expanded into cell lines. Such cells can be cultured for a long period of time while the peptide is expressed continuously.
  • the recombinant cells may be cultured under standard conditions of temperature, incubation time, optical density and media composition. However, conditions for growth of recombinant cells may be different from those for expression of the polypeptides. Modified culture conditions and media may also be used to enhance production of the peptides. For example, recombinant cells containing peptides with their cognate promoters may be exposed to heat or other environmental stress, or chemical stress. Any techniques known in the art may be applied to establish the optimal conditions for producing peptide complexes.
  • a codon encoding methionine is added at the 5′ end of the nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide to provide a signal for initiation of translation of the peptide.
  • This methionine may remain attached to the polypeptide, or the methionine may be removed by the addition of an enzyme or enzymes that can catalyze the cleavage of methionine from the peptide.
  • an enzyme or enzymes that can catalyze the cleavage of methionine from the peptide.
  • N-terminal methionine is removed by a methionine aminopeptidase (MAP) (Tsunasawa et al., 1985, J. Biol. Chem. 260, 5382-5391, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • MAP methionine aminopeptidase
  • Methionine aminopeptidases have been isolated and cloned from several organisms, including E. coli , yeast, and rat.
  • the peptide may be recovered from the bacterial, mammalian, or other host cell types, or from the culture medium, by known methods (see, for example, Current Protocols in Immunology, vol. 2, chapter 8, Coligan et al. (ed.), John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; Pathogenic and Clinical Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by Rowland et al., Little Brown & Co., June 1994, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • a peptide comprising the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide can be synthesized chemically, and joined to an antigenic peptide, optionally produced by recombinant DNA technology, via a peptide bond.
  • derivatives or analogs of the polypeptides disclosed herein that are modified during or after translation, e.g., by glycosylation, acetylation, phosphorylation, amidation (e.g., of the C-terminal carboxyl group), or derivatization by known protecting/blocking groups, or proteolytic cleavage.
  • any of numerous chemical modifications may be carried out by known techniques, including but not limited to, reagents useful for protection or modification of free NH 2 — groups, free COOH— groups, OH— groups, side groups of Trp-, Tyr-, Phe-, His-, Arg-, or Lys-; specific chemical cleavage by cyanogen bromide, hydroxylamine, BNPS-Skatole, acid, or alkali hydrolysis; enzymatic cleavage by trypsin, chymotrypsin, papain, V8 protease, NaBH4; acetylation, formylation, oxidation, reduction; metabolic synthesis in the presence of tunicamycin; etc.
  • the instant disclosure provides a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising one or more polypeptide as disclosed herein.
  • a composition e.g., a pharmaceutical composition
  • the instant disclosure provides a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising one or more (e.g., two or more, three or more, four or more, five or more, ten or more, or 20 or more) different polypeptides as disclosed herein.
  • the instant disclosure provides a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising no more than 30 different polypeptides as disclosed herein.
  • the instant disclosure provides a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising 1 to 30 (e.g., 2 to 20, 3 to 20, 4 to 20, 5 to 20, 5 to 15, or 5 to 10) different polypeptides as disclosed herein.
  • the different polypeptides each comprise the same HSP-binding peptide and a different antigenic peptide.
  • the composition further comprises a purified stress protein.
  • a purified stress protein is useful as a vaccine formulation.
  • a method for making a vaccine comprising mixing one or more compositions disclosed herein with a purified stress protein such that the purified stress protein binds to at least one of the HSP-binding antigenic conjugates or peptides.
  • the instant disclosure provides a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising one or more polypeptides as disclosed herein and a purified stress protein.
  • a composition e.g., a pharmaceutical composition
  • a purified stress protein binds to the polypeptide in the composition.
  • Such compositions are useful as vaccine formulations for the treatment of a cancer or an infection of a pathogenic microbe.
  • the polypeptides prior to complexation with purified stress proteins, may be reconstituted from powder in 100% DMSO. Equimolar amounts of the peptides may then be pooled in a solution of 75% DMSO diluted in sterile water.
  • the polypeptides prior to complexation with purified stress proteins, may be reconstituted in neutral water.
  • the polypeptides prior to complexation with purified stress proteins, may be reconstituted in acidic water containing HCl.
  • the polypeptides prior to complexation with purified stress proteins, may be reconstituted in basic water containing NaOH.
  • the solubility of each polypeptide in water may be tested. If a polypeptide is soluble in neutral water, neutral water may be used as a solvent for the polypeptide. If the polypeptide is not soluble in neutral water, solubility in acidic water containing HCl, or another acid, e.g., acetic acid, phosphoric acid, or sulfuric acid may be tested. If the polypeptide is soluble in acidic water containing HCl (or another acid), acidic water containing HCl (or another acid) may be used as the solvent for the polypeptide.
  • polypeptide is not soluble in acidic water containing HCl (or another acid), solubility in basic water containing NaOH may be tested. If the polypeptide is soluble in basic water containing NaOH, basic water containing NaOH may be used as the solvent for the polypeptide. If the polypeptide is not soluble in basic water containing NaOH, the polypeptide may be dissolved in DMSO. If the polypeptide is not soluble in DMSO the polypeptide may be excluded from the vaccine. The dissolved polypeptides may then be mixed to make a pool of polypeptides. The dissolved polypeptides may be mixed at equal volume. The dissolved polypeptides may be mixed in equimolar amounts.
  • Stress proteins which are also referred to interchangeably herein as heat shock proteins (HSPs), useful in the practice of the instant invention can be selected from among any cellular protein that is capable of binding other proteins or peptides and capable of releasing the bound proteins or peptides in the presence of adenosine triphosphate (ATP) or under acidic conditions. The intracellular concentration of such protein may increase when a cell is exposed to a stressful stimulus.
  • HSP60, HSP70, HSP90, HSP100, sHSPs, and PDI families also include proteins that are related to stress-induced HSPs in sequence similarity, for example, having greater than 35% amino acid identity, but whose expression levels are not altered by stress.
  • stress protein or heat shock protein embraces other proteins, mutants, analogs, and variants thereof having at least 35% (e.g., at least 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 99%) amino acid identity with members of these families whose expression levels in a cell are enhanced in response to a stressful stimulus.
  • the stress protein is a member of the hsp60, hsp70, or hsp90 family of stress proteins (e.g., Hsc70, human Hsc70), or a mutant, analog, or variant thereof.
  • the stress protein is selected from the group consisting of hsc70, hsp70, hsp90, hsp110, grp170, gp96, calreticulin, a mutant thereof, and combinations of two or more thereof.
  • the stress protein is Hsc70 (e.g., human Hsc70).
  • the stress protein is Hsp70 (e.g., human Hsp70).
  • the stress protein e.g., human hsc70
  • the stress protein is a recombinant protein.
  • HSP70 Heat Shock 70 kDa Protein 1A
  • HGNC 5232
  • Entrez Gene 3303
  • Ensembl ENSG00000204389
  • OMIM 140550
  • UniProtKB P08107
  • NCBI Reference Sequence NM 005345.5
  • Computer programs, such as Entrez can be used to browse the database, and retrieve any amino acid sequence and genetic sequence data of interest by accession number.
  • HSPs HSP peptide-binding fragments of the invention are as follows: human Hsp70, Genbank Accession No. NM 005345, Sargent et al., 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 86:1968-1972; human Hsc70: Genbank Accession Nos. P11142, Y00371; human Hsp90, Genbank Accession No.
  • calreticulin an endoplasmic reticulum resident protein, calreticulin
  • calreticulin an endoplasmic reticulum resident protein
  • Other stress proteins include grp78 (or BiP), protein disulfide isomerase (PDI), hsp110, and grp170 (Lin et al., 1993, Mol. Biol. Cell, 4:1109-1119; Wang et al., 2001, J.
  • a stress protein encompasses any chaperone protein that facilitates peptide-MHC presentation.
  • Suitable chaperone proteins include, but are not limited to, ER chaperones and tapasin (e.g., human tapasin).
  • the major stress proteins can accumulate to very high levels in stressed cells, but they occur at low to moderate levels in cells that have not been stressed.
  • the highly inducible mammalian hsp70 is hardly detectable at normal temperatures but becomes one of the most actively synthesized proteins in the cell upon heat shock (Welch, et al., 1985, J. Cell. Biol. 101:1198-1211, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • hsp90 and hsp60 proteins are abundant at normal temperatures in most, but not all, mammalian cells and are further induced by heat (Lai, et al., 1984, Mol. Cell. Biol. 4:2802-10; van Bergen en Henegouwen, et al., 1987, Genes Dev. 1:525-31, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • nucleotide sequences encoding heat shock protein within a family or variants of a heat shock protein can be identified and obtained by hybridization with a probe comprising nucleotide sequence encoding an HSP under conditions of low to medium stringency.
  • procedures using such conditions of low stringency are as follows (see also Shilo and Weinberg, 1981, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 78:6789-6792). Filters containing DNA are pretreated for 6 h at 40° C.
  • Hybridizations are carried out in the same solution with the following modifications: 0.02% PVP, 0.02% Ficoll, 0.2% BSA, 100 ⁇ g/ml salmon sperm DNA, 10% (wt/vol) dextran sulfate. Filters are incubated in hybridization mixture for 18-20 h at 40° C., and then washed for 1.5 h at 55° C.
  • the stress protein is a full-length HSP.
  • the stress protein is a polypeptide comprising a domain of an HSP (e.g., a member of the Hsp60, Hsp70, or Hsp90 family, such as Hsc70, particularly human Hsc70), wherein the domain is capable of being noncovalently associated with a peptide (e.g., an HSP-binding peptide as described herein) to form a complex and optionally eliciting an immune response, and wherein the stress protein is not a full-length HSP.
  • HSP a member of the Hsp60, Hsp70, or Hsp90 family, such as Hsc70, particularly human Hsc70
  • the stress protein is a polypeptide that is capable of being noncovalently associated with a peptide (e.g., an HSP-binding peptide as described herein) to form a complex and optionally eliciting an immune response, wherein the stress protein shares a high degree of sequence similarity with a wild-type HSP (e.g., a member of the Hsp60, Hsp70, or Hsp90 family, such as Hsc70, particularly human Hsc70).
  • a wild-type HSP e.g., a member of the Hsp60, Hsp70, or Hsp90 family, such as Hsc70, particularly human Hsc70.
  • the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in the sequence of a first amino acid or nucleic acid sequence for optimal alignment with a second amino or nucleic acid sequence).
  • the amino acid residues or nucleotides at corresponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared. When a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are identical at that position.
  • the determination of percent identity between two sequences can also be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm.
  • a non-limiting example of a mathematical algorithm utilized for the comparison of two sequences is the algorithm of Karlin and Altschul, 1990, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:2264-2268, modified as in Karlin and Altschul, 1993, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:5873-5877 (each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • Such an algorithm is incorporated into the NBLAST and XBLAST programs of Altschul, et al., 1990, J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410 (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • Gapped BLAST can be utilized as described in Altschul et al., 1997, Nucleic Acids Res. 25:3389-3402.
  • PSI-Blast can be used to perform an iterated search which detects distant relationships between molecules (Altschul et al., 1997, supra).
  • BLAST Gapped BLAST
  • PSI-Blast programs the default parameters of the respective programs (e.g., XBLAST and NBLAST) can be used.
  • Another example of a mathematical algorithm utilized for the comparison of sequences is the algorithm of Myers and Miller, 1988, CABIOS 4:11-17. Such an algorithm is incorporated into the ALIGN program (version 2.0) which is part of the GCG sequence alignment software package.
  • ALIGN program version 2.0
  • a PAM120 weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12, and a gap penalty of 4 can be used.
  • the percent identity between two sequences can be determined using techniques similar to those described above, with or without allowing gaps. In calculating percent identity, typically only exact matches are counted.
  • isolated peptide-binding domains of a stress protein are employed. These peptide-binding domains can be identified by computer modeling of the three dimensional structure of the peptide-binding site of a stress protein (e.g., Hsp70 and Hsc70). See for example, the peptide-binding fragments of HSPs disclosed in United States patent publication US 2001/0034042 (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • the stress protein is a mutated stress protein which has an affinity for a target polypeptide that is greater than a native stress protein.
  • mutated stress proteins can be useful when the target polypeptide is phosphorylated or is a phosphopeptide mimetic (such as non-hydrolyzable analogs) or has some other post-translational modification.
  • the stress proteins can be prepared by purification from tissues, or by recombinant DNA techniques.
  • HSPs can be purified from tissues in the presence of ATP or under acidic conditions (pH 1 to pH 6.9), for subsequent in vitro complexing to one or more polypeptides. See Peng, et al., 1997, J. Immunol. Methods, 204:13-21; Li and Srivastava, 1993, EMBO J. 12:3143-3151 (each of these references is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • “Purified” stress proteins are substantially free of materials that are associated with the proteins in a cell, in a cell extract, in a cell culture medium, or in an individual.
  • the stress protein purified from a tissue is a mixture of different HSPs, for example, hsp70 and hsc70.
  • the recombinant host cells may contain one or more copies of a nucleic acid sequence comprising a sequence that encodes an HSP or a peptide-binding fragment, operably linked with regulatory region(s) that drives the expression of the HSP nucleic acid sequence in the host cell.
  • Recombinant DNA techniques can be readily utilized to generate recombinant HSP genes or fragments of HSP genes, and standard techniques can be used to express such HSP gene fragments.
  • Any nucleic acid sequence encoding an HSP peptide-binding domain can be used to prepare the HSPs or peptide-binding fragments of the invention.
  • the nucleic acid sequence can be wild-type or a codon-optimized variant that encodes the same amino acid sequence.
  • An HSP gene fragment containing the peptide-binding domain can be inserted into an appropriate cloning vector and introduced into host cells so that many copies of the gene sequence are generated.
  • vector-host systems such as, but not limited to, bacteriophages such as lambda derivatives, or plasmids such as pBR322, pUC plasmid derivatives, the Bluescript vectors (Stratagene) or the pET series of vectors (Novagen). Any technique for mutagenesis known in the art can be used to modify individual nucleotides in a DNA sequence, for purpose of making amino acid substitution(s) in the expressed peptide sequence, or for creating/deleting restriction sites to facilitate further manipulations.
  • bacteriophages such as lambda derivatives, or plasmids such as pBR322, pUC plasmid derivatives, the Bluescript vectors (Stratagene) or the pET series of vectors (Novagen).
  • Any technique for mutagenesis known in the art can be used to modify individual nucleotides in a DNA sequence, for purpose of making amino acid substitution(s) in the expressed peptide sequence, or for creating/deleting restriction sites to facilitate further manipulation
  • the stress proteins may be expressed as fusion proteins to facilitate recovery and purification from the cells in which they are expressed.
  • the stress proteins may contain a signal sequence leader peptide to direct its translocation across the endoplasmic reticulum membrane for secretion into culture medium.
  • the stress protein may contain an affinity label fused to any portion of the protein not involved in binding to a target polypeptide, for example, the carboxyl terminus.
  • the affinity label can be used to facilitate purification of the protein, by binding to an affinity partner molecule.
  • affinity labels known in the art may be used, non-limiting examples of which include the immunoglobulin constant regions, polyhistidine sequence (Petty, 1996, Metal-chelate affinity chromatography, in Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vol. 2, Ed.
  • recombinant stress proteins can be assayed for peptide binding activity (see, e.g., Klappa et al., 1998, EMBO J., 17:927-935, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) for their ability to elicit an immune response.
  • the recombinant stress protein produced in the host cell is of the same species as the intended recipient of the immunogenic composition (e.g., human).
  • the stress protein may be bound to the polypeptide(s) non-covalently or covalently.
  • the stress protein is non-covalently bound to the polypeptide.
  • the molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) can be any ratio from about 0.01:1 to about 100:1, including but not limited to about 0.01:1, 0.02:1, 0.05:1, 0.1:1, 0.2:1, 0.5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1, 2.5:1, 3:1, 4:1, 5:1, 6:1, 7:1, 8:1, 9:1, 10:1, 11:1, 12:1, 13:1, 14:1, 15:1, 16:1, 17:1, 18:1, 19:1, 20:1, 30:1, 40:1, 49:1, up to 100:1.
  • the composition comprises a plurality of complexes each comprising a polypeptide disclosed herein and a stress protein, wherein the molar ratio of the polypeptide to the stress protein in each complex is at least about 1:1 (e.g., about 1.5:1, 2:1, 2.5:1, 3:1, 4:1, 5:1, 6:1, 7:1, 8:1, 9:1, 10:1, 11:1, 12:1, 13:1, 14:1, 15:1, 16:1, 17:1, 18:1, 19:1, 20:1, 30:1, 40:1, 49:1, up to 100:1).
  • the molar ratio of the polypeptide to the stress protein in each complex is at least about 1:1 (e.g., about 1.5:1, 2:1, 2.5:1, 3:1, 4:1, 5:1, 6:1, 7:1, 8:1, 9:1, 10:1, 11:1, 12:1, 13:1, 14:1, 15:1, 16:1, 17:1, 18:1, 19:1, 20:1, 30:1, 40:1, 49:1, up to 100:1).
  • the molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) is about 0.5:1 to 5:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) is about 1:1 to 2:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) is about 1:1, 1.25:1, or 1.5:1. Such ratios, particularly the ratios close to 1:1, are advantageous in that the composition does not comprise a great excess of free peptide(s) that is not bound to a stress protein.
  • the polypeptide binds to an HSP (e.g., Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, or Calreticulin) with a K d lower than 10 ⁇ 3 M, 10 4 M, 10 ⁇ 5 M, 10 ⁇ 6 M, 10 ⁇ 7 M, 10 ⁇ 8 M, or 10 ⁇ 9 M.
  • Hsc70 e.g., human Hsc70
  • the polypeptide binds to Hsc70 (e.g., human Hsc70) with a K d of 10 ⁇ 3 M, 10 4 M, 10 ⁇ 5 M, 10 ⁇ 6 M, 10 ⁇ 7 M, 10 ⁇ 8 M, 10 ⁇ 9 M, or lower.
  • At least 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, or 95% of the stress protein binds to the polypeptide in the composition. In certain embodiments, substantially all of the stress protein binds to the polypeptide in the composition.
  • compositions comprise no more than 100 different polypeptides, e.g., 2-50, 2-30, 2-20, 5-20, 5-15, 5-10, or 10-15 different polypeptides.
  • each of the polypeptides comprises the same HSP-binding peptide and a different antigenic peptide.
  • the composition comprises a single stress protein, wherein the stress protein is capable of binding to the HSP-binding peptide.
  • compositions of the invention can be formulated to contain one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients including bulking agents, stabilizing agents, buffering agents, sodium chloride, calcium salts, surfactants, antioxidants, chelating agents, other excipients, and combinations thereof.
  • Bulking agents are preferred in the preparation of lyophilized formulations of the vaccine composition. Such bulking agents form the crystalline portion of the lyophilized product and may be selected from the group consisting of mannitol, glycine, alanine, and hydroxyethyl starch (HES).
  • HES hydroxyethyl starch
  • Stabilizing agents may be selected from the group consisting of sucrose, trehalose, raffinose, and arginine. These agents are preferably present in amounts between 1-4%.
  • Sodium chloride can be included in the present formulations preferably in an amount of 100-300 mM, or if used without the aforementioned bulking agents, can be included in the formulations in an amount of between 300-500 mM NaCl.
  • Calcium salts include calcium chloride, calcium gluconate, calcium glubionate, or calcium gluceptate.
  • Buffering agents can be any physiologically acceptable chemical entity or combination of chemical entities which have a capacity to act as buffers, including but not limited to histidine, potassium phosphate, TRIS [tris-(hydroxymethyl)-aminomethane], BIS-Tris Propane (1,3-bis-[tris-(hydroxymethyOmethylamino]-propane), PIPES [piperazine-N,N′-bis-(2-ethanesulfonic acid)], MOPS [3-(N-morpholino)ethanesulfonic acid], HEPES (N-2-hydroxyethyl-piperazine-N′-2-ethanesulfonic acid), MES [2-(N-morpholino)ethanesulfonic acid], and ACES (N-2-acetamido-2-aminoethanesulfonic acid).
  • the buffering agent is included in a concentration of 10-50 mM.
  • base buffers include (i) PBS; (ii) 10 mM KPO 4 , 150 mM NaCl; (iii) 10 mM HEPES, 150 mM NaCl; (iv) 10 mM imidazole, 150 mM NaCl; and (v) 20 mM sodium citrate.
  • Excipients that can be used include (i) glycerol (10%, 20%); (ii) Tween 50 (0.05%, 0.005%); (iii) 9% sucrose; (iv) 20% sorbitol; (v) 10 mM lysine; or (vi) 0.01 mM dextran sulfate.
  • Surfactants are preferably in a concentration of 0.1% or less, and may be chosen from the group including but not limited to polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80, pluronic polyols, and BRIJ 35 (polyoxyethylene 23 laurel ether).
  • Antioxidants if used, must be compatible for use with a pharmaceutical preparation, and are preferably water soluble. Suitable antioxidants include homocysteine, glutathione, lipoic acid, 6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethylchroman-2-carboxylic acid (Trolox), methionine, sodium thiosulfate, platinum, glycine-glycine-histidine (tripeptide), and butylatedhydroxytoluene (BHT). Chelating agents should preferably bind metals such as copper and iron with greater affinity than calcium, if a calcium salt is being used in the composition.
  • An exemplary chelator is deferoxamine.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,763,401 describes a therapeutic formulation, comprising 15-60 mM sucrose, up to 50 mM NaCl, up to 5 mM calcium chloride, 65-400 mM glycine, and up to 50 mM histidine.
  • the therapeutic formulation is a solution of 9% sucrose in potassium phosphate buffer.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,733,873 discloses formulations which include between 0.01-1 mg/ml of a surfactant.
  • This patent discloses formulations having the following ranges of excipients: polysorbate 20 or 80 in an amount of at least 0.01 mg/ml, preferably 0.02-1.0 mg/ml; at least 0.1 M NaCl; at least 0.5 mM calcium salt; and at least 1 mM histidine.
  • the following specific formulations are also disclosed: (1) 14.7-50-65 mM histidine, 0.31-0.6 M NaCl, 4 mM calcium chloride, 0.001-0.02-0.025% polysorbate 80, with or without 0.1% PEG 4000 or 19.9 mM sucrose; and (2) 20 mg/ml mannitol, 2.67 mg/ml histidine, 18 mg/ml NaCl, 3.7 mM calcium chloride, and 0.23 mg/ml polysorbate 80.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,605,884 (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) teaches the use of formulations with relatively high concentrations of sodium chloride. These formulations include 0.35 M-1.2 M NaCl, 1.5-40 mM calcium chloride, 1 mM-50 mM histidine, and up to 10% sugar such as mannitol, sucrose, or maltose. A formulation comprising 0.45 M NaCl, 2.3 mM calcium chloride, and 1.4 mM histidine is exemplified.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,328,694 (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) describes a formulation which includes 100-650 mM disaccharide and 100 mM-1.0 M amino acid, for example (1) 0.9 M sucrose, 0.25 M glycine, 0.25 M lysine, and 3 mM calcium chloride; and (2) 0.7 M sucrose, 0.5 M glycine, and 5 mM calcium chloride.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions can be optionally prepared as lyophilized product, which may then be formulated for oral administration or reconstituted to a liquid form for parenteral administration.
  • the composition stimulates a T-cell response against a cell expressing or displaying a polypeptide comprising one or more of the MHC-binding epitopes in a subject to whom the composition is administered.
  • the cell expressing the polypeptide may be a cell comprising a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide, wherein the polynucleotide is in the genome of the cell, in an episomal vector, or in the genome of a virus that has infected the cell.
  • the cell displaying the polypeptide may not comprise a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide, and may be produced by contacting the cell with the polypeptide or a derivative thereof.
  • the composition induces in vitro activation of T cells in peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) isolated from a subject.
  • PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • the in vitro activation of T cells includes, without limitation, in vitro proliferation of T cells, production of cytokines (e.g., IFN ⁇ ) from T cells, and increased surface expression of activation markers (e.g., CD25, CD45RO) on T cells.
  • the instant disclosure provides a method of making a vaccine, the method comprising mixing one or more polypeptides as disclosed herein with a purified stress protein in vitro under suitable conditions such that the purified stress protein binds to at least one of the polypeptides.
  • the method is also referred to as a complexing reaction herein.
  • two or more purified stress proteins are employed, wherein each purified stress protein binds to at least one of the polypeptides.
  • the stress protein may be bound to the polypeptide non-covalently or covalently. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is non-covalently bound to the polypeptide.
  • the complexes formed in vitro are optionally purified. Purified complexes of stress proteins and polypeptides are substantially free of materials that are associated with such complexes in a cell, or in a cell extract. Where purified stress proteins and purified polypeptides are used in an in vitro complexing reaction, the term “purified complex(es)” does not exclude a composition that also comprises free stress proteins and conjugates or peptides not in complexes.
  • the stress protein is selected from the group consisting of Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, Calreticulin, a mutant thereof, and combinations of two or more thereof.
  • the stress protein is an Hsc70, e.g., a human Hsc70.
  • the stress protein is an Hsp70, e.g., a human Hsp70.
  • the stress protein (e.g., human Hsc70 or human Hsp70) is a recombinant protein.
  • HSPs Prior to complexing, HSPs can be pretreated with ATP or exposed to acidic conditions to remove any peptides that may be non-covalently associated with the HSP of interest.
  • Acidic conditions are any pH levels below pH 7, including the ranges pH 1-pH 2, pH 2-pH 3, pH 3-pH 4, pH 4-pH 5, pH 5-pH 6, and pH 6-pH 6.9.
  • ATP adenosine triphosphate
  • excess ATP is removed from the preparation by the addition of apyranase as described by Levy, et al., 1991, Cell 67:265-274 (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • the buffer is readjusted to neutral pH by the addition of pH modifying reagents.
  • the molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) can be any ratio from 0.01:1 to 100:1, including but not limited to 0.01:1, 0.02:1, 0.05:1, 0.1:1, 0.2:1, 0.5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1, 2.5:1, 3:1, 4:1, 5:1, 6:1, 7:1, 8:1, 9:1, 10:1, 11:1, 12:1, 13:1, 14:1, 15:1, 16:1, 17:1, 18:1, 19:1, 20:1, 30:1, 40:1, 49:1, up to 100:1.
  • the composition to be prepared comprises a plurality of complexes each comprising a polypeptide disclosed herein and a stress protein
  • the complexing reaction comprises mixing the polypeptides with the stress proteins, wherein the molar ratio of the polypeptide to the stress protein in each complex is at least 1:1 (e.g., about 2:1, 3:1, 4:1, 5:1, 6:1, 7:1, 8:1, 9:1, 10:1, 11:1, 12:1, 13:1, 14:1, 15:1, 16:1, 17:1, 18:1, 19:1, 20:1, 30:1, 40:1, 49:1, up to 100:1).
  • the molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) is about 0.5:1 to 5:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) is about 1:1 to 2:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) is about 1:1, 1.25:1, or 1.5:1. Such ratios, particularly the ratios close to 1:1, are advantageous in that the composition does not comprise a great excess of free peptide(s) that is not bound to a stress protein.
  • the polypeptide used in the complexing reaction binds to an HSP (e.g., Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, or Calreticulin) with a K d lower than 10 ⁇ 3 M, 10 4 M, 10 ⁇ 5 M, 10 ⁇ 6 M, 10 ⁇ 7 M, 10 ⁇ 8 M, or 10 ⁇ 9 M.
  • HSP e.g., Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, or Calreticulin
  • the polypeptide binds to Hsc70 (e.g., human Hsc70) with a K d of 10 ⁇ 3 M, 10 ⁇ 4 M, 10 ⁇ 5 M, 10 ⁇ 6 M, 10 ⁇ 7 M, 10 ⁇ 8 M, 10 ⁇ 9 M, or lower.
  • Hsc70 e.g., human Hsc70
  • K d 10 ⁇ 3 M, 10 ⁇ 4 M, 10 ⁇ 5 M, 10 ⁇ 6 M, 10 ⁇ 7 M, 10 ⁇ 8 M, 10 ⁇ 9 M, or lower.
  • the method disclosed herein can be used to prepare a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition or a vaccine) in bulk (e.g., greater than or equal to 30 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 200 mg, 300 mg, 500 mg, or 1 g of total peptide and protein).
  • the prepared composition can then be transferred to single-use or multi-use containers, or apportioned to unit dosage forms.
  • method disclosed herein can be used to prepare a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition or a vaccine) in a small amount (e.g., less than or equal to 300 ⁇ g, 1 mg, 3 mg, 10 mg, 30 mg, or 100 mg of total peptide and protein).
  • the composition is prepared for single use, optionally in a unit dosage form.
  • the total amount of the polypeptide(s) and stress protein in the pharmaceutical composition is about 10 ⁇ g to 600 ⁇ g (e.g., about 50 ⁇ g, 100 ⁇ g, 200 ⁇ g, 300 ⁇ g, 400 ⁇ g, or 500 ⁇ g). In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) and stress protein in the pharmaceutical composition is about 300 ⁇ g. Amounts of the stress protein(s) and polypeptide(s) in a unit dosage form are disclosed infra.
  • the population of polypeptides can comprise a mixture of the different polypeptide species of the invention. Then, the mixture is incubated with the purified and/or pretreated stress protein for from 15 minutes to 3 hours (e.g., 1 hour) at from 4° to 50° C.
  • a suitable binding buffer such as phosphate buffered saline pH 7.4 optionally supplemented with 0.01% Polysorbate 20; a buffer comprising 9% sucrose in potassium phosphate buffer; a buffer comprising 2.7 mM Sodium Phosphate Dibasic, 1.5 mM Potassium Phosphate Monobasic, 150 mM NaCl, pH 7.2; a buffer containing 20 mM sodium phosphate, pH 7.2-7.5, 350-500 mM NaCl, 3 mM MgCl 2 and 1 mM phenyl methyl sulfonyl fluoride (PMSF); and the buffer optionally comprising 1 mM ADP.
  • a suitable binding buffer such as phosphate buffered saline pH 7.4 optionally supplemented with 0.01% Polysorbate 20; a buffer comprising 9% sucrose in potassium phosphate buffer; a buffer comprising 2.7 mM Sodium Phosphate Dibasic, 1.5 mM
  • any buffer may be used that is compatible with the stress protein.
  • the preparations are then optionally purified by centrifugation through a Centricon 10 assembly (Millipore; Billerica, Mass.) to remove any unbound peptide.
  • HPLC High Performance Liquid Chromatography
  • MS Mass Spectrometry
  • MLTC mixed lymphocyte target cell assay
  • ELISPOT enzyme-linked immunospot
  • compositions of stress proteins and polypeptides from separate covalent and/or non-covalent complexing reactions can be prepared to form a composition before administration to a subject.
  • the composition is prepared within 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 days before administration to a subject.
  • the composition is prepared within 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 weeks before administration to a subject.
  • the composition is prepared within 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 months before administration to a subject.
  • the composition can optionally be stored at about 4° C., ⁇ 20° C., or ⁇ 80° C. after preparation and before use.
  • the complexes prepared by the method disclosed herein are mixed with an adjuvant at bedside just prior to administration to a patient.
  • the adjuvant comprises a saponin or an immunostimulatory nucleic acid.
  • the adjuvant comprises QS-21.
  • the dose of QS-21 is 10 ⁇ g, 25 ⁇ g, or 50 ⁇ g.
  • the dose of QS-21 is 50 ⁇ g.
  • the adjuvant comprises a TLR agonist.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR4.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR7 and/or TLR8.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR9.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR5.
  • the polypeptides can be covalently attached to stress proteins, e.g., by chemical crosslinking or UV crosslinking.
  • Any chemical crosslinking or UV crosslinking methods known in the art see, e.g., Wong, 1991, Chemistry of Protein Conjugation and Cross-Linking, CRC Press, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety
  • glutaraldehyde crosslinking see, e.g., Barrios et al., 1992, Eur. J. Immunol. 22: 1365-1372, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety
  • glutaraldehyde crosslinking see, e.g., Barrios et al., 1992, Eur. J. Immunol. 22: 1365-1372, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety
  • glutaraldehyde crosslinking see, e.g., Barrios et al., 1992, Eur. J. Immunol. 22: 1365-1372, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety
  • HSP-peptide complex is cross-linked in the presence of 0.002% glutaraldehyde for 2 hours.
  • Glutaraldehyde is removed by dialysis against phosphate buffered saline (PBS) overnight (Lussow et al., 1991, Eur. J. Immunol. 21: 2297-2302, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • compositions disclosed herein are useful as vaccines. Accordingly, in another aspect, the instant disclosure provides a vaccine formulation.
  • the vaccine formulation may be prepared by any method that results in a stable, sterile, preferably injectable formulation.
  • the vaccine comprises one or more compositions disclosed herein and one or more adjuvants.
  • adjuvants may be employed, including, for example, systemic adjuvants and mucosal adjuvants.
  • a systemic adjuvant is an adjuvant that can be delivered parenterally.
  • Systemic adjuvants include adjuvants that create a depot effect, adjuvants that stimulate the immune system, and adjuvants that do both.
  • An adjuvant that creates a depot effect is an adjuvant that causes the antigen to be slowly released in the body, thus prolonging the exposure of immune cells to the antigen.
  • This class of adjuvants includes alum (e.g., aluminum hydroxide, aluminum phosphate); or emulsion-based formulations including mineral oil, non-mineral oil, water-in-oil or oil-in-water-in oil emulsion, oil-in-water emulsions such as Seppic ISA series of Montanide adjuvants (e.g., Montanide ISA 720, AirLiquide, Paris, France); MF-59 (a squalene-in-water emulsion stabilized with Span 85 and Tween 80; Chiron Corporation, Emeryville, Calif.; and PROVAX (an oil-in-water emulsion containing a stabilizing detergent and a micelle-forming agent; IDEC, Pharmaceuticals Corporation, San Diego, Calif.).
  • alum e.g
  • adjuvants stimulate the immune system, for instance, cause an immune cell to produce and secrete cytokines or IgG.
  • This class of adjuvants includes immunostimulatory nucleic acids, such as CpG oligonucleotides; saponins purified from the bark of the Q.
  • RNA mimetics such as polyinosinic:polycytidylic acid (poly I:C) or poly I:C stabilized with poly-lysine (poly-ICLC [Hiltonol®; Oncovir, Inc.]; derivatives of lipopolysaccharides (LPS) such as monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL; Ribi ImmunoChem Research, Inc., Hamilton, Mont.), muramyl dipeptide (MDP; Ribi) and threonyl-muramyl dipeptide (t-MDP; Ribi); OM-174 (a glucosamine disaccharide related to lipid A; OM Pharma SA, Meyrin, Switzerland); and Leishmania elongation factor (a purified Leishmania protein; Corixa Corporation, Seattle, Wash.).
  • MPL monophosphoryl lipid A
  • MDP muramyl dipeptide
  • t-MDP threonyl-muramyl dipeptide
  • OM-174
  • systemic adjuvants are adjuvants that create a depot effect and stimulate the immune system. These compounds have both of the above-identified functions of systemic adjuvants.
  • This class of adjuvants includes but is not limited to ISCOMs (Immunostimulating complexes which contain mixed saponins, lipids and form virus-sized particles with pores that can hold antigen; CSL, Melbourne, Australia); AS01 which is a liposome based formulation containing MPL and QS-21 (GlaxoSmithKline, Belgium); AS02 (GlaxoSmithKline, which is an oil-in-water emulsion containing MPL and QS-21: GlaxoSmithKline, Rixensart, Belgium); AS04 (GlaxoSmithKline, which contains alum and MPL; GSK, Belgium); AS15 which is a liposome based formulation containing CpG oligonucleotides, MPL and QS-21 (GlaxoSmithKline, Belgium); non-ionic block cop
  • the mucosal adjuvants useful according to the invention are adjuvants that are capable of inducing a mucosal immune response in a subject when administered to a mucosal surface in conjunction with complexes of the invention.
  • Mucosal adjuvants include CpG nucleic acids (e.g.
  • CT Cholera toxin
  • CT derivatives including but not limited to CT B subunit (CTB); CTD53 (Val to Asp); CTK97 (Val to Lys); CTK104 (Tyr to Lys); CTD53/K63 (Val to Asp, Ser to Lys); CTH54 (Arg to His); CTN107 (His to Asn); CTE114 (Ser to Glu); CTE112K (Glu to Lys); CTS61F (Ser to Phe); CTS 106 (Pro to Lys); and CTK63 (Ser to Lys), Zonula occludens toxin (zot), Escherichia coli heat-labile enterotoxin, Labile Toxin (LT), LT derivatives including but not limited to LT B subunit (LTB); LT7K (Arg to Lys); LT61F (Ser to Phe);
  • PT-9K/129G including PT-9K/129G; Toxin derivatives (see below); Lipid A derivatives (e.g., monophosphoryl lipid A, MPL); Muramyl Dipeptide (MDP) derivatives; bacterial outer membrane proteins (e.g., outer surface protein A (OspA) lipoprotein of Borrelia burgdorferi , outer membrane protein of Neisseria meningitidis ); oil-in-water emulsions (e.g., MF59; aluminum salts (Isaka et al., 1998, 1999); and Saponins (e.g., QS-21, e.g., QS-21 Stimulon®, Antigenics LLC, Lexington, Mass.), ISCOMs, MF-59 (a squalene-in-water emulsion stabilized with Span 85 and Tween 80; Chiron Corporation, Emeryville, Calif.); the Seppic ISA series of Montanide adjuvants (e.g.,
  • the adjuvant added to the compositions disclosed herein comprises a saponin and/or an immunostimulatory nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, the adjuvant added to the composition comprises or further comprises QS-21.
  • the adjuvant added to the compositions disclosed herein comprises a Toll-like receptor (TLR) agonist.
  • TLR Toll-like receptor
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR4.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR7 and/or TLR8.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR9.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR5.
  • compositions of the invention described herein may be combined with an adjuvant in several ways.
  • different polypeptides may be mixed together first to form a mixture and then complexed with stress protein(s) and/or adjuvant(s) to form a composition.
  • different polypeptides may be complexed individually with a stress protein and/or adjuvant(s), and the resulting batches of complexes may then be mixed to form a composition.
  • the adjuvant can be administered prior to, during, or following administration of the compositions comprising complexes of stress protein and polypeptides.
  • Administration of the adjuvant and the compositions can be at the same or different administration sites.
  • the instant disclosure provides a unit dosage form of a pharmaceutical composition or vaccine disclosed herein.
  • the amounts and concentrations of the polypeptides, stress proteins, and/or adjuvants at which the efficacy of a vaccine formulation of the invention may vary depending on the chemical nature and the potency of the polypeptides, stress proteins, and/or adjuvants.
  • the starting amounts and concentrations in the vaccine formulation are the ones conventionally used for eliciting the desired immune response, using the conventional routes of administration, e.g., intramuscular injection.
  • the amounts and concentrations of the peptides, conjugates, stress proteins, and/or adjuvants can then be adjusted, e.g., by dilution using a diluent, so that an effective protective immune response is achieved as assessed using standard methods known in the art (e.g., determined by the antibody or T-cell response to the vaccine formulation relative to a control formulation).
  • the total amount of the polypeptides and stress protein in the pharmaceutical composition is about 10 ⁇ g to 600 ⁇ g (e.g., about 50 ⁇ g, 100 ⁇ g, 200 ⁇ g, 300 ⁇ g, 400 ⁇ g, or 500 ⁇ g). In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptides and stress protein in the pharmaceutical composition is about 300 ⁇ g. In certain embodiments, the amount of the stress protein in the composition is about 250 ⁇ g to 290 ⁇ g.
  • the amount of the stress protein in the pharmaceutical composition is about 10 ⁇ g to 600 ⁇ g (e.g., about 50 ⁇ g, 100 ⁇ g, 200 ⁇ g, 300 ⁇ g, 400 ⁇ g, or 500 ⁇ g). In certain embodiments, the amount of the stress protein in the pharmaceutical composition is about 300 ⁇ g.
  • the amount of the polypeptide is calculated based on a designated molar ratio and the molecular weight of the polypeptides.
  • the total molar amount of the polypeptides in the unit dosage form of the pharmaceutical composition is about 0.1 to 10 nmol (e.g., about 0.1 nmol, 0.5 nmol, 1 nmol, 2 nmol, 3 nmol, 4 nmol, 5 nmol, 6 nmol, 7 nmol, 8 nmol, 9 nmol, or 10 nmol). In certain embodiments, the total molar amount of the polypeptides in the unit dosage form of the pharmaceutical composition is about 4 nmol. In certain embodiments, the total molar amount of the polypeptides in the unit dosage form of the pharmaceutical composition is about 5 nmol.
  • the molar ratio of total polypeptides to total stress proteins can be any ratio from about 0.01:1 to about 100:1, including but not limited to about 0.01:1, 0.02:1, 0.05:1, 0.1:1, 0.2:1, 0.5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1, 2.5:1, 3:1, 4:1, 5:1, 6:1, 7:1, 8:1, 9:1, 10:1, 11:1, 12:1, 13:1, 14:1, 15:1, 16:1, 17:1, 18:1, 19:1, 20:1, 30:1, 40:1, 49:1, up to 100:1.
  • the composition comprises a plurality of complexes each comprising a polypeptide and a stress protein, wherein the molar ratio of the polypeptide to the stress protein in each complex is at least about 1:1 (e.g., about 1.5:1, 2:1, 2.5:1, 3:1, 4:1, 5:1, 6:1, 7:1, 8:1, 9:1, 10:1, 11:1, 12:1, 13:1, 14:1, 15:1, 16:1, 17:1, 18:1, 19:1, 20:1, 30:1, 40:1, 49:1, up to 100:1).
  • the molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) is about 0.5:1 to 5:1.
  • the molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) is about 1:1 to 2:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) is about 1:1, 1.25:1, or 1.5:1. Such ratios, particularly the ratios close to 1:1, are advantageous in that the composition does not comprise a great excess of free peptide(s) that is not bound to a stress protein. Since many antigenic peptides comprising MHC-binding epitopes tend to comprise hydrophobic regions, an excess amount of free peptide(s) may tend to aggregate during preparation and storage of the composition.
  • Substantial complexation with a stress protein at a molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) close to 1:1 is enabled by a high binding affinity of the polypeptide to the stress protein.
  • the polypeptide binds to an HSP (e.g., Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, or Calreticulin) with a K d lower than 10 ⁇ 3 M, 10 ⁇ 4 M, 10 ⁇ 5 M, 10 ⁇ 6 M, 10 ⁇ 7 M, 10 ⁇ 8 M, or 10 ⁇ 9 M.
  • the polypeptide binds to Hsc70 (e.g., human Hsc70) with a K d of 10 ⁇ 3 M, 10 ⁇ 4 M, 10 ⁇ 5 M, 10 ⁇ 6 M, 10 ⁇ 7 M, 10 ⁇ 8 M, 10 ⁇ 9 M, or lower.
  • Hsc70 e.g., human Hsc70
  • K d 10 ⁇ 3 M, 10 ⁇ 4 M, 10 ⁇ 5 M, 10 ⁇ 6 M, 10 ⁇ 7 M, 10 ⁇ 8 M, 10 ⁇ 9 M, or lower.
  • the polypeptides have an average molecular weight of about 3 kD, and the molecular weight of Hsc70 is about 71 kD. Assuming in one embodiment that the total amount of the polypeptides and stress protein in the pharmaceutical composition is 300 ⁇ g, and the molar ratio of the polypeptides to hsc70 is 1.5:1.
  • the molar amount of Hsc70 can be calculated as 300 ⁇ g divided by 71 kD+1.5 ⁇ 3 kD, resulting in about 4.0 nmol, and the mass amount of Hsc70 can be calculated by multiplying the molar amount with 71 kD, resulting in about 280 kD.
  • the total molar amount of the polypeptides can be calculated as 1.5 ⁇ 4.0 nmol, resulting in 6.0 nmol. If 10 different polypeptides are employed, the molar amount of each polypeptide is 0.60 nmol. Assuming in another embodiment that a 300 ⁇ g dose of Hsc70 is intended to be included in a unit dosage form, and the molar ratio of polypeptides to Hsc70 is 1.5:1.
  • the total molar amount of the polypeptides can be calculated as 300 ⁇ g divided by 71 kD then times 1.5, resulting in 6.3 nmol. If 10 different polypeptides are employed, the molar amount of each polypeptide is 0.63 nmol. In cases where one or more of the variables are different from those in the examples, the quantities of the stress proteins and of the polypeptides are scaled accordingly.
  • the unit dosage form can optionally comprise one or more adjuvants as disclosed supra.
  • the adjuvant comprises a saponin and/or an immunostimulatory nucleic acid.
  • the adjuvant comprises or further comprises QS-21.
  • the amount of QS-21 in the unit dosage form of pharmaceutical composition is 10 ⁇ g, 25 ⁇ g, or 50 ⁇ g.
  • the amount of QS-21 in the unit dosage form of pharmaceutical composition is 50 ⁇ g.
  • the adjuvant comprises a Toll-like receptor (TLR) agonist.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR4.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR7 and/or TLR8.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR9.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR5.
  • compositions e.g., pharmaceutical compositions
  • vaccine formulations and unit dosage forms disclosed herein are useful for inducing a cellular immune response.
  • Stress proteins can deliver immunogenic peptides through the cross-presentation pathway in antigen presenting cells (APCs) (e.g., macrophages and dendritic cells (DCs) via membrane receptors (mainly CD91) or by binding to Toll-like receptors, thereby leading to activation of CD8 + and CD4 + T cells.
  • APCs antigen presenting cells
  • DCs dendritic cells
  • the instant disclosure provides a method of inducing a cellular immune response to an antigenic peptide in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage form as disclosed herein.
  • the instant disclosure provides a method of treating a disease (e.g., cancer or infection) in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage form as disclosed herein.
  • the compositions e.g., pharmaceutical compositions), vaccine formulations, and unit dosage forms disclosed herein can also be used in preparing a medicament or vaccine for the treatment of a subject.
  • such subjects can be an animal, e.g., a mammal, a non-human primate, and a human.
  • the term “animal” includes companion animals, such as cats and dogs; zoo animals; wild animals, including deer, foxes and raccoons; farm animals, livestock and fowl, including horses, cattle, sheep, pigs, turkeys, ducks, and chickens, and laboratory animals, such as rodents, rabbits, and guinea pigs.
  • the subject has cancer.
  • the subject has infection of a pathogenic microbe.
  • compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms of the invention can be used alone or in combination with other therapies for the treatment of cancer.
  • One or more of the MHC-binding epitopes in the HSP-binding antigenic conjugate(s) or peptide(s) can be present in the subject's cancer cells.
  • one or more of the MHC-binding epitopes are common to or frequently found in the type and/or stage of the cancer.
  • the term “frequently found in cancers” refers to one or more mutant MHC-binding epitopes that are found in greater than 5% of cancers.
  • one or more of the MHC-binding epitopes are specific to the cancer of the subject.
  • Cancers that can be treated using the compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms of the invention include, without limitation, a solid tumor, a hematological cancer (e.g., leukemia, lymphoma, myeloma, e.g., multiple myeloma), and a metastatic lesion.
  • a solid tumor e.g., a hematological cancer (e.g., leukemia, lymphoma, myeloma, e.g., multiple myeloma)
  • a metastatic lesion e.g., the cancer is a solid tumor.
  • solid tumors include malignancies, e.g., sarcomas and carcinomas, e.g., adenocarcinomas of the various organ systems, such as those affecting the lung, breast, ovarian, lymphoid, gastrointestinal (e.g., colon), anal, genitals and genitourinary tract (e.g., renal, urothelial, bladder cells, prostate), pharynx, CNS (e.g., brain, neural or glial cells), head and neck, skin (e.g., melanoma), and pancreas, as well as adenocarcinomas which include malignancies such as colon cancers, rectal cancer, renal-cell carcinoma, liver cancer, lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer or small cell lung cancer), cancer of the small intestine and cancer of the esophagus.
  • the cancer may be at an early, intermediate, late stage or metastatic cancer.
  • the cancer is associated with elevated PD
  • the cancer is chosen from a lung cancer (e.g., lung adenocarcinoma or a non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) (e.g., a NSCLC with squamous and/or non-squamous histology, or a NSCLC adenocarcinoma)), a melanoma (e.g., an advanced melanoma), a renal cancer (e.g., a renal cell carcinoma), a liver cancer (e.g., hepatocellular carcinoma or intrahepatic cholangiocellular carcinoma), a myeloma (e.g., a multiple myeloma), a prostate cancer, a breast cancer (e.g., a breast cancer that does not express one, two or all of estrogen receptor, progesterone receptor, or Her2/neu, e.g., a triple negative breast cancer), an ovarian cancer, a colorectal cancer, a pancreatic cancer,
  • the cancer is NSCLC. In one embodiment, the cancer is a renal cell carcinoma. In one embodiment, the cancer is an ovarian cancer, optionally wherein the ovarian cancer is associated with human papillomavirus (HPV) infection. In a specific embodiment, the ovarian cancer is a platinum-refractory ovarian cancer.
  • HPV human papillomavirus
  • the cancer is a hematological cancer, for example, a leukemia, a lymphoma, or a myeloma.
  • the cancer is a leukemia, for example, acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), acute myeloblastic leukemia (AML), chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), chronic myeloid leukemia (CML), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), or hairy cell leukemia.
  • ALL acute lymphoblastic leukemia
  • AML acute myelogenous leukemia
  • AML acute myeloblastic leukemia
  • CLL chronic lymphocytic leukemia
  • CML chronic myelogenous leukemia
  • CML chronic myeloid leukemia
  • CML chronic myelomonocytic leukemia
  • the cancer is a lymphoma, for example, B cell lymphoma, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), activated B-cell like (ABC) diffuse large B cell lymphoma, germinal center B cell (GCB) diffuse large B cell lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, Hodgkin lymphoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, relapsed non-Hodgkin lymphoma, refractory non-Hodgkin lymphoma, recurrent follicular non-Hodgkin lymphoma, Burkitt lymphoma, small lymphocytic lymphoma, follicular lymphoma, lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma, or extranodal marginal zone lymphoma.
  • the cancer is a myeloma, for example, multiple myeloma.
  • the cancer is chosen from a carcinoma (e.g., advanced or metastatic carcinoma), melanoma or a lung carcinoma, e.g., a non-small cell lung carcinoma.
  • a carcinoma e.g., advanced or metastatic carcinoma
  • melanoma e.g., a non-small cell lung carcinoma.
  • the cancer is a lung cancer, e.g., a lung adenocarcinoma, non-small cell lung cancer or small cell lung cancer.
  • the cancer is a melanoma, e.g., an advanced melanoma. In one embodiment, the cancer is an advanced or unresectable melanoma that does not respond to other therapies. In other embodiments, the cancer is a melanoma with a BRAF mutation (e.g., a BRAF V600 mutation). In yet other embodiments, the compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms disclosed herein is administered after treatment with an anti-CTLA-4 antibody (e.g., ipilimumab) with or without a BRAF inhibitor (e.g., vemurafenib or dabrafenib).
  • an anti-CTLA-4 antibody e.g., ipilimumab
  • a BRAF inhibitor e.g., vemurafenib or dabrafenib.
  • the cancer is a hepatocarcinoma, e.g., an advanced hepatocarcinoma, with or without a viral infection, e.g., a chronic viral hepatitis.
  • a hepatocarcinoma e.g., an advanced hepatocarcinoma
  • a viral infection e.g., a chronic viral hepatitis.
  • the cancer is a prostate cancer, e.g., an advanced prostate cancer.
  • the cancer is a myeloma, e.g., multiple myeloma.
  • the cancer is a renal cancer, e.g., a renal cell carcinoma (RCC) (e.g., a metastatic RCC, clear cell renal cell carcinoma (CCRCC) or kidney papillary cell carcinoma).
  • RCC renal cell carcinoma
  • CCRCC clear cell renal cell carcinoma
  • the cancer is chosen from a lung cancer, a melanoma, a renal cancer, a breast cancer, a colorectal cancer, a leukemia, or a metastatic lesion of the cancer.
  • compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms of the invention may be administered when a cancer is detected, or prior to or during an episode of recurrence.
  • Administration can begin at the first sign of cancer or recurrence, followed by boosting doses until at least symptoms are substantially abated and for a period thereafter.
  • the compositions can be administered to a subject with cancer who has undergone tumor resection surgery that results in an insufficient amount of resected tumor tissue (e.g., less than 7 g, less than 6 g, less than 5 g, less than 4 g, less than 3 g, less than 2 g, or less than 1 g of resected tumor tissue) for production of a therapeutically effective amount of an autologous cancer vaccine comprising a representative set of antigens collected from the resected tumor tissue. See, for example, cancer vaccines described in Expert Opin. Biol. Ther. 2009 February; 9(2):179-86; incorporated herein by reference.
  • compositions, vaccine formulations, and unit dosage forms of the invention can also be used for immunization against recurrence of cancers.
  • Prophylactic administration of a composition to an individual can confer protection against a future recurrence of a cancer.
  • compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms of the invention can be used alone or in combination with other therapies for the treatment of a microbial infection (e.g., a pathogenic microbial infection).
  • a microbial infection e.g., a pathogenic microbial infection.
  • One or more of the MHC-binding epitopes in the HSP-binding antigenic conjugate(s) or peptide(s) can be identified from the microbe.
  • one or more of the MHC-binding epitopes are present at the surface of the microbe or a cell infected with the microbe.
  • Infections that can be treated using the compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms of the invention include, without limitation, a viral infection, a bacterial infection, a fungal infection, a protozoal infection, or a parasitic infection.
  • Viral infections that can be treated by the compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, those caused by hepatitis type A, hepatitis type B, hepatitis type C, influenza (e.g., influenza A or influenza B), varicella, adenovirus, herpes simplex type I (HSV-I), herpes simplex type II (HSV-II), rinderpest, rhinovirus, echovirus, rotavirus, respiratory syncytial virus, papilloma virus (e.g., human papillomavirus (HPV)), papova virus, cytomegalovirus, echinovirus, arbovirus, hantavirus, coxsackie virus, mumps virus, measles virus, rubella virus, polio virus, Epstein Barr virus (EBV), human immunodeficiency virus type I (HIV-I), human immunodeficiency virus type II (HIV-II),
  • Bacterial infections that can be treated by the compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, infections caused by Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus, Enterococcus faecalis, Proteus vulgaris, Staphylococcus viridans , and Pseudomonas aeruginosa .
  • Bacterial diseases caused by any of these bacteria that can be treated in accordance with the methods described herein include, but are not limited to, Mycobacteria rickettsia, Mycoplasma, Neisseria, S.
  • Fungal infections that can be treated by the compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, infections caused by Candida (e.g., Candida glabrata ), Pneumocystis carinii, Fusarium keratitis, coccidioidal, Aspergillus niger, Cryptococcus neoformans , and Curvularia geniculata .
  • Candida e.g., Candida glabrata
  • Pneumocystis carinii Fusarium keratitis
  • coccidioidal Aspergillus niger
  • Cryptococcus neoformans e.g., Curvularia geniculata .
  • Fungal diseases caused by any of these bacteria include, but are not limited to, zygomycosis, Candida mastitis, progressive disseminated trichosporonosis with latent trichosporonemia, disseminated candidiasis, pulmonary paracoccidioidomycosis, pulmonary aspergillosis, Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia, cryptococcal meningitis, coccidioidal meningoencephalitis and cerebrospinal vasculitis, paranasal sinus mycoses, Aspergillus fumigatus endocarditis, tibial dyschondroplasia, Candida glabrata vaginitis, oropharyngeal candidiasis, X-linked chronic granulomatous disease, tinea pedis, cutaneous candidiasis, mycotic placentitis, disseminated trichosporonosis, allergic bronchopulmonary asperg
  • Protozoal infections that can be treated by the compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, infections caused by leishmania, coccidiosis, trypanosoma schistosoma, and malaria.
  • Parasitic infections that can be treated by the compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, infections caused by chlamydia and rickettsia.
  • compositions, vaccine formulations, and unit dosage forms of the invention can be used for immunization against subjects who have been diagnosed, by any medical methods known in the art, to have infections. They can be used for immunization against subjects who have been exposed to a pathogenic microbe, will be exposed to a pathogenic microbe, or are otherwise at a high risk of contracting an infectious disease, for prophylaxis.
  • Combination therapy refers to the use of compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms of the invention, as a first modality, with a second modality to treat cancer or infections.
  • the instant disclosure provides a method of inducing a cellular immune response to an antigenic peptide in a subject as disclosed herein, or a method of treating a disease in a subject as disclosed herein, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of (a) a composition, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage form as disclosed herein and (b) a second modality.
  • the second modality is a non-HSP modality, e.g., a modality that does not comprise HSP as a component.
  • This approach is commonly termed combination therapy, adjunctive therapy or conjunctive therapy (the terms are used interchangeably).
  • combination therapy additive potency or additive therapeutic effect can be observed. Synergistic outcomes are sought where the therapeutic efficacy is greater than additive.
  • the use of combination therapy can also provide better therapeutic profiles than the administration of either the first or the second modality alone.
  • the additive or synergistic effect may allow for a reduction in the dosage and/or dosing frequency of either or both modalities to mitigate adverse effects.
  • the second modality administered alone is not clinically adequate to treat the subject (e.g., the subject is non-responsive or refractory to the single modality), such that the subject needs an additional modality.
  • the subject has responded to the second modality, yet suffers from side effects, relapses, develops resistance, etc., such that the subject needs an additional modality.
  • Methods of the invention comprising administration of the compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms of the invention to such subjects to improve the therapeutic effectiveness of the second modality.
  • the effectiveness of a treatment modality can be assayed in vivo or in vitro using methods known in the art.
  • a lesser amount of the second modality is required to produce a therapeutic benefit in a subject.
  • a reduction of about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40% and 50% of the amount of second modality can be achieved.
  • the amount of the second modality including amounts in a range that does not produce any observable therapeutic benefits, can be determined by dose-response experiments conducted in animal models by methods well known in the art.
  • the second modality comprises a TCR, e.g., a soluble TCR or a cell expressing a TCR.
  • the second modality comprises a cell expressing a chimeric antigen receptor (CAR).
  • the cell expressing the TCR or CAR is a T cell.
  • the TCR or CAR binds to (e.g., specifically binds to) at least one MHC-binding epitope in the composition, vaccine formulation, or unit dosage form of the invention.
  • the second modality comprises a TCR mimic antibody.
  • the TCR mimic antibody is an antibody that specifically binds to a peptide-MHC complex.
  • TCR mimic antibodies are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 9,074,000, U.S. Publication Nos. US 2009/0304679 A1 and US 2014/0134191 A1, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
  • the TCR mimic antibody binds to (e.g., specifically binds to) at least one MHC-binding epitope in the composition, vaccine formulation, or unit dosage form of the invention.
  • the second modality comprises a checkpoint targeting agent.
  • the checkpoint targeting agent is selected from the group consisting of an antagonist anti-CTLA-4 antibody, an antagonist anti-PD-L1 antibody, an antagonist anti-PD-L2 antibody, an antagonist anti-PD-1 antibody, an antagonist anti-TIM-3 antibody, an antagonist anti-LAG-3 antibody, an antagonist anti-CEACAM1 antibody, an agonist anti-CD137 antibody, an antagonist anti-TIGIT antibody, an antagonist anti-VISTA antibody, an agonist anti-GITR antibody, and an agonist anti-0X 40 antibody.
  • an anti-PD-1 antibody is used as the second modality in methods disclosed herein.
  • the anti-PD-1 antibody is nivolumab, also known as BMS-936558 or MDX1106, developed by Bristol-Myers Squibb.
  • the anti-PD-1 antibody is pembrolizumab, also known as lambrolizumab or MK-3475, developed by Merck & Co.
  • the anti-PD-1 antibody is pidilizumab, also known as CT-011, developed by CureTech.
  • the anti-PD-1 antibody is MEDI0680, also known as AMP-514, developed by Medimmune.
  • the anti-PD-1 antibody is PDR001 developed by Novartis Pharmaceuticals. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is REGN2810 developed by Regeneron Pharmaceuticals. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is PF-06801591 developed by Pfizer. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is BGB-A317 developed by BeiGene. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is TSR-042 developed by AnaptysBio and Tesaro. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is SHR-1210 developed by Hengrui.
  • an anti-PD-L1 antibody is used as the second modality in methods disclosed herein.
  • the anti-PD-L1 antibody is atezolizumab developed by Genentech.
  • the anti-PD-L1 antibody is durvalumab developed by AstraZeneca, Celgene and Medimmune.
  • the anti-PD-L1 antibody is avelumab, also known as MSB0010718C, developed by Merck Serono and Pfizer.
  • the anti-PD-L1 antibody is MDX-1105 developed by Bristol-Myers Squibb.
  • the anti-PD-L1 antibody is AMP-224 developed by Amplimmune and GSK.
  • Non-limiting examples of anti-PD-L1 antibodies that may be used in treatment methods disclosed herein are disclosed in the following patents and patent applications, all of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties for all purposes: U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,943,743; 8,168,179; 8,217,149; 8,552,154; U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,779,108; 8,981,063; 9,175,082; U.S. Publication No. US 2010/0203056 A1; U.S. Publication No. US 2003/0232323 A1; U.S. Publication No. US 2013/0323249 A1; U.S. Publication No. US 2014/0341917 A1; U.S. Publication No.
  • a compound that targets an immunomodulatory enzyme(s) such as IDO (indoleamine-(2,3)-dioxygenase) and/or TDO (tryptophan 2,3-dioxygenase) is used as the second modality in methods disclosed herein. Therefore, in one embodiment, the compound targets an immunomodulatory enzyme(s), such as an inhibitor of indoleamine-(2,3)-dioxygenase (IDO).
  • IDO indoleamine-(2,3)-dioxygenase
  • TDO tryptophan 2,3-dioxygenase
  • such compound is selected from the group consisting of epacadostat (Incyte Corp; see, e.g., WO 2010/005958 which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), F001287 ( Flexus Biosciences/Bristol-Myers Squibb), indoximod (NewLink Genetics), and NLG919 (NewLink Genetics).
  • the compound is epacadostat.
  • the compound is F001287.
  • the compound is indoximod.
  • the compound is NLG919.
  • an anti-TIM-3 (e.g., human TIM-3) antibody disclosed herein is administered to a subject in combination with an IDO inhibitor for treating cancer.
  • the IDO inhibitor as described herein for use in treating cancer is present in a solid dosage form of a pharmaceutical composition such as a tablet, a pill or a capsule, wherein the pharmaceutical composition includes an IDO inhibitor and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • a pharmaceutical composition such as a tablet, a pill or a capsule
  • the pharmaceutical composition includes an IDO inhibitor and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the antibody as described herein and the IDO inhibitor as described herein can be administered separately, sequentially or concurrently as separate dosage forms.
  • the antibody is administered parenterally, and the IDO inhibitor is administered orally.
  • the inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of epacadostat (Incyte Corporation), F001287 ( Flexus Biosciences/Bristol-Myers Squibb), indoximod (NewLink Genetics), and NLG919 (NewLink Genetics).
  • Epacadostat has been described in PCT Publication No. WO 2010/005958, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes.
  • the inhibitor is epacadostat.
  • the inhibitor is F001287.
  • the inhibitor is indoximod.
  • the inhibitor is NLG919.
  • the second modality comprises a different vaccine (e.g., a peptide vaccine, a DNA vaccine, or an RNA vaccine) for treating cancer or infection.
  • the vaccine is a heat shock protein based tumor vaccine or a heat shock protein based pathogen vaccine (e.g., a vaccine as described in WO 2016/183486, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • the second modality comprises a stress protein-based vaccine.
  • the second modality comprises a composition, vaccine formulation, or unit dosage form as disclosed herein that is different from the first modality.
  • the second modality comprises a composition, vaccine formulation, or unit dosage form analogous to those disclosed herein except for having a different sequence of the HSP-binding peptide.
  • the stress protein-based vaccine is derived from a tumor preparation, such that the immunity elicited by the vaccine is specifically directed against the unique antigenic peptide repertoire expressed by the cancer of each subject.
  • the second modality comprises one or more adjuvants, such as the ones disclosed supra that may be included in the vaccine formulation disclosed herein.
  • the second modality comprises a saponin, an immunostimulatory nucleic acid, and/or QS-21.
  • the second modality comprises a Toll-like receptor (TLR) agonist.
  • TLR Toll-like receptor
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR4.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR7 and/or TLR8.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR9.
  • the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR5.
  • the second modality comprises one or more of the agents selected from the group consisting of lenalidomide, dexamethasone, interleukin-2, recombinant interferon alfa-2b, and peginterferon alfa-2b.
  • the second modality comprises a chemotherapeutic or a radiotherapeutic.
  • the chemotherapeutic agent is a hypomethylating agent (e.g., azacitidine).
  • the second modality comprises one or more anti-infective interventions (e.g., antivirals, antibacterials, antifungals, or anti-helminthics) for the treatment of the infectious disease.
  • anti-infective interventions e.g., antivirals, antibacterials, antifungals, or anti-helminthics
  • composition, vaccine formulation, or unit dosage form of the invention can be administered separately, sequentially, or concurrently from the second modality (e.g., chemotherapeutic, radiotherapeutic, checkpoint targeting agent, IDO inhibitor, vaccine, adjuvant, soluble TCR, cell expressing a TCR, cell expressing a CAR, and/or TCR mimic antibody), by the same or different delivery routes.
  • the second modality e.g., chemotherapeutic, radiotherapeutic, checkpoint targeting agent, IDO inhibitor, vaccine, adjuvant, soluble TCR, cell expressing a TCR, cell expressing a CAR, and/or TCR mimic antibody
  • compositions or vaccine formulations disclosed herein and the dosage of any additional treatment modality if combination therapy is to be administered, depends to a large extent on the weight and general state of health of the subject being treated, as well as the frequency of treatment and the route of administration.
  • Amounts effective for this use will also depend on the stage and severity of the disease and the judgment of the prescribing physician, but generally range for the initial immunization (that is, for therapeutic administration) from about 1.0 ⁇ g to about 1000 ⁇ g (1 mg) (including, for example, 10, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 240, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, or 1000 ⁇ g) of any one of the compositions disclosed herein for a 70 kg patient, followed by boosting dosages of from about 1.0 ⁇ g to about 1000 ⁇ g of the composition (including, for example, 10, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, or 1000 ⁇ g) pursuant to a boosting
  • the administered amount of compositions depends on the route of administration and the type of HSPs in the compositions.
  • the amount of HSP in the compositions can range, for example, from 5 to 1000 ⁇ g (1 mg) per administration.
  • the administered amount of compositions comprising Hsc70-, Hsp70- and/or Gp96-polypeptide complexes is, for example, 5, 10, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 750, 800, 900, or 1000 ⁇ g.
  • the administered amount of the composition is in the range of about 10 to 600 ⁇ g per administration and about 5 to 100 ⁇ g if the composition is administered intradermally. In certain embodiments, the administered amount of the composition is about 5 ⁇ g to 600 ⁇ g, about 5 ⁇ g to 300 ⁇ g, about 5 ⁇ g to 150 ⁇ g, or about 5 ⁇ g to 60 ⁇ g. In certain embodiments, the administered amount of the composition is less than 100 ⁇ g. In certain embodiments, the administered amount of the composition is about 5 ⁇ g, 25 ⁇ g, 50 ⁇ g, or 240 ⁇ g. In certain embodiments, the compositions comprising complexes of stress proteins and polypeptides are purified.
  • a dosage substantially equivalent to that observed to be effective in smaller non-human animals is effective for human administration, optionally subject to a correction factor not exceeding a fifty fold increase, based on the relative lymph node sizes in such mammals and in humans.
  • interspecies dose-response equivalence for stress proteins (or HSPs) noncovalently bound to or mixed with antigenic molecules for a human dose is estimated as the product of the therapeutic dosage observed in mice and a single scaling ratio, not exceeding a fifty fold increase.
  • the dosages of the composition can be much smaller than the dosage estimated by extrapolation.
  • doses recited above can be given once or repeatedly, such as daily, every other day, weekly, biweekly, or monthly, for a period up to a year or over a year. Doses are preferably given once every 28 days for a period of about 52 weeks or more.
  • compositions are administered to a subject at reasonably the same time as an additional treatment modality or modalities.
  • This method provides that the two administrations are performed within a time frame of less than one minute to about five minutes, or up to about sixty minutes from each other, for example, at the same doctor's visit.
  • compositions and an additional treatment modality or modalities are administered at exactly the same time.
  • compositions and an additional treatment modality or modalities are administered in a sequence and within a time interval such that the complexes of the invention and the additional treatment modality or modalities can act together to provide an increased benefit than if they were administered alone.
  • compositions and an additional treatment modality or modalities are administered sufficiently close in time so as to provide the desired therapeutic or prophylactic outcome.
  • Each can be administered simultaneously or separately, in any appropriate form and by any suitable route.
  • the complexes of the invention and the additional treatment modality or modalities are administered by different routes of administration.
  • each is administered by the same route of administration.
  • the compositions can be administered at the same or different sites, e.g. arm and leg.
  • the compositions and an additional treatment modality or modalities may or may not be administered in admixture or at the same site of administration by the same route of administration.
  • compositions and an additional treatment modality or modalities are administered less than 1 hour apart, at about 1 hour apart, 1 hour to 2 hours apart, 2 hours to 3 hours apart, 3 hours to 4 hours apart, 4 hours to 5 hours apart, 5 hours to 6 hours apart, 6 hours to 7 hours apart, 7 hours to 8 hours apart, 8 hours to 9 hours apart, 9 hours to 10 hours apart, 10 hours to 11 hours apart, 11 hours to 12 hours apart, no more than 24 hours apart or no more than 48 hours apart.
  • the compositions and a vaccine composition are administered 2 to 4 days apart, 4 to 6 days apart, 1 week a part, 1 to 2 weeks apart, 2 to 4 weeks apart, one month apart, 1 to 2 months apart, or 2 or more months apart.
  • the compositions and an additional treatment modality or modalities are administered in a time frame where both are still active. One skilled in the art would be able to determine such a time frame by determining the half-life of each administered component.
  • the compositions are administered to the subject weekly for at least four weeks.
  • at least 2 e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20
  • further doses of the compositions are administered biweekly to the subject.
  • the compositions administered as a booster three months after the final weekly or biweekly dose.
  • the three monthly booster can be administered for the life of the subject (e.g., at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or more years).
  • the total number of doses of the compositions administered to the subject is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20.
  • compositions and an additional treatment modality or modalities are administered within the same patient visit. In certain embodiments, the compositions are administered prior to the administration of an additional treatment modality or modalities. In an alternate specific embodiment, the compositions are administered subsequent to the administration of an additional treatment modality or modalities.
  • the compositions and an additional treatment modality or modalities are cyclically administered to a subject.
  • Cycling therapy involves the administration of the compositions for a period of time, followed by the administration of a modality for a period of time and repeating this sequential administration. Cycling therapy can reduce the development of resistance to one or more of the therapies, avoid or reduce the side effects of one of the therapies, and/or improve the efficacy of the treatment.
  • the disclosure contemplates the alternating administration of the compositions followed by the administration of a modality 4 to 6 days later, preferable 2 to 4 days, later, more preferably 1 to 2 days later, wherein such a cycle may be repeated as many times as desired.
  • compositions and the modality are alternately administered in a cycle of less than 3 weeks, once every two weeks, once every 10 days or once every week.
  • the compositions are administered to a subject within a time frame of one hour to twenty four hours after the administration of a modality. The time frame can be extended further to a few days or more if a slow- or continuous-release type of modality delivery system is used.
  • compositions disclosed herein may be administered using any desired route of administration.
  • Many methods may be used to introduce the compositions described above, including but not limited to, oral, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, mucosal, intranasal, intra-tumoral, and intra-lymph node routes.
  • Non-mucosal routes of administration include, but are not limited to, intradermal and topical administration.
  • Mucosal routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral, rectal and nasal administration.
  • Advantages of intradermal administration include use of lower doses and rapid absorption, respectively.
  • Advantages of subcutaneous or intramuscular administration include suitability for some insoluble suspensions and oily suspensions, respectively. Preparations for mucosal administrations are suitable in various formulations as described below.
  • Solubility and the site of the administration are factors which should be considered when choosing the route of administration of the compositions.
  • the mode of administration can be varied between multiple routes of administration, including those listed above.
  • compositions are water-soluble, then it may be formulated in an appropriate buffer, for example, phosphate buffered saline or other physiologically compatible solutions, preferably sterile. Alternatively, if a composition has poor solubility in aqueous solvents, then it may be formulated with a non-ionic surfactant such as Tween, or polyethylene glycol. Thus, the compositions may be formulated for administration by inhalation or insufflation (either through the mouth or the nose) or oral, buccal, parenteral, or rectal administration.
  • an appropriate buffer for example, phosphate buffered saline or other physiologically compatible solutions, preferably sterile.
  • a composition may be formulated with a non-ionic surfactant such as Tween, or polyethylene glycol.
  • the compositions may be formulated for administration by inhalation or insufflation (either through the mouth or the nose) or oral, buccal, parenteral, or rectal administration.
  • the composition may be in liquid form, for example, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or may be presented as a drug product for reconstitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use.
  • a liquid preparation may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters, or fractionated vegetable oils); and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid).
  • suspending agents e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives or hydrogenated edible fats
  • emulsifying agents e.g., lecithin or acacia
  • non-aqueous vehicles e.g., almond oil, oily esters, or fractionated vegetable oils
  • preservatives e.g.
  • compositions may take the form of, for example, tablets or capsules prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pre-gelatinized maize starch, polyvinyl pyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc or silica); disintegrants (e.g., potato starch or sodium starch glycolate); or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulphate).
  • binding agents e.g., pre-gelatinized maize starch, polyvinyl pyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
  • fillers e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate
  • lubricants e.g., magnesium stearate, talc or silica
  • disintegrants e.g., potato
  • compositions for oral administration may be suitably formulated to be released in a controlled and/or timed manner.
  • compositions may take the form of tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner.
  • the preparation may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion.
  • Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
  • the preparation may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
  • the preparation may also be formulated in a rectal preparation such as a suppository or retention enema, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
  • a rectal preparation such as a suppository or retention enema, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
  • the preparation may also be formulated as a depot preparation.
  • Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example, subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection.
  • the preparation may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example, as emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
  • suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials for example, as emulsion in an acceptable oil
  • ion exchange resins for example, as a sparingly soluble derivatives
  • sparingly soluble derivatives for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
  • Liposomes and emulsions are well known examples of delivery vehicles or carriers for hydrophilic drugs.
  • compositions are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • peripheral blood from patients may be obtained and assayed for markers of anti-tumor immunity.
  • leukocytes may be obtained from the peripheral blood and assayed for frequency of different immune cell phenotypes, HLA subtype, and function of anti-tumor immune cells.
  • the majority of effector immune cells in the anti-tumor response is CD8 + T cells and thus is HLA class I restricted.
  • Using immunotherapeutic strategies in other tumor types expansion of CD8+ cells that recognize HLA class I restricted antigens is found in a majority of patients.
  • other cell types are involved in the anti-tumor immune response, including, for example, CD4+ T cells, and macrophages and dendritic cells, which may act as antigen-presenting cells.
  • Populations of T cells (CD4+, CD8+, and Treg cells), macrophages, and antigen presenting cells may be determined using flow cytometry.
  • HLA typing may be performed using routine methods in the art, such as methods described in Boegel et al. Genome Medicine 2012, 4:102 (seq2HLA), or using a TruSight® HLA sequencing panel (Illumina, Inc.).
  • the HLA subtype of CD8+ T cells may be determined by a complement-dependent microcytotoxicity test.
  • an enzyme linked immunospot assay may be performed to quantify the IFN ⁇ -producing peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC). This technique provides an assay for antigen recognition and immune cell function.
  • subjects who respond clinically to the vaccine may have an increase in tumor-specific T cells and/or IFN ⁇ -producing PBMCs.
  • immune cell frequency is evaluated using flow cytometry.
  • antigen recognition and immune cell function is evaluated using enzyme linked immunospot assays.
  • a panel of assays may be performed to characterize the immune response generated to the composition alone or given in combination with standard of care (e.g., maximal surgical resection, radiotherapy, and concomitant and adjuvant chemotherapy with temozolomide for glioblastoma multiforme).
  • standard of care e.g., maximal surgical resection, radiotherapy, and concomitant and adjuvant chemotherapy with temozolomide for glioblastoma multiforme.
  • the panel of assays includes one or more of the following tests: whole blood cell count, absolute lymphocyte count, monocyte count, percentage of CD4 + CD3 + T cells, percentage of CD8 + CD3 + T cells, percentage of CD4 + CD25 + FoxP3 + regulatory T cells and other phenotyping of PBL surface markers, intracellular cytokine staining to detect proinflammatory cytokines at the protein level, qPCR to detect cytokines at the mRNA level and CFSE dilution to assay T cell proliferation.
  • a number of other tests may be performed to determine the overall health of the subject.
  • blood samples may be collected from subjects and analyzed for hematology, coagulation times and serum biochemistry.
  • Hematology for CBC may include red blood cell count, platelets, hematocrit, hemoglobin, white blood cell (WBC) count, plus WBC differential to be provided with absolute counts for neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils, lymphocytes, and monocytes.
  • Serum biochemistry may include albumin, alkaline phosphatase, aspartate amino transferase, alanine amino transferase, total bilirubin, BUN, glucose, creatinine, potassium and sodium.
  • Protime (PT) and partial thromboplastin time (PTT) may also be tested.
  • One or more of the following tests may also be conducted: anti-thyroid (anti-microsomal or thyroglobulin) antibody tests, assessment for anti-nuclear antibody, and rheumatoid factor.
  • Urinalysis may be performed to evaluated protein, RBC, and WBC levels in urine. Also, a blood draw to determine histocompatibility leukocyte antigen (HLA) status may be performed.
  • HLA histocompatibility leukocyte antigen
  • radiologic tumor evaluations are performed one or more times throughout a treatment to evaluate tumor size and status.
  • tumor evaluation scans may be performed within 30 days prior to surgery, within 48 hours after surgery (e.g., to evaluate percentage resection), 1 week (maximum 14 days) prior to the first vaccination (e.g., as a baseline evaluation), and approximately every 8 weeks thereafter for a particular duration.
  • MRI or CT imaging may be used.
  • the same imaging modality used for the baseline assessment is used for each tumor evaluation visit.
  • Kits are also provided for carrying out the prophylactic and therapeutic methods disclosed herein.
  • the kits may optionally further comprise instructions on how to use the various components of the kits.
  • the kit comprises a first container containing the composition disclosed herein, and a second container containing one or more adjuvants.
  • the adjuvant can be any adjuvant disclosed herein, e.g., a saponin, an immunostimulatory nucleic acid, or QS-21 (e.g., QS-21)Stimulon®.
  • the kit further comprises a third container containing an additional treatment modality.
  • the kit can further comprise an instruction on the indication, dosage regimen, and route of administration of the composition, adjuvant, and additional treatment modality, e.g., as disclosed in Section 5.5 herein.
  • the kit can comprise the stress protein(s) and polypeptide(s) of a composition disclosed herein in separate containers.
  • the kit comprises a first container containing one or more polypeptides disclosed herein, and a second container containing a purified stress protein capable of binding to the polypeptide.
  • the first container can contain any number of different polypeptides.
  • the first container contains no more than 100 different polypeptides, e.g., 2-50, 2-30, 2-20, 5-20, 5-15, 5-10, or 10-15 different polypeptides.
  • each of the different polypeptides comprises the same HSP-binding peptide and a different antigenic peptide.
  • the total amount of the polypeptide(s) in the first container is a suitable amount for a unit dosage. In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) in the first container is about 0.1 to 20 nmol (e.g., 3, 4, 5, or 6 nmol).
  • the second container can contain any stress protein disclosed herein.
  • the stress protein is selected from the group consisting of Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, or Calreticulin, and a mutant or fusion protein thereof.
  • the stress protein is Hsc70 (e.g., human Hsc70).
  • the stress protein is a recombinant protein.
  • the total amount of the stress protein(s) in the second container is about 10 ⁇ g to 600 ⁇ g (e.g., 250 ⁇ g to 290 ⁇ g).
  • the total amount of the stress protein(s) in the second container is about 50 ⁇ g, 100 ⁇ g, 200 ⁇ g, 300 ⁇ g, 400 ⁇ g, or 500 ⁇ g. In certain embodiments, the amount of the stress protein in the pharmaceutical composition is about 300 ⁇ g. In certain embodiments, the total molar amount of the stress protein(s) in the second container is calculated based on the total molar amount of the polypeptide(s) in the first container, such that the molar ratio of the polypeptide(s) to the stress protein(s) is about 0.5:1 to 5:1 (e.g., about 1:1 to 2:1, e.g., about 1:1, 1.25:1, or 1.5:1). In certain embodiments, the total amount of the stress protein(s) in the second container is an amount for multiple administrations (e.g., less than or equal to 1 mg, 3 mg, 10 mg, 30 mg, or 100 mg).
  • the kit further comprises an instruction for preparing a composition from the polypeptide(s) in the first container and the stress protein(s) in the second container (e.g., an instruction for the complexing reaction as disclosed in Section 5.4.2 herein).
  • an instruction for preparing a composition from the polypeptide(s) in the first container and the stress protein(s) in the second container e.g., an instruction for the complexing reaction as disclosed in Section 5.4.2 herein.
  • the kit further comprises a third container containing one or more adjuvants.
  • the adjuvant can be any adjuvant disclosed herein, e.g., a saponin, an immunostimulatory nucleic acid, or QS-21 (e.g., QS-21 Stimulon®).
  • the kit further comprises a fourth container containing an additional treatment modality.
  • the kit can further comprise an instruction on the indication, dosage regimen, and route of administration of the composition prepared from the polypeptide(s) and stress protein(s), the adjuvant, and the additional treatment modality, e.g., as disclosed in Section 5.5 herein.
  • the composition, polypeptide(s), stress protein(s), adjuvant(s), and additional treatment modality in the containers are present in pre-determined amounts effective to treat cancers or infections.
  • the compositions can be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms of the compositions.
  • the pack may, for example, comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack.
  • the pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration.
  • the instant disclosure provides a polypeptide comprising an HSP-binding peptide and an amino acid sequence from a human papillomavirus (HPV) (e.g., HPV16 or HPV18).
  • HPV human papillomavirus
  • Such amino acid sequence is also referred to as an HPV peptide herein.
  • the HPV peptide can comprise any amino acid sequence as disclosed in Table 3.
  • the amino acid sequence from HPV comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, or 53.
  • the HSP-binding peptide can be any HSP-binding peptide disclosed in Section 5.2, or any HSP-binding peptide known in the art (see, e.g., US20160331821A1 and U.S. Pat. No. 7,309,491B2, each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety).
  • the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 2, 3, 4, or 232.
  • the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 204, 205, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, or 215.
  • the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6.
  • the HPV peptide can be linked to the HSP-binding peptide via any linker disclosed herein (e.g., in Section 5.3). In certain embodiments, the HPV peptide is linked to the HSP-binding peptide via a peptide linker. In certain embodiments, the peptide linker comprises the amino acid sequence of FR or FFRK (SEQ ID NO: 13).
  • the HPV peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, or 69.
  • the instant disclosure provides a composition (e.g., pharmaceutical composition) comprising a plurality of different polypeptides, wherein each polypeptide comprises an HSP-binding peptide and an HPV peptide.
  • a composition e.g., pharmaceutical composition
  • each polypeptide comprises an HSP-binding peptide and an HPV peptide.
  • the amino acid sequence of at least one HPV peptide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 38-53.
  • the amino acid sequence of each HPV peptide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 38-53.
  • the composition comprises at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16 different HPV peptides.
  • the amino acid sequence of at least one polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 54-69. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of each polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 54-69. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16 different polypeptides.
  • the composition further comprises a purified stress protein.
  • a stress protein disclosed herein (e.g., in Section 5.4) can be used.
  • the stress protein is selected from the group consisting of Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, Calreticulin, and a mutant or fusion protein thereof.
  • the stress protein is Hsc70 (e.g., human Hsc70).
  • the ratio of polypeptide to stress protein can be any ratio disclosed herein, e.g., about 0.5:1 to 5:1. In certain embodiments, the ratio of polypeptide to stress protein is about 1:1 to 2:1. In certain embodiments, the ratio of polypeptide to stress protein is about 1:1, 1.25:1, or 1.5:1. Also, the amounts of the polypeptide(s) and of the stress protein(s) can be any amounts disclosed in Section 5.4 herein. In certain embodiments, the composition is in a unit dosage form.
  • the instant disclosure provides a kit comprising the composition disclosed herein either in a single container or in separate containers, optionally further comprising containers containing one or more adjuvants and additional treatment modalities, as disclosed in Section 5.6 herein.
  • the instant disclosure provides a method of inducing a cellular immune response to an HPV peptide in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition as disclosed in this section.
  • the instant disclosure provides a method of treating an HPV-associated disease in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition as disclosed this section.
  • the HPV-associated disease is a cancer (e.g., cervical cancer).
  • the HPV is HPV16 or HPV18. Any dosage regimen as disclosed in Section 5.5.4 herein and any route of administration as disclosed in Section 5.5.5 herein can be used.
  • the method can further comprise an additional treatment modality as disclosed in Section 5.5.3 herein, and can further comprise a patient evaluation step as disclosed in Section 5.5.6 herein.
  • Section 6 The examples in this Section (i.e., Section 6) are offered by way of illustration, and not by way of limitation.
  • the peptides were synthesized using standard Fmoc solid-phase chemical synthesis with pre-loaded polystyrene wang (PS-Wang) resin in a Symphony-X automatic synthesizer (Gyros Protein Technologies Inc). Fmoc protected L-amino acids were applied with standard HCTU/NMM activation chemistry. With respect to resin substitution, 5-fold excess of amino acid, 5-fold excess of activating reagent (HCTU) and 10-fold excess of N-methyl morpholine was used for coupling the amino acid to make the peptide bond. The reaction was performed for 6 min with double coupling cycle for any incomplete coupling throughout the synthesis. These steps were repeated until the desired sequence was obtained.
  • Fmoc protected L-amino acids were applied with standard HCTU/NMM activation chemistry. With respect to resin substitution, 5-fold excess of amino acid, 5-fold excess of activating reagent (HCTU) and 10-fold excess of N-methyl morpholine was used for coupling the amino acid to make the peptide bond.
  • the precipitated peptides were centrifuged and washed 2 ⁇ with ether, dried, dissolved in the choice of solvent, and lyophilized to produce a crude dry powder.
  • the crude peptides were purified by prep-HPLC with a C18 column (Ultimate 3000, Thermo Scientific) using a water (0.1% TFA)-acetonitrile (0.1% TFA) gradient. Peptide purity was tested using an analytical C18-column. Further characterization was confirmed by 6550 Q-TOF (Agilent Technologies) mass spectrometry.
  • Hsc70 was mixed at a concentration of 7 ⁇ M (0.5 mg/ml) with the appropriate concentration of peptide in 1 ⁇ PBS with a final volume of 25 ⁇ l. The mixed samples were then incubated at 37° C. for 1 hour and cooled down on ice for 10 min.
  • Hsc70 (1 mg/ml, 0.1% polysorbate) was mixed with peptide at peptide:Hsc70 molar ratios of, 0.25:1, 0.5:1, 1:1, 2:1, and 4:1, for 60 minutes at 30° C. Following incubation, samples were cooled for 5 minutes at room temperature and transferred to HPLC vials for analysis. To evaluate the quantity of the complex in the solution, 20 ⁇ l (10 ⁇ g) of the sample was loaded on a size exclusion chromatography column TSKgel SuperSW3000 (Tosoh Bioscience) at a flow rate of 0.2 ml/min with 1 ⁇ PBS as a running buffer. The data was collected by measuring the absorbance at 214 nm.
  • Hsc70 human heat shock cognate 71 kDa protein
  • M monomer
  • D dimer
  • T trimer
  • HMW high molecular weight
  • AREA compiex AREA Total ⁇ (Area T+D +Area Mshx +Area Mx )
  • AREA Total AREA T+D,C,Msh,M +(AREA HDW-x ⁇ AREA HDW-0 )
  • AREA Mshx AREA Msh0 ⁇ (AREA (T+D)x )/(AREA (T+D)0 )
  • AREA Mx AREA M0 ⁇ (AREA (T+D)x )/(AREA (T+D)0 )
  • AREA Total is the sum of total integrated peak areas from trimer/oligomer region through the monomer peak and excludes the initial HMW peak area but includes the excess increase of the HMW peak area that was observed when peptide was added.
  • the HMW peak was excluded from the complexation calculation on the basis that it was aggregated protein that was not functional for complexation. This correction took into account Area Total factors in the minor increase in HMW area, adding it back to base total area used to calculate area of complex. Including this adjustment resulted in a more stable Area Total across the range of peptide concentrations used to form complexes.
  • PEP006 was selected for further characterization.
  • This example demonstrates the ability of PEP006 to bind to Hsc70 at a range of molar ratios from 0.25:1 to 3:1, as determined by size exclusion chromatography.
  • PEP006 peptide was reconstituted in water for injection (WFI) to a concentration of 645 ⁇ M.
  • Recombinant human Hsc70 (rhHsc70) was diluted at a concentration of 1.66 mg/mL. Both solutions were pre-warmed in a 37° C. incubator for 10 minutes, and were combined and incubated at 37° C. for 60 minutes.
  • the final concentration of rhHsc70 was 1 mg/mL (about 14.1 ⁇ M), and the molar ratio of PEP006 to rhHsc70 was 0.25:1, 0.5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1, 2.5:1, and 3:1.
  • a negative control containing only rhHsc70 at 1 mg/mL was also prepared.
  • a quantity of 10 ⁇ g of each sample was injected neat in triplicate for resolution by size exclusion HPLC (Alliance HPLC, Waters Model #2695 Separations Module; Dual Wavelength UV Detector, Waters Model 2487) using a chromatography column TSKgel SuperSW3000 (Tosoh Bioscience, Catalog #18675).
  • the column temperature was controlled at 25° C. ⁇ 5° C.
  • the autosampler temperature was controlled at 5° C. ⁇ 3° C.
  • the mobile phase was composed of 10 mM sodium phosphate with 300 mM sodium chloride, pH 7.2, and was delivered at a flow rate of 0.2 mL/min for 30 minutes.
  • UV absorbance of PEP006 peptide and rhHsc70 protein was measured at the wavelengths of 214 nm and 280 nm.
  • the absorbance data was processed by Waters Empower (V2) software.
  • FIG. 2 shows a chromatogram of the PEP006-Hsc70 complexation products, wherein the column retention time became shorter when rhHsc70 bound to PEP006.
  • This example describes characterization of the binding of Hsc70 to the polypeptide LGVVRPRALHRELDLVDDSPTPGSPGSFFRKNWLRLTW (SEQ ID NO: 77), which comprises PEP006 and a peptide observed from a patient's tumor (LGVVRPRALHRELDLVDDSPTPGSPGS (SEQ ID NO: 76)).
  • the molar ratios of polypeptide to Hsc70 tested in this example were 0.125:1, 0.25:1, 0.5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1, 2.5:1, 3:1, 3.5:1, and 4:1.
  • FIG. 3A shows a chromatogram of the polypeptide-Hsc70 complexation products, wherein the column retention time became shorter when rhHsc70 bound to the polypeptide.
  • FIG. 3B is a graph showing percent complexation of a polypeptide comprising PEP006 with HSC70 over a range of polypeptide:Hsc70 molar ratios from 0.125:1 to 4:1, as calculated from size exclusion chromatography traces similar to those in FIG. 3A , using the methods described Example 6.1.1. Three independent experiments are shown.
  • FIG. 4A is a graph showing percent complexation for five different peptides, where each of the five different peptides comprised, C-terminal PEP001, C-terminal PEP006, or no C-terminal HSC70 binding peptide.
  • FIG. 4B is a graph showing percent complexation for six different peptides, where each of the six different peptides comprised either, C-terminal PEP001, or C-terminal PEP006.
  • This example demonstrates immunogenicity and tumor-suppressing activity of polypeptides comprising HPV E6-E7 peptides and PEP001 or PEP006 in two animal models.
  • immunogenicity of a pool of four polypeptides each comprising an immunogenic HPV E6 or E7 peptide linked to PEP001 or PEP006, or not linked to an HSP-binding peptide, was analyzed in an immunogenicity animal model.
  • HPV E6 or E7 peptides either alone or linked to PEP001 or PEP006, having the amino acid sequences provided in Table 8, were chemically synthesized and dissolved in 100% DMSO at concentrations ranging from 25 to 100 mg/ml. These HPV E6 and E7 peptides were known to be immunogenic in C57BL/6 mice (see Bartkowiak et al. (2015) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 112(38); and Manuri et al. (2007) Vaccine 25(17):3302-10, each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety).
  • the known epitope sequence of PEP059 and PEP060 was RAHYNIVTF (SEQ ID NO: 78), and the known epitope sequence of PEP061 and PEP062 was VYDFAFRDL (SEQ ID NO: 79).
  • Recombinant human Hsc70 (rhHsc70) protein was purified from rhHsc70-expressing E. coli by chromatography using, sequentially, a weak anionic Q Sepharose column, an ATP agarose affinity column, and a DEAE-FF weak anion exchange column.
  • the purified rhHsc70 protein was diluted in filtered PBS supplemented with 0.01% Polysorbate 20.
  • an equimolar pool of four polypeptides was prepared in 75% DMSO at a total concentration of 320 ⁇ M.
  • the purified rhHsc70 protein was pre-incubated at 37° C. for 30 minutes, and the polypeptide pool was added to the rhHsc70 protein solution at 2:1 or 1:1 molar ratio to reach an rhHsc70 protein concentration of 0.5 mg/ml.
  • the mixture was incubated for 1 hour at 37° C. and filtered sequentially through a 0.8 ⁇ m and a 0.2 ⁇ m filter. The mixture was then placed on ice for 30 min and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • mice For vaccination, six-week-old female C57BL/6J mice purchased from the Jackson Laboratory were maintained in a specific pathogen-free environment. The mice were immunized by subcutaneous injection of the vaccine. Each injection contained a total of 30 ⁇ g (about 0.42 nmol) Hsc70 complexed to the peptide pool (0.42 nmol for 1:1 ratio or 0.84 nmol for 2:1 ratio), supplemented with 10 ⁇ g of QS-21 Stimulon®, diluted in BioXcell InVivoPure pH 7.0 Dilution Buffer to a final volume of 200 ⁇ l.
  • a boosting dose containing the same amount of vaccine was injected subcutaneously to each mouse.
  • an IFN ⁇ ELISpot assay was performed. Briefly, immunized mice were euthanized, splenocytes were gently isolated, and 5 ⁇ 10 5 to 1 ⁇ 10 6 live cells from each mouse were seeded on a plate previously coated with a murine IFN ⁇ capture antibody. The cells were re-stimulated overnight using the naked peptides (PEP059-062). The cells were removed by lysis, and the IFN ⁇ bound to the capture antibody was detected using a detection antibody couple to horseradish peroxidase (HRP). The number of spots in each well, representing the number of IFN ⁇ -producing cells in this well, was counted using CTL S6 ImmunoSpot® analyzer and software.
  • HRP horseradish peroxidase
  • HPV vaccines containing PEP001- or PEP006-linked peptides complexed with Hsc70 demonstrated increased immunogenicity as compared to the naked HPV peptides.
  • the vaccines containing PEP006-linked peptides complexed with Hsc70 showed a greater immunogenicity than the vaccines containing PEP001-linked peptides complexed with Hsc70 under the conditions used.
  • HPV vaccines containing PEP001- or PEP006-linked peptides complexed with Hsc70 elicited a greater number of IFN ⁇ -producing splenocytes than the equivalent doses of naked peptide complexed with Hsc70 at mole ratios of 1:1 and 2:1.
  • the vaccines containing PEP001- and PEP006-linked peptides complexed with Hsc70 also elicited a greater response than an equivalent dose of free peptides not complexed with Hsc70 at mole ratios of 1:1 and 2:1.
  • the vaccines containing PEP006-linked peptides complexed with Hsc70 showed a greater immunogenicity than the vaccines containing PEP001-linked peptides complexed with Hsc70 under the conditions used.
  • This example demonstrates therapeutic efficacy of the HPV vaccine described in Section 6.2.1, using a TC1 HPV16 E6/E7 syngeneic mouse tumor model.
  • TC1 cells express the oncogenes HRAS, HPV16 E6 and E7 as disclosed in Lin et al. (1996) Cancer Res. 56(1):21-26, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • Low passage TC1 cells were washed in serum-free PBS and re-suspend in PBS at a concentration of 2 ⁇ 10 6 cells/ml.
  • C57BL/6 mice shaved on the flank three days prior to use were injected subcutaneously in the shaved area with 2 ⁇ 10 5 cells in 100 ⁇ l volume.
  • Vaccines were prepared according to the methods described in Section 6.2.1.
  • the naked peptides, PEP001-linked peptides, and PEP006-linked peptides were complexed with rhHsc70 protein at the ratios of 1:1, 4:1, and 2:1, respectively.
  • the vaccines were administered to the mice subcutaneously at days 5, 10, and 15 post TC1 cell implantation.
  • Tumors were measured every 3-4 days with a caliper. Tumor volume was calculated using the formula of 1 ⁇ 2 ⁇ D ⁇ d 2 , where D is the major axis and d is the minor axis. Any palpable but non-measurable tumor was estimated as 0.5 mm 3 , whereas absence of tumor was recorded as 0 mm 3 . Mice were sacrificed when tumors reached 2000 mm 3 or upon ulceration, and survival curves were plotted.
  • tumor growth in the mice injected with the vaccine comprising PEP001- or PEP006-linked HPV peptides was slower than in the mice injected with the vaccine comprising naked HPV peptides or injected with PBS. Similar therapeutic effects of the vaccines comprising PEP001- and PEP006-linked HPV peptides were observed in the survival curve ( FIG. 7F ).
  • the vaccine comprising PEP006-linked HPV peptides complexed with rhHsc70 was more potent in suppressing tumor growth than the vaccine comprising PEP001-linked HPV peptides complexed with rhHsc70 ( FIGS. 7A, 7D, and 7E ). Notably, this difference translated into substantial protection against mortality in these experiments ( FIG. 7F ).
  • PEP073 and PEP074 comprised the amino acid sequence of EVYDFAFRDL (SEQ ID NO: 92), a murine H-2Db and a human HLA-A*24:02 epitope.
  • PEP081 comprised the amino acid sequences of YMLDLQPET (SEQ ID NO: 93) and MLDLQPETT (SEQ ID NO: 94), human HLA-A*02:01 epitopes.
  • PEP084 comprised the amino acid sequence of RAHYNIVTF (SEQ ID NO: 78), a murine H-2Db epitope.
  • PEP086 comprised the amino acid sequence of LLMGTLGIVC (SEQ ID NO: 95), a human HLA-A*02:01 epitope. Each peptide also comprised the amino acid sequence of PEP006.
  • the vaccine was prepared by the method described in Section 6.2.2, and the ratio of peptide to rhHsc70 protein was 2:1 for the HPV peptide pool.
  • the efficacy of the vaccine was assessed using the same mouse model as described in Section 6.2.2, and the vaccine comprising the pool of PEP063-066 was used as a comparator.
  • the vaccine containing Hsc70 and PEP071-086 reduced tumor growth and improved survival as compared to PBS control in the TC1 HPV16 E6/E7 syngeneic tumor model.
  • This example demonstrates therapeutic efficacy of a vaccine using two different formulations, one in which all peptides were initially reconstituted in DMSO and one in which only peptides which were not soluble in neutral, acidic, or basic water, were initially reconstituted in DMSO.
  • the sequences of the polypeptides used in the vaccine which contain tumor associated antigens from HPV E6 and E7 oncoproteins, are provided in Table 4.
  • the vaccine used in this example comprised sixteen peptides, PEP071-PEP086. Each peptide comprises the amino acid sequence PEP006 at the C-terminus.
  • each peptide was tested for solubility in neutral water followed by pH-adjusted (i.e. acidic, containing HCl, or basic, containing NaOH) water if necessary.
  • rh-Hsc70 was incubated for 0.5 hour at 37° C., then further incubated for 1 hour at 37° C. with the pool of 16 peptides at 2:1 molar ratio of total peptide:protein, following sterile procedures. Complexes were then incubated on ice for 15 min. The complexes were filtered and aliquoted.
  • mice On days 5, 10, and 15 after tumor challenge mice were administered (a) 30 ⁇ g Hsc70-based vaccine (either Formulation A or Formulation B)+10 ⁇ g QS-21 or (b) PBS subcutaneously at the diagonally opposite brachial lymph node area from the tumor site.
  • Each dose of vaccine contained 30 ⁇ g Hsc70 and ⁇ 4 ⁇ g total peptide ( ⁇ 250 ng each peptide) along with QS-21 adjuvant. Injections were carried out with a 1 mL BD Syringe with a Sub-Q 26G ⁇ 5 ⁇ 8 inch needle.
  • Tumor growth kinetics and survival were monitored. Tumor volumes were measured by caliper every 3-4 days of the study starting on day 5 after tumor challenge. Tumor length was based on the longest linear distance. Width was based on the longest linear distance perpendicular to the length. Mice were euthanized when tumor volumes reached 2000 mm 3 . Tumor volumes (mm 3 ) were calculated as length ⁇ width ⁇ 0.5. For mice with two tumors, each was measured independently and the volumes summed. Mice were distributed to each treatment group randomly on day 5 post tumor inoculation. Mice without early measurable tumors were excluded from the study. Ten mice per group were followed for survival using the Kaplan-Meier method and Log-rank test (p ⁇ 0.0001 survival in mice treated with either vaccine formulation vs. survival in mice treated with PBS). Tumor size was assessed every 2-3 days and each group's mean tumor volume was plotted as function of time.
  • FIGS. 9A and 9B Tumor growth grew rapidly in control mice treated with PBS ( FIGS. 9A and 9B ). In contrast, a significant delay in the rate of tumor growth was observed in mice treated with either vaccine formulation ( FIGS. 9A and 9B ) (tumor growth in mice treated with Formulation A compared to tumor growth in mice treated with PBS **p ⁇ 0.01 and tumor growth mice treated with Formulation B compared to tumor growth in mice treated with PBS ****p ⁇ 0.0001: Wilcoxon Rank Sum Test). Tumor growth kinetics of individual mice were plotted as a function of time. Prolonged survival was observed in mice treated with either Formulation A or Formulation B as compared to mice treated with PBS ( FIG. 9C ).
  • the TC-1 tumor is known to develop a resistance phenotype to antigen targeting therapies which can be driven by immune editing and loss of epitopes expressed by the tumor (Smahel et al., 2007) which likely explains the eventual progression of tumors beginning on ⁇ d. 28 for both vaccine formulations.
  • tumor associated antigens such as HPV E6 and E7 oncoproteins
  • This example demonstrates the ability of PEP001 and PEP006 to improve crude purity of peptides during synthesis.
  • An Ova antigen peptide comprising the amino acid sequence of EVSGLEQLESIINFEKLTEWTSSNVME (PEP053, SEQ ID NO: 97), either naked or linked to PEP001 (PEP052, SEQ ID NO: 230, EVSGLEQLESIINFEKLTEWTSSNVMEFFRKNLLRLTG) or PEP006 (PEP054, SEQ ID NO: 231, EVSGLEQLESIINFEKLTEWTSSNVMEFFRKNWLRLTW), were synthesized by the method described in Section 6.1.1.
  • This Ova antigen peptide comprised an MHC-binding epitope having the amino acid sequence of SIINFEKL (SEQ ID NO: 96).
  • Peptide purity was determined by reverse phase chromatography using the Vanquish Bioanalytical and Ultimate 3000 Dionex workstation, following the procedure provided in the Vanquish/Ultimate 3000 User's Guide and Data Explorer User's Guide included with the Chromeleon 7.0 software package.
  • the synthesized peptides were cleaved from the resin and dissolved in 1:1 acetonitrile:water (v/v) at 1 mg/mL concentration.
  • the dissolved sample was analyzed by analytical HPLC using a Phenomenex Luna C1810 ⁇ m 4.6 ⁇ 250 mm column. A volume of 20 ⁇ L of sample was injected, and was subject to gradient elution using a mixture of solution A (0.1% TFA in water) and solution B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile) as mobile phase, following the gradient of Table 10.
  • the column temperature was maintained at 37° C. ⁇ 5° C.
  • the peptides were detected by UV absorbance at the wavelengths of 214 nm and 280 nm.
  • each peak represented a peptide with a specific retention time, and the area under the peak reflected the amount of this peptide.
  • the peak of the correct peptide was confirmed by mass spectrometry.
  • the crude purity of the peptide was calculated as the area under the peak of the correct peptide divided by the total area under the entire curve.
  • the naked Ova peptide had a heterogeneous signal.
  • the Ova-PEP001 upper panel
  • Ova-PEP006 lower panel
  • Quantification of the chromatograms also indicated that Ova-PEP001 and Ova-PEP006 had substantially increased crude purity ( FIG. 10B ). This result was contrary to the general rule that longer peptides were more difficult to synthesize and purify, and suggested that PEP001 and PEP006 improved the crude purity in chemical synthesis of peptide.
  • the 50 peptides shown below in Table 11 were synthesized by the method described in Section 6.1.1. This group of 50 peptides contains 25 unique peptide sequences (labelled A-Y) that were synthesized with or without (“naked peptide”) the addition of a C-terminal PEP006 peptide sequence. Peptide purity was determined by reverse phase chromatography as described in section 6.3.1 above. As shown in FIG. 11 , addition of the PEP006 peptide sequence increased the crude purity for a majority of the peptides as compare to the corresponding naked peptide. Because of the sample complexity, many peptide separations were multi-dimensional. Three peptides were not detected in the C18 column under standard reverse phase gradient up to 95%.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are polypeptides and compositions comprising novel HSP-binding peptides. Such polypeptides and compositions are particularly useful as immunotherapeutics (e.g., cancer vaccines). Also provided are methods of inducing a cellular immune response using such polypeptides and compositions, methods of treating a disease using such polypeptides and compositions, kits comprising such polypeptides and compositions, and methods of making such compositions.

Description

    RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a Continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/394,812, filed on Apr. 25, 2019, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Nos. 62/663,083, filed Apr. 26, 2018, and 62/692,009, filed Jun. 29, 2018, the entire disclosure of each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
    • SEQUENCE LISTING
  • The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which has been submitted electronically in ASCII format and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Said ASCII copy, created on Jul. 26, 2019, is named 404293 AGBW 121USC1 Sequence Listing.txt and is 79,155 bytes in size.
    • 1. FIELD
  • The invention relates to heat shock protein (HSP)-binding peptide compositions, and uses of such compositions as immunotherapeutics (e.g., cancer vaccines).
    • 2. BACKGROUND
  • Immunotherapies are becoming important tools in the treatment of cancer. One immunotherapy approach involves the use of therapeutic cancer vaccines comprising cancer-specific antigenic peptides that actively educate a patient's immune system to target and destroy cancer cells. However, the generation of such therapeutic cancer vaccines is limited by the immunogenicity of cancer-specific antigenic peptides.
  • Accordingly, there is a need in the art for improved methods of generating highly immunogenic cancer-specific antigenic peptides and for creating effective anti-cancer vaccines comprising these peptides.
    • 3. SUMMARY OF INVENTION
  • The instant disclosure provides polypeptides and compositions comprising novel HSP-binding peptides. Such polypeptides and compositions are particularly useful as immunotherapeutics (e.g., cancer vaccines). Also provided are methods of inducing a cellular immune response using such polypeptides and compositions, methods of treating a disease using such polypeptides and compositions, kits comprising such polypeptides and compositions, and methods of making such compositions.
  • Accordingly, in one aspect, the disclosure provides an isolated polypeptide comprising a heat shock protein (HSP)-binding peptide comprising the amino acid sequence of X1LX2LTX3 (SEQ ID NO: 1), wherein X1 is W or F; X2 is R or K; and X3 is W, F, or G. In another aspect, the disclosure provides an isolated polypeptide comprising an HSP-binding peptide comprising the amino acid sequence of NWX1X2X3X4X5 (SEQ ID NO: 232), wherein X1 is L or I; X2 is L, R, or K; X3 is L or I; X4 is T, L, F, K, R, or W; and X5 is W or K.
  • In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of: NX1LX2LTX3 (SEQ ID NO: 2), wherein X1 is W or F; X2 is R or K; and X3 is W, F, or G; WLX1LTX2 (SEQ ID NO: 3), wherein X1 is R or K; and X2 is W or G; or NWLX1LTX2 (SEQ ID NO: 4), wherein X1 is R or K; and X2 is W or G.
  • In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 5-12, 98-113, 204, 205, and 207-215. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 5-12, 98-113, 204, 205, and 207-215. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide is no more than 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 amino acid residues in length.
  • In certain embodiments, the polypeptide further comprises an antigenic peptide comprising one or more major histocompatibility complex (MHC)-binding epitopes. In certain embodiments, the MHC-binding epitope binds to an MHC I molecule with an IC50 of 500 nM or less. In certain embodiments, the MHC-binding epitope binds to an MHC II molecule with an IC50 of 1000 nM or less.
  • In certain embodiments, the MHC-binding epitope is from a cancer cell. In certain embodiments, the MHC-binding epitope comprises an amino acid mutation or a gene fusion mutation of the cancer cell. In certain embodiments, the amino acid mutation is a substitution, deletion, or insertion mutation. In certain embodiments, the amino acid mutation or gene fusion mutation is at or about the middle of the antigenic peptide. In certain embodiments, the amino acid mutation or gene fusion mutation is at position 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 of the amino acid sequence of the antigenic peptide.
  • In certain embodiments, the MHC-binding epitope is from a pathogenic microbe. In certain embodiments, the pathogenic microbe is a virus. In certain embodiments, the virus is a human papillomavirus (HPV). In certain embodiments, the antigenic peptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 38-53.
  • In another aspect, the instant disclosure provides an isolated polypeptide comprising an HSP-binding peptide and an antigenic peptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 38-53.
  • In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the antigenic peptide consists of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 38-53. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 1-12, 98-113, 204, 205, 207-215, and 232. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 1-12, 98-113, 204, 205, 207-215, and 232.
  • In certain embodiments, the MHC-binding epitope comprises a modified amino acid residue. In certain embodiments, the modified amino acid residue is a Tyr, Ser, Thr, Arg, Lys, or His that has been phosphorylated on a side chain hydroxyl or amine. In certain embodiments, the modified amino acid residue is a mimetic of a Tyr, Ser, Thr, Arg, Lys, or His amino acid that has been phosphorylated on a side chain hydroxyl or amine. In some embodiments, the mimetic is a non-hydrolyzable analogue of a phosphorylated residue. In certain embodiments, the modified amino acid residue is an Asn that has been glycosylated on a side chain amide, a Ser or Thr that has been glycosylated on a side chain hydroxyl, a Lys or Arg that has been methylated on a side chain amino, a Lys that has been acetylated on a side chain amino, an N-terminal residue that has been acetylated on the α-amino, or a C-terminal residue that has been amidated on the α-carboxyl. In certain embodiments, the modified amino acid residue is at or about the middle of the antigenic peptide. In certain embodiments, the modified amino acid residue is at position 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 of the amino acid sequence of the antigenic peptide.
  • In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide is linked to the antigenic peptide via a chemical linker. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide is linked to the antigenic peptide via a peptide linker. In certain embodiments, the peptide linker comprises the amino acid sequence of FFRK (SEQ ID NO: 13) or FR.
  • In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide is at the C-terminus of the polypeptide. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of:
    • (a) FFRKX1LX2LTX3 (SEQ ID NO: 14), wherein X1 is W or F; X2 is R or K; and X3 is W, F, or G;
    • (b) FFRKNX1LX2LTX3 (SEQ ID NO: 15), wherein X1 is W or F; X2 is R or K; and X3 is W, F, or G;
    • (c) FFRKWLX1LTX2 (SEQ ID NO: 16), wherein X1 is R or K; and X2 is W or G; (d) FFRKNWLX1LTX2 (SEQ ID NO: 17), wherein X1 is R or K; and X2 is W or G; or
    • (e) FFRKNWX1X2X3X4X5 (SEQ ID NO: 233), wherein, X1 is L or I; X2 is L, R, or K; X3 is L or I; X4 is T, L, F, K, R, or W; and X5 is W or K, at the C-terminus of the polypeptide. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 18-25, 71-75, 166, 167, 173, and 174, at the C-terminus of the polypeptide.
  • In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide is at the N-terminus of the polypeptide. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of:
    • (a) X1LX2LTX3FFRK (SEQ ID NO: 26), wherein X1 is W or F; X2 is R or K; and X3 is W, F, or G;
    • (b) NX1LX2LTX3FFRK (SEQ ID NO: 27), wherein X1 is W or F; X2 is R or K; and X3 is W, F, or G;
    • (c) WLX1LTX2FFRK (SEQ ID NO: 28), wherein X1 is R or K; and X2 is W or G;
    • (d) NWLX1LTX2FFRK (SEQ ID NO: 29), wherein X1 is R or K; and X2 is W or G; or
    • (e) FFRKNWX1X2X3X4X5 (SEQ ID NO: 35), wherein X1 is L or I; X2 is L, R, or K; X3 is L or I; X4 is T, L, F, K, R, or W; and X5 is W or K, at the N-terminus of the polypeptide. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 30-37, and 216-229, at the N-terminus of the polypeptide.
  • In certain embodiments, the polypeptide is 12 to 50 amino acids in length (e.g., 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 amino acids in length). In certain embodiments, the polypeptide is 20 to 40 amino acids in length.
  • In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 54-69. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide consists of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 54-69.
  • In certain embodiments, the polypeptide is chemically synthesized.
  • In another aspect, the instant disclosure provides a composition comprising a complex of the polypeptide disclosed herein and a purified stress protein. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is selected from the group consisting of Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, Calreticulin, and a mutant or fusion protein thereof. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is Hsc70. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is human Hsc70. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is a recombinant protein.
  • In another aspect, the instant disclosure provides a composition comprising a plurality of the polypeptides as disclosed herein, optionally further comprising a purified stress protein as disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises 2-20 different polypeptides as disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, each of the different polypeptides comprises the same HSP-binding peptide and a different antigenic peptide.
  • In certain embodiments, the antigenic peptide of each one of the polypeptides comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 38-53. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16 different antigenic peptides. In certain embodiments, each one of the polypeptides comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 54-69. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of each one of the polypeptides consists of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 54-69. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16 different polypeptides. In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) in the composition is about 0.1 to 20 nmol. In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) in the composition is about 3, 4, 5, or 6 nmol. In certain embodiments, the amount of the stress protein in the composition is about 10 μg to 600 μg. In certain embodiments, the amount of the stress protein in the composition is about 250 μg to 290 μg.
  • In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of the polypeptide(s) to the stress protein is about 0.5:1 to 5:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of the polypeptide(s) to the stress protein is about 1:1 to 2:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of the polypeptide(s) to the stress protein is about 1:1, 1.25:1, or 1.5:1.
  • In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) and stress protein in the composition is about 10 μg to 600 μg. In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) and stress protein in the composition is about 300 μg.
  • In certain embodiments, the composition further comprises an adjuvant. In certain embodiments, the adjuvant comprises a saponin or an immunostimulatory nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, the adjuvant comprises QS-21. In certain embodiments, the amount of the QS-21 in the composition is about 10 μg, 25 μg, or 50 μg. In certain embodiments, the adjuvant comprises a Toll-like receptor (TLR) agonist. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR4. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR7 and/or TLR8. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR9. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR5.
  • In certain embodiments, the composition is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient. In certain embodiments, the composition is in a unit dosage form.
  • In another aspect, the instant disclosure provides a method of inducing a cellular immune response to an antigenic peptide in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition or a unit dosage form as disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, the subject has cancer. In certain embodiments, the subject has an infection of a pathogenic microbe.
  • In another aspect, the instant disclosure provides a method of treating a disease in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition or a unit dosage form as disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, the disease is cancer. In certain embodiments, the disease is an infection of a pathogenic microbe.
  • In certain embodiments, the MHC-binding epitope is present in the subject's cancer cells. In certain embodiments, the MHC-binding epitope is present in the pathogenic microbe.
  • In certain embodiments, the composition or unit dosage form is administered to the subject weekly for four weeks. In certain embodiments, at least two further doses of the composition or unit dosage form are administered biweekly to the subject after the four weekly doses. In certain embodiments, at least one booster dose of the composition or unit dosage form is administered three months after the final weekly or biweekly dose. In certain embodiments, the composition or unit dosage form is further administered every three months for at least 1 year.
  • In certain embodiments, the method further comprises administering to the subject lenalidomide, dexamethasone, interleukin-2, recombinant interferon alfa-2b, or PEG-interferon alfa-2b. In certain embodiments, the method further comprises administering to the subject an indoleamine dioxygenase-1 (IDO-1) inhibitor. In certain embodiments, the IDO-1 inhibitor is 4-amino-N-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-N′-hydroxy-1,2,5-oxadiazole-3-carboximidamide. In certain embodiments, the method further comprises administering to the subject an immune checkpoint antibody. In certain embodiments, the immune checkpoint antibody is selected from the group consisting of an agonistic anti-GITR antibody, an agonistic anti-0X40 antibody, an antagonistic anti-PD-1 antibody, an antagonistic anti-CTLA-4 antibody, an antagonistic anti-TIM-3 antibody, an antagonistic anti-LAG-3 antibody, an antagonistic anti-TIGIT antibody, an agonistic anti-CD96 antibody, an antagonistic anti-VISTA antibody, an antagonistic anti-CD73 antibody, an agonistic anti-CD137 antibody, an antagonist anti-CEACAM1 antibody, an agonist anti-ICOS antibody, and or an antigen-binding fragment thereof.
  • In another aspect, the instant disclosure provides a kit comprising a first container containing the polypeptide as disclosed herein, and a second container containing a purified stress protein capable of binding to the polypeptide.
  • In certain embodiments, the first container contains 2-20 different polypeptides as disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, each of the different polypeptides comprises the same HSP-binding peptide and a different antigenic peptide. In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) in the first container is about 0.1 to 20 nmol. In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) in the first container is about 3, 4, 5, or 6 nmol.
  • In certain embodiments, the first container contains a single polypeptide as disclosed here in. In certain embodiments, the first container contains at least 20 different polypeptides as disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, each of the different polypeptides comprises the same HSP-binding peptide and a different antigenic peptide. In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) in the first container is about 0.1 to 20 nmol. In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) in the first container is about 3, 4, 5, or 6 nmol.
  • In certain embodiments, the stress protein is selected from the group consisting of Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, Calreticulin, and a mutant thereof. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is Hsc70. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is human Hsc70. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is a recombinant protein. In certain embodiments, the amount of the stress protein in the second container is about 10 μg to 600 μg. In certain embodiments, the amount of the stress protein in the second container is about 250 μg to 290 μg.
  • In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of the polypeptide to the stress protein is about 0.5:1 to 5:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of the polypeptide to the stress protein is about 1:1 to 2:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of the polypeptide to the stress protein is about 1:1, 1.25:1, or 1.5:1. In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) in the first container and the stress protein in the second container is about 10 μg to 600 μg. In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) in the first container and the stress protein in the second container is 300 μg.
  • In certain embodiments, the kit further comprises a third container containing an adjuvant. In certain embodiments, the adjuvant comprises a saponin or an immunostimulatory nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, the adjuvant comprises QS-21. In certain embodiments, the amount of the QS-21 in the third container is about 10 μg, 25 μg, or 50 μg. In certain embodiments, the adjuvant comprises a TLR agonist. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR4. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR7 and/or TLR8. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR9. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR5.
  • In another aspect, the instant disclosure provides a method of making a vaccine, the method comprising mixing one or more polypeptides as disclosed herein with a purified stress protein under suitable conditions such that the purified stress protein binds to at least one of the polypeptides. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is selected from the group consisting of Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, Calreticulin, and a mutant thereof. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is Hsc70. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is human Hsc70. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is a recombinant protein. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of the polypeptide to the stress protein is about 0.5:1 to 5:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of the polypeptide to the stress protein is about 1:1 to 2:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of the polypeptide to the stress protein is about 1:1, 1.25:1, or 1.5:1. In certain embodiments, the suitable conditions comprise a temperature of about 37° C.
    • 4. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 is an exemplary size exclusion chromatography (SEC) chromatogram showing the UV absorbance of uncomplexed Hsc70 (top) and peptide complexed Hsc70 (bottom). “C”, “D”, “T”, and “HMW” indicate the segments of the chromatogram corresponding to peptide-Hsc70 complexes, Hsc70 dimers, Hsc70 trimers, and high molecular weight oligomeric Hsc70 species, respectively. “Msh” refers to a monomer shoulder.
  • FIG. 2 is a chromatogram showing the UV absorbance of PEP006 mixed with Hsc70 at a range of molar ratios from 0.25:1 to 3:1, wherein the compositions in the mixture were separated by size exclusion chromatography.
  • FIG. 3A is a chromatogram showing the UV absorbance of a polypeptide comprising PEP006 mixed with Hsc70 at a range of molar ratios from 0.125:1 to 4:1, wherein the compositions in the mixture were separated by size exclusion chromatography. FIG. 3B is a graph showing percent complexation with Hsc70 for a PEP006-containing polypeptide, over a range of polypeptide:Hsc70 molar ratios from 0.125:1 to 4:1, as calculated from size exclusion chromatography traces similar to those in FIG. 3A. Three independent experiments are shown.
  • FIG. 4A is a graph showing percent complexation with Hsc70 for five different peptides, where each of the five different peptides was synthesized in three forms: one with a C-terminal PEP001 sequence, one with a C-terminal PEP006 sequence, and one without a C-terminal HSP-binding peptide (“Naked Peptide”). FIG. 4B is a graph showing percent complexation with Hsc70 for six different peptides, where each of the six different peptides was synthesized in two forms: one with a C-terminal PEP001 sequence and one with a C-terminal PEP006 sequence.
  • FIGS. 5A and 5B are graphs showing the relative number of IFNγ-producing splenocytes from mice immunized with vaccines comprising PEP001- or PEP006-containing HPV pooled peptides, or HPV pooled peptides not linked to an HSP-binding peptide (naked HPV peptides), as free peptides or mixed with Hsc70 protein at 2:1 or 1:1 ratio (n=3 mice per treatment group).
  • FIG. 6 is a graph showing the relative number of IFNγ-producing splenocytes from mice immunized with the indicated pools of MC38 peptides, either as free peptides, or mixed with Hsc70 protein at 2:1 or 1:1 ratios (n=3 mice per treatment group).
  • FIG. 7A is a graph showing the mean volumes of tumors in a syngeneic mouse tumor model, wherein the mice were immunized with vaccines comprising PEP001-containing HPV peptides (“PEP067-070”), PEP006-containing HPV peptides (“PEP063-066”), or naked HPV peptides (“PEP059-062”), in each case mixed with Hsc70 protein as described in Section 6.2.2 herein, or PBS as negative control (n=10 mice per treatment group). FIGS. 7B-7E show the tumor volume of each mouse in these four treatment groups. FIG. 7F shows a set of survival curves of the mice.
  • FIG. 8A is a graph showing the mean volumes of tumors in a syngeneic mouse tumor model, wherein the mice were immunized with vaccines comprising a new pool of PEP006-containing HPV peptides (“PEP071-086”) or a previously tested pool of PEP006-containing HPV peptides (“PEP063-066”), in each case mixed with Hsc70 protein as described in Section 6.2.3 herein, or PBS as negative control (n=13 mice per treatment group; error bars: standard deviations). FIG. 8B shows a set of survival curves of the mice.
  • FIG. 9A is a series of graphs showing tumor growth kinetics in individual mice treated with two different formulations of HSC70-based vaccine loaded with 16 different HPV peptides comprising PEP006 as compared to PBS. FIG. 9B is a graph showing group mean tumor growth kinetics of mice in the same mice. FIG. 9C is a graph showing overall survival in the same experiment.
  • FIG. 10A is a series of chromatograms showing the reverse phase chromatography signals of the chemical synthesis products of an Ova peptide, naked (SEQ ID NO:97) or linked with PEP001 (SEQ ID NO:230) or PEP006 (SEQ ID NO:231). The arrows indicate the retention time of the pure peptides.
  • FIG. 10B is a graph showing quantification of the signals in FIG. 10A.
  • FIG. 11 is a graph showing crude purity of naked peptides (A-Y) versus the same peptides (A-Y) with a C-terminal PEP006 sequence.
    •  5. DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • The instant disclosure provides polypeptides and compositions comprising novel HSP-binding peptides. Such polypeptides and compositions are particularly useful as immunotherapeutics (e.g., cancer vaccines). Also provided are methods of inducing a cellular immune response using such polypeptides and compositions, methods of treating a disease using such polypeptides and compositions, kits comprising such polypeptides and compositions, and methods of making such compositions.
    • 5.1 Definitions
  • Unless otherwise defined herein, scientific and technical terms used herein have the meanings that are commonly understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. In the event of any latent ambiguity, definitions provided herein take precedent over any dictionary or extrinsic definition. Unless otherwise required by context, singular terms shall include pluralities and plural terms shall include the singular. The use of “or” means “and/or” unless stated otherwise. The use of the term “including”, as well as other forms, such as “includes” and “included”, is not limiting.
  • As used herein, the terms “about” and “approximately,” when used to modify a numeric value or numeric range, indicate that deviations of 5% to 10% above (e.g., up to 5% to 10% above) and 5% to 10% below (e.g., up to 5% to 10% below) the recited value or range remain within the intended meaning of the recited value or range.
  • As used herein, the term “polypeptide” refers to a non-naturally occurring polymer comprising a peptide of six or more amino acid residues. A polypeptide can further comprise one or more non-amino-acid-residue structures. In certain embodiments, a polypeptide comprises a chemical linker. In certain embodiments, a polypeptide comprises a chemical linker linking two portions of the polypeptide. In certain embodiments, a polypeptide does not comprise the entire amino acid sequence of a protein (e.g., a naturally occurring protein) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1. In certain embodiments, a polypeptide does not comprise an amino acid sequence comprising more than 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100 contiguous amino acids of a protein (e.g., a naturally occurring protein) that comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • As used herein, the term “isolated polypeptide” refers to a polypeptide that is separated from one or more molecules present after the expression (e.g., recombinant expression) or synthesis (e.g., chemical synthesis) of the polypeptide.
  • As used herein, the terms “major histocompatibility complex” and “MHC” are used interchangeably and refer to an MHC class I molecule and/or an MHC class II molecule.
  • As used herein, the terms “human leukocyte antigen” and “HLA” are used interchangeably and refer to major histocompatibility complex (MHC) in humans. An HLA molecule may be a class I MHC molecule (e.g., HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C) or a class II MHC molecule (e.g., HLA-DP, HLA-DQ, HLA-DR).
  • As used herein, the term “major histocompatibility complex (MHC)-binding epitope” refers to a peptide that binds to or is predicted to bind to an MHC molecule.
  • As used herein, the terms “heat shock protein-binding peptide” and “HSP-binding peptide” are used interchangeably and refer to a peptide that non-covalently binds to an HSP. In certain embodiments, an HSP-binding peptide does not comprise an amino acid sequence containing more than 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 contiguous amino acids of a protein (e.g., a naturally occurring protein) that comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • As used herein, the term “peptide linker” refers to a peptide bond or a peptide sequence that links a C-terminal amino acid residue of a first peptide to an N-terminal amino acid residue of a second peptide.
  • As used herein, the term “chemical linker” refers to any chemical bond or moiety that is capable of linking two molecules, wherein the bond or moiety is not a peptide linker.
  • As used herein, the terms “treat,” “treating,” and “treatment” refer to therapeutic or preventative measures described herein. The methods of “treatment” employ administration of an antibody to a subject having a disease or disorder, or predisposed to having such a disease or disorder, in order to prevent, cure, delay, reduce the severity of, or ameliorate one or more symptoms of the disease or disorder or recurring disease or disorder, or in order to prolong the survival of a subject beyond that expected in the absence of such treatment.
  • As used herein, the term “effective amount” in the context of the administration of a therapy to a subject refers to the amount of a therapy that achieves a desired prophylactic or therapeutic effect.
  • As used herein, the term “subject” includes any human or non-human animal.
    • 5.2 Heat Shock Protein (HSP)-Binding Peptides
  • In one aspect, the instant disclosure provides a polypeptide comprising an HSP-binding peptide comprising any one of the amino acid sequences provided in Table 1.
  • TABLE 1
    Amino acid sequences of HSP-binding peptides
    Description Amino Acid Sequence SEQ ID NO
    Consensus X1LX2LTX3, wherein: 1
    sequence 1 X1 is W or F;
    X2 is R or K; and
    X3 is W, F, or G
    Consensus NX1LX2LTX3, wherein: 2
    sequence 2 X1 is W or F;
    X2 is R or K; and
    X3 is W, F, or G
    Consensus WLX1LTX2, wherein: 3
    sequence 3 X1 is R or K; and
    X2 is W or G
    Consensus NWLX1LTX2, wherein: 4
    sequence 4 X1 is R or K; and
    X2 is W or G
    Consensus NWX1X2X3X4X5, wherein: 232
    sequence 5 X1 is L or I;
    X2 is L, R, or K;
    X3 is L or I;
    X4 is T, L, F, K, R, or W; and
    X5 is W or K
    PEP016 WLRLTW 5
    PEP017 NWLRLTW 6
    PEP018 WLKLTW 7
    PEP019 NWLKLTW 8
    PEP020 WLRLTG 9
    PEP021 NWLRLTG 10
    PEP022 FLRLTF 11
    PEP023 NFLRLTF 12
    PEP024 WLRLTF 98
    PEP025 NWLRLTF 99
    PEP040 WLKLTF 100
    PEP041 NWLKLTF 101
    PEP042 WLKLTG 102
    PEP043 NWLKLTG 103
    PEP044 FLRLTW 104
    PEP045 NFLRLTW 105
    PEP046 FLRLTG 106
    PEP047 NFLRLTG 107
    PEP048 FLKLTW 108
    PEP049 NFLKLTW 109
    PEP050 FLKLTF 110
    PEP051 NFLKLTF 111
    PEP103 FLKLTG 112
    PEP104 NFLKLTG 113
    PEP185 NWLLLTW 204
    PEP186 NLLRWTG 205
    PEP188 FWLRLTW 207
    PEP189 NWLRLLW 208
    PEP190 NWLRLFW 209
    PEP191 NWLRLKW 210
    PEP192 NWIRITW 211
    PEP193 QWLRLTW 212
    PEP194 NWLKLKW 213
    PEP195 NWLKLRW 214
    PEP196 NWLKLWK 215
  • In one aspect, the instant disclosure provides a polypeptide comprising an HSP-binding peptide comprising the amino acid sequence of X1LX2LTX3 (SEQ ID NO: 1), wherein X1 is W or F; X2 is R or K; and X3 is W, F, or G. In another aspect, the instant disclosure provides a polypeptide comprising an HSP-binding peptide comprising the amino acid sequence of NWX1X2X3X4X5 (SEQ ID NO: 232), wherein X1 is L or I; X2 is L, R, or K; X3 is L or I; X4 is T, L, F, K, R, or W; and X5 is W or K. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide binds to an HSP (e.g., Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, or Calreticulin) with a Kd lower than 10−3 M, 10−4 M, 10−5 M, 10−6 M, 10−7 M, 10−8M, or 10−9 M. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide binds to Hsc70 (e.g., human Hsc70) with a Kd of 10−3 M, 10−4 M, 10−5M, 10−6 M, 10−7 M, 10−8 M, 10−9 M, or lower.
  • In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of NX1LX2LTX3 (SEQ ID NO: 2), wherein X1 is W or F; X2 is R or K; and X3 is W, F, or G. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of WLX1LTX2 (SEQ ID NO: 3), wherein X1 is R or K; and X2 is W or G. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of NWLX1LTX2 (SEQ ID NO: 4), wherein X1 is R or K; and X2 is W or G.
  • In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 5-12, 98-113, 204-205, and 207-215. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 98. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 99. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 100. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 101. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 102. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 103. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 104. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 105. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 106. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 107. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 108. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 109. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 110. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 111. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 112. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 113. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 204. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 205. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 207. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 208. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 209. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 210. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 211. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 212. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 213. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 214. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 215.
  • In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 232.
  • In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 5-12, 98-113, 204, 205, and 207-215. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 98. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 99. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 100. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 101. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 102. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 103. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 104. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 105. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 106. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 107. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 108. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 109. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 110. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 111. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 112. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 113. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 204. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 205. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 207. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 208. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 209. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 210. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 211. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 212. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 213. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 214. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 215.
  • In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide is no more than 100 (e.g., no more than 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, or 95) amino acid residues in length. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide is from 6 to 50 (e.g., 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50) amino acid residues in length.
  • In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide consists of the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide.
  • In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide further comprises a linker. The linker can be any chemical linker or peptide linker known in the art.
  • In certain embodiments, the linker comprises a moiety for chemical crosslinking or ultraviolet (UV) crosslinking. Any chemical crosslinking or UV crosslinking moieties known in the art (see, e.g., Wong, 1991, Chemistry of Protein Conjugation and Cross-Linking, CRC Press, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) can be employed. In certain embodiments, the linker comprises a click chemistry handle. As used herein, the term “click chemistry handle” refers to a reactant or a reactive group that can partake in a click chemistry reaction. Exemplary click chemistry handles are demonstrated in U.S. Patent Publication 20130266512, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • In certain embodiments, the linker comprises a peptide linker. In certain embodiments, the peptide linker comprises an amino acid sequence that can be recognized and/or cleaved by a protease. In certain embodiments, the protease is expressed in a mammalian cell (e.g., a human cell). In certain embodiments, the protease is expressed in an antigen-presenting cell (e.g., B cell, macrophage, dendritic cell). In certain embodiments, the protease is a serine protease. In certain embodiments, the protease is trypsin, chymotrypsin, papain, V8 protease, or elastase. In certain embodiments, the peptide linker comprises or consists of the amino acid sequence of FFRK (SEQ ID NO: 13). In certain embodiments, the peptide linker comprises or consists of the amino acid sequence of FR.
  • TABLE 2
    Amino acid sequences of linkers and
    HSP-binding peptides with linkers
    Description Amino Acid Sequence SEQ ID NO
    Linker FFRK 13
    Linker FR N/A
    Consensus FFRKX1LX2LTX3, wherein: 14
    sequence 1 with X1 is W or F;
    N-terminal X2 is R or K; and
    linker X3 is W, F, or G
    Consensus FFRKNX1LX2LTX3, wherein: 15
    sequence 2 with X1 is W or F;
    N-terminal X2 is R or K; and
    linker X3 is W, F, or G
    Consensus FFRKWLX1LTX2, wherein: 16
    sequence 3 with X1 is R or K; and
    N-terminal X2 is W or G
    linker
    Consensus FFRKNWLX1LTX2, wherein: 17
    sequence 4 with X1 is R or K; and
    N-terminal X2 is W or G
    linker
    Consensus FFRKNWX1X2X3X4X5, wherein: 233
    sequence 5 with X1 is L or I;
    N-terminal X2 is L, R, or K;
    linker X3 is L or I;
    X4 is T, L, F, K, R, or W;
    and
    X5 is W or K
    PEP001 FFRKNLLRLTG 71
    PEP003 FFRKNWLLLTW 166
    PEP004 FFRKNLLRWTG 167
    PEP006 FFRKNWLRLTW 18
    PEP012 FFRKNWLKLTW 19
    PEP013 FFRKNWIRITW 173
    PEP014 FFRKQWLRLTW 174
    PEP026 FFRKNWLRLTG 20
    PEP027 FFRKNFLRLTF 21
    PEP028 FRNWLRLTW 22
    PEP029 FRNWLKLTW 23
    PEP030 FRNWLRLTG 24
    PEP031 FRNFLRLTF 25
    PEP055 FFRKNWLKLKW 72
    PEP057 FFRKNWLKLRW 74
    PEP058 FFRKNWLKLWK 75
    Consensus X1LX2LTX3FFRK, wherein: 26
    sequence 1 with X1 is W or F;
    C-terminal X2 is R or K; and
    linker X3 is W, F, or G
    Consensus NX1LX2LTX3FFRK, wherein: 27
    sequence 2 with X1 is W or F;
    C-terminal X2 is R or K; and
    linker X3 is W, F, or G
    Consensus WLX1LTX2FFRK, wherein: 28
    sequence 3 with X1 is R or K; and
    C-terminal X2 is W or G
    linker
    Consensus NWLX1LTX2FFRK, wherein: 29
    sequence 4 with X1 is R or K; and
    C-terminal X2 is W or G
    linker
    Consensus NWX1X2X3X4X5FFRK, wherein: 234
    sequence 5 with X1 is L or I;
    C-terminal X2 is L, R, or K;
    linker X3 is L or I;
    X4 is T, L, F, K, R, or W;
    and
    X5 is W or K
    PEP032 NWLRLTWFFRK 30
    PEP033 NWLKLTWFFRK 31
    PEP034 NWLRLTGFFRK 32
    PEP035 NFLRLTFFFRK 33
    PEP036 NWLRLTWFR 34
    PEP037 NWLKLTWFR 35
    PEP038 NWLRLTGFR 36
    PEP039 NFLRLTFFR 37
    PEP197 NLLRLTWFFRK 216
    PEP198 NRLLLTGFFRK 217
    PEP199 NWLLLTWFFRK 218
    PEP200 NLLRWTGFFRK 219
    PEP201 NRLWLTGFFRK 220
    PEP202 FWLRLTWFFRK 221
    PEP203 NWLRLLWFFRK 222
    PEP204 NWLRLFWFFRK 223
    PEP205 NWLRLKWFFRK 224
    PEP206 NWIRITWFFRK 225
    PEP207 QWLRLTWFFRK 226
    PEP208 NWLKLKWFFRK 227
    PEP209 NWLKLRWFFRK 228
    PEP210 NWLKLWKFFRK 229
  • In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises any one of the amino acid sequences provided in Table 2.
  • In certain embodiments, the linker is N-terminal to the HSP-binding peptide. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14, 15, 16, 17, or 233. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 71, 72, 74, 75, 166, 167, 173, or 174. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14, 15, 16, 17, or 233. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 71, 72, 74, 75, 166, 167, 173, or 174.
  • In certain embodiments, the linker is C-terminal to the HSP-binding peptide. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26, 27, 28, 29, or 234. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, or 229. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26, 27, 28, 29, or 234. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, or 229.
    • 5.3 Polypeptides Comprising HSP-Binding Peptides
  • In one aspect, the instant disclosure provides a polypeptide comprising an HSP-binding peptide as disclosed herein and an antigenic peptide comprising one or more MHC-binding epitopes.
  • MHC-binding epitopes can be identified by methods known in the art, e.g., by an assay that measures the binding of a peptide to an MHC molecule (e.g., an HLA molecule). Non-limiting examples of such assays include inhibition of antigen presentation (Sette, et al., J. Immunol. 141:3893, 1991), in vitro assembly assays (Townsend, et al., Cell 62:285, 1990), and FACS based assays using mutated cells, such as RMA.S (Melief, et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 21:2963, 1991). In some instances, an MHC-binding epitope can be predicted to bind an MHC molecule (e.g., an HLA molecule) by a software program (e.g. SYFPEITHI, Rammensee, et al., Immunogenetics 50, 213-219, 1999, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Other methods that can be used to identify an MHC-binding epitope include, without limitation, those disclosed in Guan, P. et al., (2003) Applied Bioinformatics, 2: 63-66; Blythe, M. J. et al., (2002) Bioinformatics, 18: 434-439; Flower, D. R. and Doytchinova, I. A. (2002). Applied Bioinformatics, 1: 167-176; Yu, K. et al., (2002) Molecular Medicine, 8: 137-48; Brusic, V. et al., (2002) Immunology and Cell Biology, 80: 280-285; Jung, G. et al., (2001) Biologicals, 29: 179-181 (which describes T cell epitope prediction programme EPIPREDICT); Kwok, W. W. et al., (2001) Trends in Immunology, 22: 583-588; Mallios, R. R. (2001) Bioinformatics, 17: 942-948; Romisch, K. (2001). Trends in Biochemical Sciences, 26: 531; Schirle, M. et al., (2001) Journal of Immunological Methods, 257: 1-16; Singh, H. and Raghava, G. P. S. (2001) Bioinformatics, 17: 1236-1237; Andersen, M. H. et al., (2000) Tissue Antigens, 55: 519-531; Buus, S. (1999). Current Opinion in Immunology, 11: 209-213; Mallios, R. R. (1999) Bioinformatics, 15: 432-439; Maffei, A. and Harris, P. E. (1998). Peptides, 19: 179-198; and Vita R. et al., (2015) Nucleic Acids Res., 43: D405-D412 (which describes the immune epitope database (IEDB) 3.0, available at www.iedb.org) (each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • MHC molecules are classified as either Class I or Class II molecules. Class II MHC molecules are expressed primarily on cells involved in initiating and sustaining immune responses, such as dendritic cells, B lymphocytes, macrophages, etc. Class II MHC molecules are recognized by helper T lymphocytes and induce proliferation of helper T lymphocytes and amplification of the immune response to the particular immunogenic peptide that is displayed. Class I MHC molecules are expressed on almost all nucleated cells and are recognized by cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTLs), which then destroy the antigen-bearing cells. Cytotoxic T lymphocytes are particularly important in tumor rejection and in fighting viral infections. The CTL recognizes the antigen in the form of a peptide fragment bound to the MHC class I molecules rather than the intact foreign antigen itself. The capacity of peptides to bind MHC molecules can be measured in a variety of different ways, such as by inhibition of antigen presentation (Sette, et al., J. Immunol. 141:3893, 1991, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), in vitro assembly assays (Townsend, et al., Cell 62:285, 1990), and FACS based assays using mutated cells, such as RMA.S (Melief, et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 21:2963, 1991, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). MHC-binding epitopes predicted to bind MHC class I molecules are typically between 8 to 11 residues, while MHC-binding epitopes predicted to bind MHC class II molecules are typically in the range of 10 to 20 residues.
  • In certain embodiments, the MHC-binding epitope is an HLA-binding epitope. In certain embodiments, the MHC-binding epitope binds to an MHC I molecule with an IC50 smaller than or equal to 500 nM (e.g., smaller than or equal to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, or 450 nM). In certain embodiments, the MHC-binding epitope binds to an MHC II molecule with an IC50 smaller than or equal to 1000 nM (e.g., smaller than or equal to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, or 900 nM).
  • In certain embodiments, the sequence of the MHC-binding epitope is identified from one or more of a subject's cancer cells (e.g., cells of cervical cancer, adenocarcinoma, glioblastoma, or multiple myeloma). In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the MHC-binding epitope is 100% identical to the sequence identified from the cancer cell(s). In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the MHC-binding epitope is at least 70%, 80%, 90%, or 95% identical to the sequence identified from the cancer cell, optionally wherein the difference comprises mostly or only conservative substitutions of amino acids. The amino acid sequence identified from the cancer cell can be either wild-type or mutant relative to the most frequent sequence of the population of the species. Where the amino acid sequence identified from the cancer cell is mutant, it can comprise an amino acid mutation (e.g., a substitution, deletion, or insertion mutation) or a gene fusion mutation (e.g., as a result of genomic translocation or transposition).
  • In certain embodiments, the sequence of the MHC-binding epitope is identified from a pathogenic microbe. The pathogenic microbe can be a virus, a bacterium, a fungus, a protozoan, or a parasite. Exemplary viruses include hepatitis type A, hepatitis type B, hepatitis type C, influenza (e.g., influenza A or influenza B), varicella, adenovirus, herpes simplex type I (HSV-I), herpes simplex type II (HSV-II), rinderpest, rhinovirus, echovirus, rotavirus, respiratory syncytial virus, papilloma virus (e.g., human papillomavirus (HPV)), papova virus, cytomegalovirus, echinovirus, arbovirus, hantavirus, coxsackie virus, mumps virus, measles virus, rubella virus, polio virus, Epstein Barr virus (EBV), human immunodeficiency virus type I (HIV-I), human immunodeficiency virus type II (HIV-II), dengue virus, smallpox virus, and Zika virus. Exemplary bacteria include Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus, Enterococcus faecalis, Proteus vulgaris, Staphylococcus viridans, and Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Exemplary fungi include Candida (e.g., Candida glabrata), Pneumocystis carinii, Fusarium keratitis, coccidioidal, Aspergillus niger, Cryptococcus neoformans, and Curvularia geniculata. Exemplary protozoa include leishmania, coccidiosis, trypanosoma schistosoma, and malaria. Exemplary parasites include chlamydia and rickettsia.
  • In certain embodiments, the MHC-binding epitope comprises a modified amino acid residue. In certain embodiments, the MHC-binding epitope comprises a phosphorylated residue (e.g., a Tyr, Ser, Thr, Arg, Lys, or His that has been phosphorylated on a side chain hydroxyl or amine). In certain embodiments, the MHC-binding epitope comprises a phosphomimetic residue (e.g., a mimetic of a Tyr, Ser, Thr, Arg, Lys, or His amino acid that has been phosphorylated on a side chain hydroxyl or amine). Non-limiting examples of phosphomimetic groups include O-boranophospho, borono, O-dithiophospho, phosphoramide, H-phosphonate, alkylphosphonate, phosphorothiolate, phosphodithiolate and phosphorofluoridate, any of which may be derivatized on Tyr, Thr, Ser, Arg, Lys, or His residues. In certain embodiments, an Asp or Glu residue is used as a phosphomimetic in place of a phospho-Tyr, phospho-Thr, phospho-Ser, phospho-Arg, phospho-Lys and/or phospho-His residue in a peptide. In certain embodiments, the phosphomimetic residue is a non-hydrolyzable analogue of a phosphorylated residue.
  • The antigenic peptide can comprise one or more MHC-binding epitopes. In certain embodiments, the antigenic peptide comprises one MHC-binding epitope. In certain embodiments, the antigenic peptide comprises two or more (e.g., 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more) MHC-binding epitopes. The two or more MHC-binding epitopes can be linked via a chemical linker or a peptide linker, wherein the peptide linker optionally comprises an amino acid sequence that can be recognized and/or cleaved by a protease.
  • In certain embodiments, the antigenic peptide is 8 to 50 amino acids (e.g., 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 amino acids) in length. In certain embodiments, the antigenic peptide is 12 to 50, 20 to 40, 20 to 35, 25 to 40, 20 to 30, 25 to 35, or 30 to 40 amino acids in length.
  • The HSP-binding peptide can be linked to the antigenic peptide via a chemical linker or a peptide linker. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide can be linked to the antigenic peptide via a chemical linker. Any chemical linkers can be employed to link the HSP-binding peptide and the antigenic peptide. Exemplary chemical linkers include moieties generated from chemical crosslinking (see, e.g., Wong, 1991, Chemistry of Protein Conjugation and Cross-Linking, CRC Press, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), UV crosslinking, and click chemistry reactions (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Publication 20130266512, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety). In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide can be linked to the antigenic peptide via a peptide linker (e.g., a peptide linker as disclosed in Section 5.2).
  • The HSP-binding sequence can be linked to the antigenic peptide at any amino acid position. In certain embodiments, the C-terminus of the HSP-binding sequence is linked to the N-terminus of the antigenic peptide via a chemical linker. In certain embodiments, the N-terminus of the HSP-binding sequence is linked to the C-terminus of the antigenic peptide via a chemical linker. In certain embodiments, the C-terminus of the HSP-binding sequence is linked to the N-terminus of the antigenic peptide via a peptide linker. In certain embodiments, the N-terminus of the HSP-binding sequence is linked to the C-terminus of the antigenic peptide via a peptide linker. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide is at the C-terminus of the polypeptide. Polypeptides having an HSP-binding peptide at the C-terminus are generally advantageous in having an improved purity when produced by solid-phase synthesis. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide is at the N-terminus of the polypeptide. In certain embodiments, the heat shock protein-binding peptide is not at the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the polypeptide. In certain embodiments, the heat shock protein-binding peptide is at the center of the polypeptide.
  • In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises, from N-terminus to C-terminus, an antigenic peptide comprising one or more MHC-binding epitopes, a peptide linker, and an HSP-binding peptide disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14, 15, 16, 17, or 233. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 71, 72, 74, 75, 166, 167, 173, or 174. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide consists of, from N-terminus to C-terminus, the amino acid sequence of an antigenic peptide disclosed herein, and the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14, 15, 16, 17, or 233. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide consists of, from N-terminus to C-terminus, the amino acid sequence of an antigenic peptide disclosed herein, and the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 71, 72, 74, 75, 166, 167, 173, or 174.
  • In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises, from N-terminus to C-terminus, an HSP-binding peptide disclosed herein, a peptide linker, and an antigenic peptide comprising one or more MHC-binding epitopes. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26, 27, 28, 29, or 234. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, or 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, or 229. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide consists of, from N-terminus to C-terminus, the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26, 27, 28, 29, or 234, and the amino acid sequence of an antigenic peptide disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide consists of, from N-terminus to C-terminus, the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, or 229, and the amino acid sequence of an antigenic peptide disclosed herein.
  • In certain embodiments, the polypeptide disclosed herein is no more than 500 amino acids (e.g., no more than 400, 300, 200, 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, or 40 amino acids) in length. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide is not naturally occurring.
  • In certain embodiments, the polypeptide binds to an HSP (e.g., Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, or Calreticulin) with a Kd lower than 10−3 M, 104 M, 10−5M, 10−6 M, 10−7 M, 10−8 M, or 10−9 M. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide binds to Hsc70 (e.g., human Hsc70) with a Kd of 10−3 M, 104 M, 10−5 M, 10−6 M, 10−7 M, 10−8 M, 10−9M, or lower.
    • 5.3.1 Production of Polypeptides by Chemical Synthesis
  • Polypeptides disclosed herein can be synthesized by standard chemical methods including the use of a peptide synthesizer. Conventional peptide synthesis or other synthetic protocols well known in the art can be used.
  • In certain embodiments, the polypeptide disclosed herein consists of amino acid residues linked by peptide bonds. Such polypeptides can be synthesized, for example, by solid-phase peptide synthesis using procedures similar to those described by Merrifield, 1963, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 85:2149, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. During synthesis, N-α-protected amino acids having protected side chains are added stepwise to a growing polypeptide chain linked by its C-terminal and to an insoluble polymeric support i.e., polystyrene beads. The polypeptides are synthesized by linking an amino group of an N-α-deprotected amino acid to an α-carboxyl group of an N-α-protected amino acid that has been activated by reacting it with a reagent such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide or 2-(6-Chloro-1-H-benzotriazole-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethylaminium hexafluorophosphate. The attachment of a free amino group to the activated carboxyl leads to peptide bond formation. The most commonly used N-α-protecting groups include Boc which is acid labile and Fmoc which is base labile. Details of appropriate chemistries, resins, protecting groups, protected amino acids and reagents are well known in the art (See, Atherton, et al., 1989, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis: A Practical Approach, IRL Press, and Bodanszky, 1993, Peptide Chemistry, A Practical Textbook, 2nd Ed., Springer-Verlag, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • In addition, analogs and derivatives of polypeptides can be chemically synthesized as described supra. If desired, nonclassical amino acids or chemical amino acid analogs can be introduced as a substitution or addition into the peptide sequence. Non-classical amino acids include, but are not limited to, the D-isomers of the common amino acids, α-amino isobutyric acid, 4-aminobutyric acid, hydroxyproline, sarcosine, citrulline, cysteic acid, t-butylglycine, t-butylalanine, phenylglycine, cyclohexylalanine, β-alanine, designer amino acids such as β-methyl amino acids, C-α-methyl amino acids, and N-α-methyl amino acids.
  • Polypeptides phosphorylated on the side chains of Tyr, Ser, Thr, Arg, Lys, and His can be synthesized in Fmoc solid phase synthesis using the appropriate side chain protected Fmoc-phospho amino acid. In this way, polypeptides with a combination of phosphorylated and non-phosphorylated Tyr, Ser, Thr, Arg, Lys, and His residues can be synthesized. For example, the method of Staerkaer et al can be applied (1991, Tetrahedron Letters 32: 5389-5392). Other procedures (some for specific amino acids) are detailed in De Bont et al. (1987, Tray. Chim Pays Bas 106: 641, 642), Bannwarth and Trezeciak (1987, Helv. Chim. Acta 70: 175-186), Perich and Johns (1988, Tetrahedron Letters 29: 2369-2372), Kitas et al. (1990, J. Org. Chem. 55:4181-4187), Valerio et al. (1989, Int. J. Peptide Protein Res. 33:428-438), Perich et al. (1991, Tetrahedron Letters 32:4033-4034), Pennington (1994, Meth. Molec. Biol. 35:195-2), and Perich (1997, Methods Enzymol. 289:245-266, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • A phosphorylated polypeptide can also be produced by first culturing a cell transformed with a nucleic acid that encodes the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide. After producing such a polypeptide by cell culture, the hydroxyl groups of the appropriate amino acid are substituted by phosphate groups using organic synthesis or enzymatic methods with phosphorylation enzymes. For example, in the case of serine-specific phosphorylation, serine kinases can be used.
  • Phosphopeptide mimetics can also be synthesized, wherein a phosphorylated amino acid residue in a polypeptide is replaced with a phosphomimetic group. Non-limiting examples of phosphomimetic groups include O-boranophospho, borono, O-dithiophospho, phosphoramide, H-phosphonate, alkylphosphonate, phosphorothiolate, phosphodithiolate and phosphorofluoridate, any of which may be derivatized on Tyr, Thr, Ser, Arg, Lys, or His residues. In certain embodiments, an Asp or Glu residue is used as a phosphomimetic. Asp or Glu residues can also function as phosphomimetic groups, and be used in place of a phospho-Tyr, phospho-Thr, phospho-Ser, phospho-Arg, phospho-Lys and/or phospho-His residue in a peptide.
  • Purification of the resulting peptide is accomplished using conventional procedures, such as preparative HPLC using reverse-phase, gel permeation, partition and/or ion exchange chromatography. The choice of appropriate matrices and buffers are well known in the art and so are not described in detail herein.
    • 5.3.2 Production of Polypeptides Using Recombinant DNA Technology
  • Polypeptides disclosed herein can also be prepared by recombinant DNA methods known in the art. A nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide can be obtained by back translation of the amino acid sequence and synthesized by standard chemical methods, such as the use of an oligonucleotide synthesizer. Alternatively, coding information for polypeptides can be obtained from DNA templates using specifically designed oligonucleotide primers and PCR methodologies. Variations and fragments of the polypeptides can be made by substitutions, insertions or deletions that provide for functionally equivalent molecules. Due to the degeneracy of nucleotide coding sequences, DNA sequences which encode the same or a variant of a polypeptide may be used in the practice of the present invention. These include, but are not limited to, nucleotide sequences which are altered by the substitution of different codons that encode a functionally equivalent amino acid residue within the sequence, thus producing a silent or conservative change. The nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide can be inserted into an expression vector for propagation and expression in host cells.
  • As the coding sequence for peptides of the length contemplated herein can be synthesized by chemical techniques, for example, the phosphotriester method of Matteucci et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 103:3185 (1981) (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), modification can be made simply by substituting the appropriate base(s) for those encoding the native peptide sequence. The coding sequence can then be provided with appropriate linkers and ligated into expression vectors commonly available in the art, and the vectors used to transform suitable hosts to produce the desired peptide or fusion protein. A number of such vectors and suitable host systems are now available. For expression of the peptide or fusion proteins, the coding sequence will be provided with operably linked start and stop codons, promoter and terminator regions and usually a replication system to provide an expression vector for expression in the desired cellular host.
  • An expression construct refers to a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide operably linked with one or more regulatory regions which enables expression of the peptide in an appropriate host cell. “Operably-linked” refers to an association in which the regulatory regions and the peptide sequence to be expressed are joined and positioned in such a way as to permit transcription, and ultimately, translation.
  • The regulatory regions necessary for transcription of the peptide can be provided by the expression vector. A translation initiation codon (ATG) may also be provided if the peptide gene sequence lacking its cognate initiation codon is to be expressed. In a compatible host-construct system, cellular transcriptional factors, such as RNA polymerase, will bind to the regulatory regions on the expression construct to effect transcription of the peptide sequence in the host organism. The precise nature of the regulatory regions needed for gene expression may vary from host cell to host cell. Generally, a promoter is required which is capable of binding RNA polymerase and promoting the transcription of an operably-associated nucleic acid sequence. Such regulatory regions may include those 5′ non-coding sequences involved with initiation of transcription and translation, such as the TATA box, capping sequence, CAAT sequence, and the like. The non-coding region 3′ to the coding sequence may contain transcriptional termination regulatory sequences, such as terminators and polyadenylation sites.
  • In order to attach DNA sequences with regulatory functions, such as promoters, to the peptide gene sequence or to insert the peptide gene sequence into the cloning site of a vector, linkers or adapters providing the appropriate compatible restriction sites may be ligated to the ends of the cDNAs by techniques well known in the art (Wu et al., 1987, Methods in Enzymol 152:343-349, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Cleavage with a restriction enzyme can be followed by modification to create blunt ends by digesting back or filling in single-stranded DNA termini before ligation. Alternatively, a desired restriction enzyme site can be introduced into a fragment of DNA by amplification of the DNA by use of PCR with primers containing the desired restriction enzyme site.
  • An expression construct comprising a polypeptide coding sequence operably linked with regulatory regions can be directly introduced into appropriate host cells for expression and production of the peptide without further cloning. The expression constructs can also contain DNA sequences that facilitate integration of the DNA sequence into the genome of the host cell, e.g., via homologous recombination. In this instance, it is not necessary to use an expression vector comprising a replication origin suitable for appropriate host cells in order to propagate and express the peptide in the host cells.
  • A variety of expression vectors may be used including plasmids, cosmids, phage, phagemids or modified viruses. Typically, such expression vectors comprise a functional origin of replication for propagation of the vector in an appropriate host cell, one or more restriction endonuclease sites for insertion of the peptide gene sequence, and one or more selection markers. Expression vectors may be constructed to carry nucleotide sequences for one or more of the polypeptides disclosed herein. The expression vector must be used with a compatible host cell which may be derived from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic organism including but not limited to bacteria, yeasts, insects, mammals and humans. Such host cells can be transformed to express one or more polypeptides disclosed herein, such as by transformation of the host cell with a single expression vector containing a plurality of nucleotide sequences encoding any of the polypeptides disclosed herein, or by transformation of the host cell with multiple expression vectors encoding different polypeptides disclosed herein.
  • In bacterial systems, a number of expression vectors may be advantageously selected to produce polypeptides. For example, when a large quantity of such a protein is to be produced, such as for the generation of pharmaceutical compositions, vectors that direct the expression of high levels of fusion protein products that are readily purified may be desirable. Such vectors include the E. coli expression vector pUR278 (Ruther et al., 1983, EMBO J. 2, 1791, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), in which the peptide coding sequence may be ligated individually into the vector in frame with the lac Z coding region so that a fusion protein is produced; pIN vectors (Inouye and Inouye, 1985, Nucleic Acids Res. 13, 3101-3109; Van Heeke and Schuster, 1989, J. Biol. Chem 264, 5503-5509, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety); and the like. pGEX vectors may also be used to express these peptides as fusion proteins with glutathione S-transferase (GST). In general, such fusion proteins are soluble and can easily be purified from lysed cells by adsorption to glutathione-agarose beads followed by elution in the presence of free glutathione. The pGEX vectors are designed to include thrombin or factor Xa protease cleavage sites so that the polypeptide can be released from the GST moiety.
  • Alternatively, for long term, high yield production of properly processed peptide complexes, stable expression in mammalian cells is preferred. Cell lines that stably express peptide complexes may be engineered by using a vector that contains a selectable marker. By way of example, following the introduction of the expression constructs, engineered cells may be allowed to grow for 1-2 days in an enriched media, and then are switched to a selective media. The selectable marker in the expression construct confers resistance to the selection and optimally allows cells to stably integrate the expression construct into their chromosomes and to grow in culture and to be expanded into cell lines. Such cells can be cultured for a long period of time while the peptide is expressed continuously.
  • The recombinant cells may be cultured under standard conditions of temperature, incubation time, optical density and media composition. However, conditions for growth of recombinant cells may be different from those for expression of the polypeptides. Modified culture conditions and media may also be used to enhance production of the peptides. For example, recombinant cells containing peptides with their cognate promoters may be exposed to heat or other environmental stress, or chemical stress. Any techniques known in the art may be applied to establish the optimal conditions for producing peptide complexes.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, a codon encoding methionine is added at the 5′ end of the nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide to provide a signal for initiation of translation of the peptide. This methionine may remain attached to the polypeptide, or the methionine may be removed by the addition of an enzyme or enzymes that can catalyze the cleavage of methionine from the peptide. For example, in both prokaryotes and eukaryotes, N-terminal methionine is removed by a methionine aminopeptidase (MAP) (Tsunasawa et al., 1985, J. Biol. Chem. 260, 5382-5391, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Methionine aminopeptidases have been isolated and cloned from several organisms, including E. coli, yeast, and rat.
  • The peptide may be recovered from the bacterial, mammalian, or other host cell types, or from the culture medium, by known methods (see, for example, Current Protocols in Immunology, vol. 2, chapter 8, Coligan et al. (ed.), John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; Pathogenic and Clinical Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by Rowland et al., Little Brown & Co., June 1994, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • Both of the foregoing methods can be used for synthesizing a polypeptide disclosed herein. For example, a peptide comprising the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide can be synthesized chemically, and joined to an antigenic peptide, optionally produced by recombinant DNA technology, via a peptide bond.
  • Included within the scope of the invention are derivatives or analogs of the polypeptides disclosed herein that are modified during or after translation, e.g., by glycosylation, acetylation, phosphorylation, amidation (e.g., of the C-terminal carboxyl group), or derivatization by known protecting/blocking groups, or proteolytic cleavage. Any of numerous chemical modifications may be carried out by known techniques, including but not limited to, reagents useful for protection or modification of free NH2— groups, free COOH— groups, OH— groups, side groups of Trp-, Tyr-, Phe-, His-, Arg-, or Lys-; specific chemical cleavage by cyanogen bromide, hydroxylamine, BNPS-Skatole, acid, or alkali hydrolysis; enzymatic cleavage by trypsin, chymotrypsin, papain, V8 protease, NaBH4; acetylation, formylation, oxidation, reduction; metabolic synthesis in the presence of tunicamycin; etc.
    • 5.4 Pharmaceutical Compositions
  • In another aspect, the instant disclosure provides a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising one or more polypeptide as disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, the instant disclosure provides a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising one or more (e.g., two or more, three or more, four or more, five or more, ten or more, or 20 or more) different polypeptides as disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, the instant disclosure provides a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising no more than 30 different polypeptides as disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, the instant disclosure provides a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising 1 to 30 (e.g., 2 to 20, 3 to 20, 4 to 20, 5 to 20, 5 to 15, or 5 to 10) different polypeptides as disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, the different polypeptides each comprise the same HSP-binding peptide and a different antigenic peptide.
  • In certain embodiments, the composition further comprises a purified stress protein. Such composition is useful as a vaccine formulation. Also provided is a method for making a vaccine, the method comprising mixing one or more compositions disclosed herein with a purified stress protein such that the purified stress protein binds to at least one of the HSP-binding antigenic conjugates or peptides.
  • 5.4.1 Polypeptides in Complex with Stress Proteins
  • In a particular aspect, the instant disclosure provides a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising one or more polypeptides as disclosed herein and a purified stress protein. In certain embodiments, at least a portion of the purified stress protein binds to the polypeptide in the composition. Such compositions are useful as vaccine formulations for the treatment of a cancer or an infection of a pathogenic microbe.
  • In certain embodiments, prior to complexation with purified stress proteins, the polypeptides may be reconstituted from powder in 100% DMSO. Equimolar amounts of the peptides may then be pooled in a solution of 75% DMSO diluted in sterile water.
  • In certain embodiments, prior to complexation with purified stress proteins, the polypeptides may be reconstituted in neutral water.
  • In certain embodiments, prior to complexation with purified stress proteins, the polypeptides may be reconstituted in acidic water containing HCl.
  • In certain embodiments, prior to complexation with purified stress proteins, the polypeptides may be reconstituted in basic water containing NaOH.
  • In certain embodiments, prior to complexation with purified stress proteins, the solubility of each polypeptide in water may be tested. If a polypeptide is soluble in neutral water, neutral water may be used as a solvent for the polypeptide. If the polypeptide is not soluble in neutral water, solubility in acidic water containing HCl, or another acid, e.g., acetic acid, phosphoric acid, or sulfuric acid may be tested. If the polypeptide is soluble in acidic water containing HCl (or another acid), acidic water containing HCl (or another acid) may be used as the solvent for the polypeptide. If the polypeptide is not soluble in acidic water containing HCl (or another acid), solubility in basic water containing NaOH may be tested. If the polypeptide is soluble in basic water containing NaOH, basic water containing NaOH may be used as the solvent for the polypeptide. If the polypeptide is not soluble in basic water containing NaOH, the polypeptide may be dissolved in DMSO. If the polypeptide is not soluble in DMSO the polypeptide may be excluded from the vaccine. The dissolved polypeptides may then be mixed to make a pool of polypeptides. The dissolved polypeptides may be mixed at equal volume. The dissolved polypeptides may be mixed in equimolar amounts.
  • Stress proteins, which are also referred to interchangeably herein as heat shock proteins (HSPs), useful in the practice of the instant invention can be selected from among any cellular protein that is capable of binding other proteins or peptides and capable of releasing the bound proteins or peptides in the presence of adenosine triphosphate (ATP) or under acidic conditions. The intracellular concentration of such protein may increase when a cell is exposed to a stressful stimulus. In addition to those heat shock proteins that are induced by stress, the HSP60, HSP70, HSP90, HSP100, sHSPs, and PDI families also include proteins that are related to stress-induced HSPs in sequence similarity, for example, having greater than 35% amino acid identity, but whose expression levels are not altered by stress. Therefore, stress protein or heat shock protein embraces other proteins, mutants, analogs, and variants thereof having at least 35% (e.g., at least 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 99%) amino acid identity with members of these families whose expression levels in a cell are enhanced in response to a stressful stimulus. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, the stress protein is a member of the hsp60, hsp70, or hsp90 family of stress proteins (e.g., Hsc70, human Hsc70), or a mutant, analog, or variant thereof. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is selected from the group consisting of hsc70, hsp70, hsp90, hsp110, grp170, gp96, calreticulin, a mutant thereof, and combinations of two or more thereof. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is Hsc70 (e.g., human Hsc70). In certain embodiments, the stress protein is Hsp70 (e.g., human Hsp70). In certain embodiments, the stress protein (e.g., human hsc70) is a recombinant protein.
  • Amino acid sequences and nucleotide sequences of naturally occurring HSPs are generally available in sequence databases, such as GenBank. For example, Homo sapiens heat shock protein HSP70 (Heat Shock 70 kDa Protein 1A) has the following identifiers HGNC: 5232; Entrez Gene: 3303; Ensembl: ENSG00000204389; OMIM: 140550; UniProtKB: P08107 and NCBI Reference Sequence: NM 005345.5. Computer programs, such as Entrez, can be used to browse the database, and retrieve any amino acid sequence and genetic sequence data of interest by accession number. These databases can also be searched to identify sequences with various degrees of similarities to a query sequence using programs, such as FASTA and BLAST, which rank the similar sequences by alignment scores and statistics. Nucleotide sequences of non-limiting examples of HSPs that can be used for preparation of the HSP peptide-binding fragments of the invention are as follows: human Hsp70, Genbank Accession No. NM 005345, Sargent et al., 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 86:1968-1972; human Hsc70: Genbank Accession Nos. P11142, Y00371; human Hsp90, Genbank Accession No. X15183, Yamazaki et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 17:7108; human gp96: Genbank Accession No. X15187, Maki et al., 1990, Proc. Natl. Acad Sci., 87: 5658-5562; human BiP: Genbank Accession No. M19645; Ting et al., 1988, DNA 7: 275-286; human Hsp27, Genbank Accession No. M24743; Hickey et al., 1986, Nucleic Acids Res. 14:4127-45; mouse Hsp70: Genbank Accession No. M35021, Hunt et al., 1990, Gene, 87:199-204; mouse gp96: Genbank Accession No. M16370, Srivastava et al., 1987, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 85:3807-3811; and mouse BiP: Genbank Accession No. U16277, Haas et al., 1988, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 85: 2250-2254 (each of these references is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • In addition to the major stress protein families described above, an endoplasmic reticulum resident protein, calreticulin, has also been identified as yet another heat shock protein useful for eliciting an immune response when complexed to antigenic molecules (Basu and Srivastava, 1999, J. Exp. Med. 189:797-202; incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Other stress proteins that can be used in the invention include grp78 (or BiP), protein disulfide isomerase (PDI), hsp110, and grp170 (Lin et al., 1993, Mol. Biol. Cell, 4:1109-1119; Wang et al., 2001, J. Immunol., 165:490-497, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Many members of these families were found subsequently to be induced in response to other stressful stimuli including nutrient deprivation, metabolic disruption, oxygen radicals, hypoxia and infection with intracellular pathogens (see Welch, May 1993, Scientific American 56-64; Young, 1990, Annu. Rev. Immunol. 8:401-420; Craig, 1993, Science 260:1902-1903; Gething, et al., 1992, Nature 355:33-45; and Lindquist, et al., 1988, Annu. Rev. Genetics 22:631-677, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). It is contemplated that HSPs/stress proteins belonging to all of these families can be used in the practice of the invention. In certain embodiments, a stress protein encompasses any chaperone protein that facilitates peptide-MHC presentation. Suitable chaperone proteins include, but are not limited to, ER chaperones and tapasin (e.g., human tapasin).
  • The major stress proteins can accumulate to very high levels in stressed cells, but they occur at low to moderate levels in cells that have not been stressed. For example, the highly inducible mammalian hsp70 is hardly detectable at normal temperatures but becomes one of the most actively synthesized proteins in the cell upon heat shock (Welch, et al., 1985, J. Cell. Biol. 101:1198-1211, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). In contrast, hsp90 and hsp60 proteins are abundant at normal temperatures in most, but not all, mammalian cells and are further induced by heat (Lai, et al., 1984, Mol. Cell. Biol. 4:2802-10; van Bergen en Henegouwen, et al., 1987, Genes Dev. 1:525-31, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • In various embodiments, nucleotide sequences encoding heat shock protein within a family or variants of a heat shock protein can be identified and obtained by hybridization with a probe comprising nucleotide sequence encoding an HSP under conditions of low to medium stringency. By way of example, procedures using such conditions of low stringency are as follows (see also Shilo and Weinberg, 1981, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 78:6789-6792). Filters containing DNA are pretreated for 6 h at 40° C. in a solution containing 35% formamide, 5×SSC, 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 5 mM EDTA, 0.1% PVP, 0.1% Ficoll, 1% BSA, and 500 μg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA. Hybridizations are carried out in the same solution with the following modifications: 0.02% PVP, 0.02% Ficoll, 0.2% BSA, 100 μg/ml salmon sperm DNA, 10% (wt/vol) dextran sulfate. Filters are incubated in hybridization mixture for 18-20 h at 40° C., and then washed for 1.5 h at 55° C. in a solution containing 2×SSC, 25 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4), 5 mM EDTA, and 0.1% SDS. The wash solution is replaced with fresh solution and incubated an additional 1.5 h at 60° C. Filters are blotted dry and exposed for signal detection. If necessary, filters are washed for a third time at 65-68° C. before signal detection. Other conditions of low stringency which may be used are well known in the art (e.g., as used for cross-species hybridizations).
  • Where stress proteins are used, peptide-binding fragments of stress proteins and functionally active derivatives, analogs, and variants thereof can also be used. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, the stress protein is a full-length HSP. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is a polypeptide comprising a domain of an HSP (e.g., a member of the Hsp60, Hsp70, or Hsp90 family, such as Hsc70, particularly human Hsc70), wherein the domain is capable of being noncovalently associated with a peptide (e.g., an HSP-binding peptide as described herein) to form a complex and optionally eliciting an immune response, and wherein the stress protein is not a full-length HSP.
  • In certain embodiments, the stress protein is a polypeptide that is capable of being noncovalently associated with a peptide (e.g., an HSP-binding peptide as described herein) to form a complex and optionally eliciting an immune response, wherein the stress protein shares a high degree of sequence similarity with a wild-type HSP (e.g., a member of the Hsp60, Hsp70, or Hsp90 family, such as Hsc70, particularly human Hsc70). To determine a region of identity between two amino acid sequences or nucleic acid sequences, the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in the sequence of a first amino acid or nucleic acid sequence for optimal alignment with a second amino or nucleic acid sequence). The amino acid residues or nucleotides at corresponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared. When a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are identical at that position. The percent identity between the two sequences is a function of the number of identical positions shared by the sequences (i.e., % identity=number of identical overlapping positions/total number of positions×100%). In one embodiment, the two sequences are the same length.
  • The determination of percent identity between two sequences can also be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm. A non-limiting example of a mathematical algorithm utilized for the comparison of two sequences is the algorithm of Karlin and Altschul, 1990, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:2264-2268, modified as in Karlin and Altschul, 1993, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:5873-5877 (each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Such an algorithm is incorporated into the NBLAST and XBLAST programs of Altschul, et al., 1990, J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410 (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). BLAST nucleotide searches can be performed with the NBLAST program, e.g., score=100, wordlength=12 to obtain nucleotide sequences homologous to a nucleic acid molecules of the invention. BLAST protein searches can be performed with the)(BLAST program, e.g., score=50, wordlength=3 to obtain amino acid sequences homologous to a protein molecules of the invention. To obtain gapped alignments for comparison purposes, Gapped BLAST can be utilized as described in Altschul et al., 1997, Nucleic Acids Res. 25:3389-3402. Alternatively, PSI-Blast can be used to perform an iterated search which detects distant relationships between molecules (Altschul et al., 1997, supra). When utilizing BLAST, Gapped BLAST, and PSI-Blast programs, the default parameters of the respective programs (e.g., XBLAST and NBLAST) can be used. Another example of a mathematical algorithm utilized for the comparison of sequences is the algorithm of Myers and Miller, 1988, CABIOS 4:11-17. Such an algorithm is incorporated into the ALIGN program (version 2.0) which is part of the GCG sequence alignment software package. When utilizing the ALIGN program for comparing amino acid sequences, a PAM120 weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12, and a gap penalty of 4 can be used. The percent identity between two sequences can be determined using techniques similar to those described above, with or without allowing gaps. In calculating percent identity, typically only exact matches are counted.
  • In certain embodiments, isolated peptide-binding domains of a stress protein (e.g., Hsp70 and Hsc70) are employed. These peptide-binding domains can be identified by computer modeling of the three dimensional structure of the peptide-binding site of a stress protein (e.g., Hsp70 and Hsc70). See for example, the peptide-binding fragments of HSPs disclosed in United States patent publication US 2001/0034042 (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • In certain embodiments, the stress protein is a mutated stress protein which has an affinity for a target polypeptide that is greater than a native stress protein. Such mutated stress proteins can be useful when the target polypeptide is phosphorylated or is a phosphopeptide mimetic (such as non-hydrolyzable analogs) or has some other post-translational modification.
  • The stress proteins can be prepared by purification from tissues, or by recombinant DNA techniques. HSPs can be purified from tissues in the presence of ATP or under acidic conditions (pH 1 to pH 6.9), for subsequent in vitro complexing to one or more polypeptides. See Peng, et al., 1997, J. Immunol. Methods, 204:13-21; Li and Srivastava, 1993, EMBO J. 12:3143-3151 (each of these references is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). “Purified” stress proteins are substantially free of materials that are associated with the proteins in a cell, in a cell extract, in a cell culture medium, or in an individual. In certain embodiments, the stress protein purified from a tissue is a mixture of different HSPs, for example, hsp70 and hsc70.
  • Using the defined amino acid or cDNA sequences of a given HSP or a peptide-binding domain thereof, one can make a genetic construct which is transfected into and expressed in a host cell. The recombinant host cells may contain one or more copies of a nucleic acid sequence comprising a sequence that encodes an HSP or a peptide-binding fragment, operably linked with regulatory region(s) that drives the expression of the HSP nucleic acid sequence in the host cell. Recombinant DNA techniques can be readily utilized to generate recombinant HSP genes or fragments of HSP genes, and standard techniques can be used to express such HSP gene fragments. Any nucleic acid sequence encoding an HSP peptide-binding domain, including cDNA and genomic DNA, can be used to prepare the HSPs or peptide-binding fragments of the invention. The nucleic acid sequence can be wild-type or a codon-optimized variant that encodes the same amino acid sequence. An HSP gene fragment containing the peptide-binding domain can be inserted into an appropriate cloning vector and introduced into host cells so that many copies of the gene sequence are generated. A large number of vector-host systems known in the art may be used such as, but not limited to, bacteriophages such as lambda derivatives, or plasmids such as pBR322, pUC plasmid derivatives, the Bluescript vectors (Stratagene) or the pET series of vectors (Novagen). Any technique for mutagenesis known in the art can be used to modify individual nucleotides in a DNA sequence, for purpose of making amino acid substitution(s) in the expressed peptide sequence, or for creating/deleting restriction sites to facilitate further manipulations.
  • The stress proteins may be expressed as fusion proteins to facilitate recovery and purification from the cells in which they are expressed. For example, the stress proteins may contain a signal sequence leader peptide to direct its translocation across the endoplasmic reticulum membrane for secretion into culture medium. Further, the stress protein may contain an affinity label fused to any portion of the protein not involved in binding to a target polypeptide, for example, the carboxyl terminus. The affinity label can be used to facilitate purification of the protein, by binding to an affinity partner molecule. A variety of affinity labels known in the art may be used, non-limiting examples of which include the immunoglobulin constant regions, polyhistidine sequence (Petty, 1996, Metal-chelate affinity chromatography, in Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vol. 2, Ed. Ausubel et al., Greene Publish. Assoc. & Wiley Interscience, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), glutathione S-transferase (GST; Smith, 1993, Methods Mol. Cell Bio. 4:220-229, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), the E. coli maltose binding protein (Guan et al., 1987, Gene 67:21-30, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), and various cellulose binding domains (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,496,934; 5,202,247; 5,137,819; Tomme et al., 1994, Protein Eng. 7:117-123, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • Such recombinant stress proteins can be assayed for peptide binding activity (see, e.g., Klappa et al., 1998, EMBO J., 17:927-935, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) for their ability to elicit an immune response. In certain embodiments, the recombinant stress protein produced in the host cell is of the same species as the intended recipient of the immunogenic composition (e.g., human).
  • The stress protein may be bound to the polypeptide(s) non-covalently or covalently. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is non-covalently bound to the polypeptide. Methods of preparing such complexes are set forth infra.
  • The molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) can be any ratio from about 0.01:1 to about 100:1, including but not limited to about 0.01:1, 0.02:1, 0.05:1, 0.1:1, 0.2:1, 0.5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1, 2.5:1, 3:1, 4:1, 5:1, 6:1, 7:1, 8:1, 9:1, 10:1, 11:1, 12:1, 13:1, 14:1, 15:1, 16:1, 17:1, 18:1, 19:1, 20:1, 30:1, 40:1, 49:1, up to 100:1. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises a plurality of complexes each comprising a polypeptide disclosed herein and a stress protein, wherein the molar ratio of the polypeptide to the stress protein in each complex is at least about 1:1 (e.g., about 1.5:1, 2:1, 2.5:1, 3:1, 4:1, 5:1, 6:1, 7:1, 8:1, 9:1, 10:1, 11:1, 12:1, 13:1, 14:1, 15:1, 16:1, 17:1, 18:1, 19:1, 20:1, 30:1, 40:1, 49:1, up to 100:1).
  • In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) is about 0.5:1 to 5:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) is about 1:1 to 2:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) is about 1:1, 1.25:1, or 1.5:1. Such ratios, particularly the ratios close to 1:1, are advantageous in that the composition does not comprise a great excess of free peptide(s) that is not bound to a stress protein. Since many antigenic peptides comprising MHC-binding epitopes tend to comprise hydrophobic regions, an excess amount of free peptide(s) may tend to aggregate during preparation and storage of the composition. Substantial complexation with a stress protein at a molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) close to 1:1 (e.g., 1:1, 1.25:1, 1.5:1, or 2:1) is enabled by a high binding affinity of the polypeptide to the stress protein. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, the polypeptide binds to an HSP (e.g., Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, or Calreticulin) with a Kd lower than 10−3M, 104 M, 10−5M, 10−6 M, 10−7 M, 10−8 M, or 10−9 M. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide binds to Hsc70 (e.g., human Hsc70) with a Kd of 10−3 M, 104 M, 10−5 M, 10−6M, 10−7M, 10−8 M, 10−9 M, or lower.
  • In certain embodiments, at least 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, or 95% of the stress protein binds to the polypeptide in the composition. In certain embodiments, substantially all of the stress protein binds to the polypeptide in the composition.
  • Any number of different polypeptides can be included in a single composition as disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, the compositions comprise no more than 100 different polypeptides, e.g., 2-50, 2-30, 2-20, 5-20, 5-15, 5-10, or 10-15 different polypeptides. In certain embodiments, each of the polypeptides comprises the same HSP-binding peptide and a different antigenic peptide. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises a single stress protein, wherein the stress protein is capable of binding to the HSP-binding peptide. Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be formulated to contain one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients including bulking agents, stabilizing agents, buffering agents, sodium chloride, calcium salts, surfactants, antioxidants, chelating agents, other excipients, and combinations thereof.
  • Bulking agents are preferred in the preparation of lyophilized formulations of the vaccine composition. Such bulking agents form the crystalline portion of the lyophilized product and may be selected from the group consisting of mannitol, glycine, alanine, and hydroxyethyl starch (HES).
  • Stabilizing agents may be selected from the group consisting of sucrose, trehalose, raffinose, and arginine. These agents are preferably present in amounts between 1-4%. Sodium chloride can be included in the present formulations preferably in an amount of 100-300 mM, or if used without the aforementioned bulking agents, can be included in the formulations in an amount of between 300-500 mM NaCl. Calcium salts include calcium chloride, calcium gluconate, calcium glubionate, or calcium gluceptate.
  • Buffering agents can be any physiologically acceptable chemical entity or combination of chemical entities which have a capacity to act as buffers, including but not limited to histidine, potassium phosphate, TRIS [tris-(hydroxymethyl)-aminomethane], BIS-Tris Propane (1,3-bis-[tris-(hydroxymethyOmethylamino]-propane), PIPES [piperazine-N,N′-bis-(2-ethanesulfonic acid)], MOPS [3-(N-morpholino)ethanesulfonic acid], HEPES (N-2-hydroxyethyl-piperazine-N′-2-ethanesulfonic acid), MES [2-(N-morpholino)ethanesulfonic acid], and ACES (N-2-acetamido-2-aminoethanesulfonic acid). Typically, the buffering agent is included in a concentration of 10-50 mM. Specific examples of base buffers include (i) PBS; (ii) 10 mM KPO4, 150 mM NaCl; (iii) 10 mM HEPES, 150 mM NaCl; (iv) 10 mM imidazole, 150 mM NaCl; and (v) 20 mM sodium citrate. Excipients that can be used include (i) glycerol (10%, 20%); (ii) Tween 50 (0.05%, 0.005%); (iii) 9% sucrose; (iv) 20% sorbitol; (v) 10 mM lysine; or (vi) 0.01 mM dextran sulfate.
  • Surfactants, if present, are preferably in a concentration of 0.1% or less, and may be chosen from the group including but not limited to polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80, pluronic polyols, and BRIJ 35 (polyoxyethylene 23 laurel ether). Antioxidants, if used, must be compatible for use with a pharmaceutical preparation, and are preferably water soluble. Suitable antioxidants include homocysteine, glutathione, lipoic acid, 6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethylchroman-2-carboxylic acid (Trolox), methionine, sodium thiosulfate, platinum, glycine-glycine-histidine (tripeptide), and butylatedhydroxytoluene (BHT). Chelating agents should preferably bind metals such as copper and iron with greater affinity than calcium, if a calcium salt is being used in the composition. An exemplary chelator is deferoxamine.
  • Many formulations known in the art can be used. For example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,763,401 describes a therapeutic formulation, comprising 15-60 mM sucrose, up to 50 mM NaCl, up to 5 mM calcium chloride, 65-400 mM glycine, and up to 50 mM histidine. In some embodiments, the therapeutic formulation is a solution of 9% sucrose in potassium phosphate buffer.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,733,873 (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) discloses formulations which include between 0.01-1 mg/ml of a surfactant. This patent discloses formulations having the following ranges of excipients: polysorbate 20 or 80 in an amount of at least 0.01 mg/ml, preferably 0.02-1.0 mg/ml; at least 0.1 M NaCl; at least 0.5 mM calcium salt; and at least 1 mM histidine. More particularly, the following specific formulations are also disclosed: (1) 14.7-50-65 mM histidine, 0.31-0.6 M NaCl, 4 mM calcium chloride, 0.001-0.02-0.025% polysorbate 80, with or without 0.1% PEG 4000 or 19.9 mM sucrose; and (2) 20 mg/ml mannitol, 2.67 mg/ml histidine, 18 mg/ml NaCl, 3.7 mM calcium chloride, and 0.23 mg/ml polysorbate 80.
  • The use of low or high concentrations of sodium chloride has been described, for example U.S. Pat. No. 4,877,608 (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) teaches formulations with relatively low concentrations of sodium chloride, such as formulations comprising 0.5 mM-15 mM NaCl, 5 mM calcium chloride, 0.2 mM-5 mM histidine, 0.01-10 mM lysine hydrochloride and up to 10% maltose, 10% sucrose, or 5% mannitol.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,605,884 (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) teaches the use of formulations with relatively high concentrations of sodium chloride. These formulations include 0.35 M-1.2 M NaCl, 1.5-40 mM calcium chloride, 1 mM-50 mM histidine, and up to 10% sugar such as mannitol, sucrose, or maltose. A formulation comprising 0.45 M NaCl, 2.3 mM calcium chloride, and 1.4 mM histidine is exemplified.
  • International Patent Application WO 96/22107 (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) describes formulations which include the sugar trehalose, for example formulations comprising: (1) 0.1 M NaCl, 15 mM calcium chloride, 15 mM histidine, and 1.27 M (48%) trehalose; or (2) 0.011% calcium chloride, 0.12% histidine, 0.002% TRIS, 0.002% Tween 80, 0.004% PEG 3350, 7.5% trehalose; and either 0.13% or 1.03% NaCl.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,328,694 (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) describes a formulation which includes 100-650 mM disaccharide and 100 mM-1.0 M amino acid, for example (1) 0.9 M sucrose, 0.25 M glycine, 0.25 M lysine, and 3 mM calcium chloride; and (2) 0.7 M sucrose, 0.5 M glycine, and 5 mM calcium chloride. Pharmaceutical compositions can be optionally prepared as lyophilized product, which may then be formulated for oral administration or reconstituted to a liquid form for parenteral administration.
  • In certain embodiments, the composition stimulates a T-cell response against a cell expressing or displaying a polypeptide comprising one or more of the MHC-binding epitopes in a subject to whom the composition is administered. The cell expressing the polypeptide may be a cell comprising a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide, wherein the polynucleotide is in the genome of the cell, in an episomal vector, or in the genome of a virus that has infected the cell. The cell displaying the polypeptide may not comprise a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide, and may be produced by contacting the cell with the polypeptide or a derivative thereof.
  • In certain embodiments, the composition induces in vitro activation of T cells in peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) isolated from a subject. The in vitro activation of T cells includes, without limitation, in vitro proliferation of T cells, production of cytokines (e.g., IFNγ) from T cells, and increased surface expression of activation markers (e.g., CD25, CD45RO) on T cells.
    • 5.4.2 Preparation of Complexes of Polypeptides and Stress Proteins
  • In another aspect, the instant disclosure provides a method of making a vaccine, the method comprising mixing one or more polypeptides as disclosed herein with a purified stress protein in vitro under suitable conditions such that the purified stress protein binds to at least one of the polypeptides. The method is also referred to as a complexing reaction herein. In certain embodiments, two or more purified stress proteins are employed, wherein each purified stress protein binds to at least one of the polypeptides.
  • The stress protein may be bound to the polypeptide non-covalently or covalently. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is non-covalently bound to the polypeptide. In various embodiments, the complexes formed in vitro are optionally purified. Purified complexes of stress proteins and polypeptides are substantially free of materials that are associated with such complexes in a cell, or in a cell extract. Where purified stress proteins and purified polypeptides are used in an in vitro complexing reaction, the term “purified complex(es)” does not exclude a composition that also comprises free stress proteins and conjugates or peptides not in complexes.
  • Any stress proteins described supra may be employed in the method of the invention. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is selected from the group consisting of Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, Calreticulin, a mutant thereof, and combinations of two or more thereof. In one embodiment, the stress protein is an Hsc70, e.g., a human Hsc70. In another embodiment, the stress protein is an Hsp70, e.g., a human Hsp70. In certain embodiments, the stress protein (e.g., human Hsc70 or human Hsp70) is a recombinant protein.
  • Prior to complexing, HSPs can be pretreated with ATP or exposed to acidic conditions to remove any peptides that may be non-covalently associated with the HSP of interest. Acidic conditions are any pH levels below pH 7, including the ranges pH 1-pH 2, pH 2-pH 3, pH 3-pH 4, pH 4-pH 5, pH 5-pH 6, and pH 6-pH 6.9. When the ATP procedure is used, excess ATP is removed from the preparation by the addition of apyranase as described by Levy, et al., 1991, Cell 67:265-274 (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). When acidic conditions are used, the buffer is readjusted to neutral pH by the addition of pH modifying reagents.
  • The molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) can be any ratio from 0.01:1 to 100:1, including but not limited to 0.01:1, 0.02:1, 0.05:1, 0.1:1, 0.2:1, 0.5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1, 2.5:1, 3:1, 4:1, 5:1, 6:1, 7:1, 8:1, 9:1, 10:1, 11:1, 12:1, 13:1, 14:1, 15:1, 16:1, 17:1, 18:1, 19:1, 20:1, 30:1, 40:1, 49:1, up to 100:1. In certain embodiments, the composition to be prepared comprises a plurality of complexes each comprising a polypeptide disclosed herein and a stress protein, and the complexing reaction comprises mixing the polypeptides with the stress proteins, wherein the molar ratio of the polypeptide to the stress protein in each complex is at least 1:1 (e.g., about 2:1, 3:1, 4:1, 5:1, 6:1, 7:1, 8:1, 9:1, 10:1, 11:1, 12:1, 13:1, 14:1, 15:1, 16:1, 17:1, 18:1, 19:1, 20:1, 30:1, 40:1, 49:1, up to 100:1).
  • In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) is about 0.5:1 to 5:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) is about 1:1 to 2:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) is about 1:1, 1.25:1, or 1.5:1. Such ratios, particularly the ratios close to 1:1, are advantageous in that the composition does not comprise a great excess of free peptide(s) that is not bound to a stress protein. Since many antigenic peptides comprising MHC-binding epitopes tend to comprise hydrophobic regions, an excess amount of free peptide(s) may tend to aggregate during preparation and storage of the composition. Substantial complexation with a stress protein at a molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) close to 1:1 (e.g., 1:1, 1.25:1, 1.5:1, or 2:1) is enabled by a high binding affinity of the polypeptide to the stress protein. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, the polypeptide used in the complexing reaction binds to an HSP (e.g., Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, or Calreticulin) with a Kd lower than 10−3 M, 104 M, 10−5 M, 10−6 M, 10−7 M, 10−8 M, or 10−9M. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide binds to Hsc70 (e.g., human Hsc70) with a Kd of 10−3 M, 10−4M, 10−5 M, 10−6 M, 10−7 M, 10−8 M, 10−9 M, or lower.
  • The method disclosed herein can be used to prepare a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition or a vaccine) in bulk (e.g., greater than or equal to 30 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 200 mg, 300 mg, 500 mg, or 1 g of total peptide and protein). The prepared composition can then be transferred to single-use or multi-use containers, or apportioned to unit dosage forms. Alternatively, method disclosed herein can be used to prepare a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition or a vaccine) in a small amount (e.g., less than or equal to 300 μg, 1 mg, 3 mg, 10 mg, 30 mg, or 100 mg of total peptide and protein). In certain embodiments, the composition is prepared for single use, optionally in a unit dosage form.
  • In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) and stress protein in the pharmaceutical composition is about 10 μg to 600 μg (e.g., about 50 μg, 100 μg, 200 μg, 300 μg, 400 μg, or 500 μg). In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) and stress protein in the pharmaceutical composition is about 300 μg. Amounts of the stress protein(s) and polypeptide(s) in a unit dosage form are disclosed infra.
  • An exemplary protocol for noncovalent complexing of a population of polypeptides to a stress protein in vitro is provided herein. The population of polypeptides can comprise a mixture of the different polypeptide species of the invention. Then, the mixture is incubated with the purified and/or pretreated stress protein for from 15 minutes to 3 hours (e.g., 1 hour) at from 4° to 50° C. (e.g., 37° C.) in a suitable binding buffer, such as phosphate buffered saline pH 7.4 optionally supplemented with 0.01% Polysorbate 20; a buffer comprising 9% sucrose in potassium phosphate buffer; a buffer comprising 2.7 mM Sodium Phosphate Dibasic, 1.5 mM Potassium Phosphate Monobasic, 150 mM NaCl, pH 7.2; a buffer containing 20 mM sodium phosphate, pH 7.2-7.5, 350-500 mM NaCl, 3 mM MgCl2 and 1 mM phenyl methyl sulfonyl fluoride (PMSF); and the buffer optionally comprising 1 mM ADP. Any buffer may be used that is compatible with the stress protein. The preparations are then optionally purified by centrifugation through a Centricon 10 assembly (Millipore; Billerica, Mass.) to remove any unbound peptide. The non-covalent association of the proteins/peptides with the HSPs can be assayed by High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC), Mass Spectrometry (MS), mixed lymphocyte target cell assay (MLTC), or enzyme-linked immunospot (ELISPOT) assay (Taguchi T, et al., J Immunol Methods 1990; 128: 65-73, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Once the complexes have been isolated and diluted, they can be optionally characterized further in animal models using the administration protocols and excipients described herein (see, e.g., Example 2 infra).
  • Complexes of stress proteins and polypeptides from separate covalent and/or non-covalent complexing reactions can be prepared to form a composition before administration to a subject. In certain embodiments, the composition is prepared within 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 days before administration to a subject. In certain embodiments, the composition is prepared within 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 weeks before administration to a subject. In certain embodiments, the composition is prepared within 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 months before administration to a subject. The composition can optionally be stored at about 4° C., −20° C., or −80° C. after preparation and before use.
  • In certain embodiments, the complexes prepared by the method disclosed herein are mixed with an adjuvant at bedside just prior to administration to a patient. In certain embodiments, the adjuvant comprises a saponin or an immunostimulatory nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, the adjuvant comprises QS-21. In certain embodiments, the dose of QS-21 is 10 μg, 25 μg, or 50 μg. In certain embodiments, the dose of QS-21 is 50 μg. In certain embodiments, the adjuvant comprises a TLR agonist. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR4. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR7 and/or TLR8. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR9. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR5.
  • As an alternative to making non-covalent complexes of stress proteins and polypeptides, the polypeptides can be covalently attached to stress proteins, e.g., by chemical crosslinking or UV crosslinking. Any chemical crosslinking or UV crosslinking methods known in the art (see, e.g., Wong, 1991, Chemistry of Protein Conjugation and Cross-Linking, CRC Press, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) can be employed. For example, glutaraldehyde crosslinking (see, e.g., Barrios et al., 1992, Eur. J. Immunol. 22: 1365-1372, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) may be used. In an exemplary protocol, 1-2 mg of HSP-peptide complex is cross-linked in the presence of 0.002% glutaraldehyde for 2 hours. Glutaraldehyde is removed by dialysis against phosphate buffered saline (PBS) overnight (Lussow et al., 1991, Eur. J. Immunol. 21: 2297-2302, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
    • 5.4.3 Vaccines
  • The compositions disclosed herein are useful as vaccines. Accordingly, in another aspect, the instant disclosure provides a vaccine formulation. The vaccine formulation may be prepared by any method that results in a stable, sterile, preferably injectable formulation.
  • In certain embodiments, the vaccine comprises one or more compositions disclosed herein and one or more adjuvants. A variety of adjuvants may be employed, including, for example, systemic adjuvants and mucosal adjuvants. A systemic adjuvant is an adjuvant that can be delivered parenterally. Systemic adjuvants include adjuvants that create a depot effect, adjuvants that stimulate the immune system, and adjuvants that do both.
  • An adjuvant that creates a depot effect is an adjuvant that causes the antigen to be slowly released in the body, thus prolonging the exposure of immune cells to the antigen. This class of adjuvants includes alum (e.g., aluminum hydroxide, aluminum phosphate); or emulsion-based formulations including mineral oil, non-mineral oil, water-in-oil or oil-in-water-in oil emulsion, oil-in-water emulsions such as Seppic ISA series of Montanide adjuvants (e.g., Montanide ISA 720, AirLiquide, Paris, France); MF-59 (a squalene-in-water emulsion stabilized with Span 85 and Tween 80; Chiron Corporation, Emeryville, Calif.; and PROVAX (an oil-in-water emulsion containing a stabilizing detergent and a micelle-forming agent; IDEC, Pharmaceuticals Corporation, San Diego, Calif.).
  • Other adjuvants stimulate the immune system, for instance, cause an immune cell to produce and secrete cytokines or IgG. This class of adjuvants includes immunostimulatory nucleic acids, such as CpG oligonucleotides; saponins purified from the bark of the Q. saponaria tree, such as QS-21; poly[di(carboxylatophenoxy)phosphazene (PCPP polymer; Virus Research Institute, USA); RNA mimetics such as polyinosinic:polycytidylic acid (poly I:C) or poly I:C stabilized with poly-lysine (poly-ICLC [Hiltonol®; Oncovir, Inc.]; derivatives of lipopolysaccharides (LPS) such as monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL; Ribi ImmunoChem Research, Inc., Hamilton, Mont.), muramyl dipeptide (MDP; Ribi) and threonyl-muramyl dipeptide (t-MDP; Ribi); OM-174 (a glucosamine disaccharide related to lipid A; OM Pharma SA, Meyrin, Switzerland); and Leishmania elongation factor (a purified Leishmania protein; Corixa Corporation, Seattle, Wash.).
  • Other systemic adjuvants are adjuvants that create a depot effect and stimulate the immune system. These compounds have both of the above-identified functions of systemic adjuvants. This class of adjuvants includes but is not limited to ISCOMs (Immunostimulating complexes which contain mixed saponins, lipids and form virus-sized particles with pores that can hold antigen; CSL, Melbourne, Australia); AS01 which is a liposome based formulation containing MPL and QS-21 (GlaxoSmithKline, Belgium); AS02 (GlaxoSmithKline, which is an oil-in-water emulsion containing MPL and QS-21: GlaxoSmithKline, Rixensart, Belgium); AS04 (GlaxoSmithKline, which contains alum and MPL; GSK, Belgium); AS15 which is a liposome based formulation containing CpG oligonucleotides, MPL and QS-21 (GlaxoSmithKline, Belgium); non-ionic block copolymers that form micelles such as CRL 1005 (these contain a linear chain of hydrophobic polyoxypropylene flanked by chains of polyoxyethylene; Vaxcel, Inc., Norcross, Ga.); and Syntex Adjuvant Formulation (SAF, an oil-in-water emulsion containing Tween 80 and a nonionic block copolymer; Syntex Chemicals, Inc., Boulder, Colo.).
  • The mucosal adjuvants useful according to the invention are adjuvants that are capable of inducing a mucosal immune response in a subject when administered to a mucosal surface in conjunction with complexes of the invention. Mucosal adjuvants include CpG nucleic acids (e.g. PCT published patent application WO 99/61056, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), bacterial toxins: e.g., Cholera toxin (CT), CT derivatives including but not limited to CT B subunit (CTB); CTD53 (Val to Asp); CTK97 (Val to Lys); CTK104 (Tyr to Lys); CTD53/K63 (Val to Asp, Ser to Lys); CTH54 (Arg to His); CTN107 (His to Asn); CTE114 (Ser to Glu); CTE112K (Glu to Lys); CTS61F (Ser to Phe); CTS 106 (Pro to Lys); and CTK63 (Ser to Lys), Zonula occludens toxin (zot), Escherichia coli heat-labile enterotoxin, Labile Toxin (LT), LT derivatives including but not limited to LT B subunit (LTB); LT7K (Arg to Lys); LT61F (Ser to Phe); LT112K (Glu to Lys); LT118E (Gly to Glu); LT146E (Arg to Glu); LT192G (Arg to Gly); LTK63 (Ser to Lys); and LTR72 (Ala to Arg), Pertussis toxin, PT. including PT-9K/129G; Toxin derivatives (see below); Lipid A derivatives (e.g., monophosphoryl lipid A, MPL); Muramyl Dipeptide (MDP) derivatives; bacterial outer membrane proteins (e.g., outer surface protein A (OspA) lipoprotein of Borrelia burgdorferi, outer membrane protein of Neisseria meningitidis); oil-in-water emulsions (e.g., MF59; aluminum salts (Isaka et al., 1998, 1999); and Saponins (e.g., QS-21, e.g., QS-21 Stimulon®, Antigenics LLC, Lexington, Mass.), ISCOMs, MF-59 (a squalene-in-water emulsion stabilized with Span 85 and Tween 80; Chiron Corporation, Emeryville, Calif.); the Seppic ISA series of Montanide adjuvants (e.g., Montanide ISA 720; AirLiquide, Paris, France); PROVAX (an oil-in-water emulsion containing a stabilizing detergent and a micelle-forming agent; IDEC Pharmaceuticals Corporation, San Diego, Calif.); Syntext Adjuvant Formulation (SAF; Syntex Chemicals, Inc., Boulder, Colo.); poly[di(carboxylatophenoxy)]phosphazene (PCPP polymer; Virus Research Institute, USA) and Leishmania elongation factor (Corixa Corporation, Seattle, Wash.).
  • In certain embodiments, the adjuvant added to the compositions disclosed herein comprises a saponin and/or an immunostimulatory nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, the adjuvant added to the composition comprises or further comprises QS-21.
  • In certain embodiments, the adjuvant added to the compositions disclosed herein comprises a Toll-like receptor (TLR) agonist. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR4. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR7 and/or TLR8. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR9. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR5.
  • The compositions of the invention described herein may be combined with an adjuvant in several ways. For example, different polypeptides may be mixed together first to form a mixture and then complexed with stress protein(s) and/or adjuvant(s) to form a composition. As another example, different polypeptides may be complexed individually with a stress protein and/or adjuvant(s), and the resulting batches of complexes may then be mixed to form a composition.
  • The adjuvant can be administered prior to, during, or following administration of the compositions comprising complexes of stress protein and polypeptides. Administration of the adjuvant and the compositions can be at the same or different administration sites.
    • 5.4.4 Unit Dosage Forms
  • In another aspect, the instant disclosure provides a unit dosage form of a pharmaceutical composition or vaccine disclosed herein.
  • The amounts and concentrations of the polypeptides, stress proteins, and/or adjuvants at which the efficacy of a vaccine formulation of the invention may vary depending on the chemical nature and the potency of the polypeptides, stress proteins, and/or adjuvants. Typically, the starting amounts and concentrations in the vaccine formulation are the ones conventionally used for eliciting the desired immune response, using the conventional routes of administration, e.g., intramuscular injection. The amounts and concentrations of the peptides, conjugates, stress proteins, and/or adjuvants can then be adjusted, e.g., by dilution using a diluent, so that an effective protective immune response is achieved as assessed using standard methods known in the art (e.g., determined by the antibody or T-cell response to the vaccine formulation relative to a control formulation).
  • In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptides and stress protein in the pharmaceutical composition is about 10 μg to 600 μg (e.g., about 50 μg, 100 μg, 200 μg, 300 μg, 400 μg, or 500 μg). In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptides and stress protein in the pharmaceutical composition is about 300 μg. In certain embodiments, the amount of the stress protein in the composition is about 250 μg to 290 μg.
  • In certain embodiments, the amount of the stress protein in the pharmaceutical composition is about 10 μg to 600 μg (e.g., about 50 μg, 100 μg, 200 μg, 300 μg, 400 μg, or 500 μg). In certain embodiments, the amount of the stress protein in the pharmaceutical composition is about 300 μg. The amount of the polypeptide is calculated based on a designated molar ratio and the molecular weight of the polypeptides.
  • In certain embodiments, the total molar amount of the polypeptides in the unit dosage form of the pharmaceutical composition is about 0.1 to 10 nmol (e.g., about 0.1 nmol, 0.5 nmol, 1 nmol, 2 nmol, 3 nmol, 4 nmol, 5 nmol, 6 nmol, 7 nmol, 8 nmol, 9 nmol, or 10 nmol). In certain embodiments, the total molar amount of the polypeptides in the unit dosage form of the pharmaceutical composition is about 4 nmol. In certain embodiments, the total molar amount of the polypeptides in the unit dosage form of the pharmaceutical composition is about 5 nmol.
  • The molar ratio of total polypeptides to total stress proteins can be any ratio from about 0.01:1 to about 100:1, including but not limited to about 0.01:1, 0.02:1, 0.05:1, 0.1:1, 0.2:1, 0.5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1, 2.5:1, 3:1, 4:1, 5:1, 6:1, 7:1, 8:1, 9:1, 10:1, 11:1, 12:1, 13:1, 14:1, 15:1, 16:1, 17:1, 18:1, 19:1, 20:1, 30:1, 40:1, 49:1, up to 100:1. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises a plurality of complexes each comprising a polypeptide and a stress protein, wherein the molar ratio of the polypeptide to the stress protein in each complex is at least about 1:1 (e.g., about 1.5:1, 2:1, 2.5:1, 3:1, 4:1, 5:1, 6:1, 7:1, 8:1, 9:1, 10:1, 11:1, 12:1, 13:1, 14:1, 15:1, 16:1, 17:1, 18:1, 19:1, 20:1, 30:1, 40:1, 49:1, up to 100:1). In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) is about 0.5:1 to 5:1.
  • In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) is about 1:1 to 2:1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) is about 1:1, 1.25:1, or 1.5:1. Such ratios, particularly the ratios close to 1:1, are advantageous in that the composition does not comprise a great excess of free peptide(s) that is not bound to a stress protein. Since many antigenic peptides comprising MHC-binding epitopes tend to comprise hydrophobic regions, an excess amount of free peptide(s) may tend to aggregate during preparation and storage of the composition. Substantial complexation with a stress protein at a molar ratio of total polypeptide(s) to total stress protein(s) close to 1:1 (e.g., 1:1, 1.25:1, 1.5:1, or 2:1) is enabled by a high binding affinity of the polypeptide to the stress protein. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, the polypeptide binds to an HSP (e.g., Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, or Calreticulin) with a Kd lower than 10−3M, 10−4 M, 10−5 M, 10−6 M, 10−7 M, 10−8 M, or 10−9 M. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide binds to Hsc70 (e.g., human Hsc70) with a Kd of 10−3 M, 10−4 M, 10−5 M, 10−6 M, 10−7 M, 10−8 M, 10−9 M, or lower.
  • Methods of calculating the amounts of components in the unit dosage form are provided. For example, in certain embodiments, the polypeptides have an average molecular weight of about 3 kD, and the molecular weight of Hsc70 is about 71 kD. Assuming in one embodiment that the total amount of the polypeptides and stress protein in the pharmaceutical composition is 300 μg, and the molar ratio of the polypeptides to hsc70 is 1.5:1. The molar amount of Hsc70 can be calculated as 300 μg divided by 71 kD+1.5×3 kD, resulting in about 4.0 nmol, and the mass amount of Hsc70 can be calculated by multiplying the molar amount with 71 kD, resulting in about 280 kD. The total molar amount of the polypeptides can be calculated as 1.5×4.0 nmol, resulting in 6.0 nmol. If 10 different polypeptides are employed, the molar amount of each polypeptide is 0.60 nmol. Assuming in another embodiment that a 300 μg dose of Hsc70 is intended to be included in a unit dosage form, and the molar ratio of polypeptides to Hsc70 is 1.5:1. The total molar amount of the polypeptides can be calculated as 300 μg divided by 71 kD then times 1.5, resulting in 6.3 nmol. If 10 different polypeptides are employed, the molar amount of each polypeptide is 0.63 nmol. In cases where one or more of the variables are different from those in the examples, the quantities of the stress proteins and of the polypeptides are scaled accordingly.
  • It is further appreciated that the unit dosage form can optionally comprise one or more adjuvants as disclosed supra. In certain embodiments, the adjuvant comprises a saponin and/or an immunostimulatory nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, the adjuvant comprises or further comprises QS-21. In certain embodiments, the amount of QS-21 in the unit dosage form of pharmaceutical composition is 10 μg, 25 μg, or 50 μg. In certain embodiments, the amount of QS-21 in the unit dosage form of pharmaceutical composition is 50 μg. In certain embodiments, the adjuvant comprises a Toll-like receptor (TLR) agonist. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR4. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR7 and/or TLR8. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR9. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR5.
    • 5.5 Methods of Use
  • The compositions (e.g., pharmaceutical compositions), vaccine formulations, and unit dosage forms disclosed herein are useful for inducing a cellular immune response. Stress proteins can deliver immunogenic peptides through the cross-presentation pathway in antigen presenting cells (APCs) (e.g., macrophages and dendritic cells (DCs) via membrane receptors (mainly CD91) or by binding to Toll-like receptors, thereby leading to activation of CD8+ and CD4+ T cells. Internalization of a stress protein-peptide complex results in functional maturation of the APCs with chemokine and cytokine production leading to activation of natural killer cells (NK), monocytes and Th1 and Th-2-mediated immune responses.
  • Accordingly, in one aspect, the instant disclosure provides a method of inducing a cellular immune response to an antigenic peptide in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage form as disclosed herein. In another aspect, the instant disclosure provides a method of treating a disease (e.g., cancer or infection) in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage form as disclosed herein. The compositions (e.g., pharmaceutical compositions), vaccine formulations, and unit dosage forms disclosed herein can also be used in preparing a medicament or vaccine for the treatment of a subject.
  • In various embodiments, such subjects can be an animal, e.g., a mammal, a non-human primate, and a human. The term “animal” includes companion animals, such as cats and dogs; zoo animals; wild animals, including deer, foxes and raccoons; farm animals, livestock and fowl, including horses, cattle, sheep, pigs, turkeys, ducks, and chickens, and laboratory animals, such as rodents, rabbits, and guinea pigs. In certain embodiments, the subject has cancer. In certain embodiments, the subject has infection of a pathogenic microbe.
    • 5.5.1 Treatment of Cancer
  • The compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms of the invention can be used alone or in combination with other therapies for the treatment of cancer. One or more of the MHC-binding epitopes in the HSP-binding antigenic conjugate(s) or peptide(s) can be present in the subject's cancer cells. In certain embodiments, one or more of the MHC-binding epitopes are common to or frequently found in the type and/or stage of the cancer. As used herein, the term “frequently found in cancers” refers to one or more mutant MHC-binding epitopes that are found in greater than 5% of cancers. In certain embodiments, one or more of the MHC-binding epitopes are specific to the cancer of the subject.
  • Cancers that can be treated using the compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms of the invention include, without limitation, a solid tumor, a hematological cancer (e.g., leukemia, lymphoma, myeloma, e.g., multiple myeloma), and a metastatic lesion. In one embodiment, the cancer is a solid tumor. Examples of solid tumors include malignancies, e.g., sarcomas and carcinomas, e.g., adenocarcinomas of the various organ systems, such as those affecting the lung, breast, ovarian, lymphoid, gastrointestinal (e.g., colon), anal, genitals and genitourinary tract (e.g., renal, urothelial, bladder cells, prostate), pharynx, CNS (e.g., brain, neural or glial cells), head and neck, skin (e.g., melanoma), and pancreas, as well as adenocarcinomas which include malignancies such as colon cancers, rectal cancer, renal-cell carcinoma, liver cancer, lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer or small cell lung cancer), cancer of the small intestine and cancer of the esophagus. The cancer may be at an early, intermediate, late stage or metastatic cancer. In certain embodiments, the cancer is associated with elevated PD-1 activity (e.g., elevated PD-1 expression).
  • In one embodiment, the cancer is chosen from a lung cancer (e.g., lung adenocarcinoma or a non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) (e.g., a NSCLC with squamous and/or non-squamous histology, or a NSCLC adenocarcinoma)), a melanoma (e.g., an advanced melanoma), a renal cancer (e.g., a renal cell carcinoma), a liver cancer (e.g., hepatocellular carcinoma or intrahepatic cholangiocellular carcinoma), a myeloma (e.g., a multiple myeloma), a prostate cancer, a breast cancer (e.g., a breast cancer that does not express one, two or all of estrogen receptor, progesterone receptor, or Her2/neu, e.g., a triple negative breast cancer), an ovarian cancer, a colorectal cancer, a pancreatic cancer, a head and neck cancer (e.g., head and neck squamous cell carcinoma (HNSCC), anal cancer, gastro-esophageal cancer (e.g., esophageal squamous cell carcinoma), mesothelioma, nasopharyngeal cancer, thyroid cancer, cervical cancer, epithelial cancer, peritoneal cancer, or a lymphoproliferative disease (e.g., a post-transplant lymphoproliferative disease). In one embodiment, the cancer is NSCLC. In one embodiment, the cancer is a renal cell carcinoma. In one embodiment, the cancer is an ovarian cancer, optionally wherein the ovarian cancer is associated with human papillomavirus (HPV) infection. In a specific embodiment, the ovarian cancer is a platinum-refractory ovarian cancer.
  • In one embodiment, the cancer is a hematological cancer, for example, a leukemia, a lymphoma, or a myeloma. In one embodiment, the cancer is a leukemia, for example, acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), acute myeloblastic leukemia (AML), chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), chronic myeloid leukemia (CML), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), or hairy cell leukemia. In one embodiment, the cancer is a lymphoma, for example, B cell lymphoma, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), activated B-cell like (ABC) diffuse large B cell lymphoma, germinal center B cell (GCB) diffuse large B cell lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, Hodgkin lymphoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, relapsed non-Hodgkin lymphoma, refractory non-Hodgkin lymphoma, recurrent follicular non-Hodgkin lymphoma, Burkitt lymphoma, small lymphocytic lymphoma, follicular lymphoma, lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma, or extranodal marginal zone lymphoma. In one embodiment the cancer is a myeloma, for example, multiple myeloma.
  • In another embodiment, the cancer is chosen from a carcinoma (e.g., advanced or metastatic carcinoma), melanoma or a lung carcinoma, e.g., a non-small cell lung carcinoma.
  • In one embodiment, the cancer is a lung cancer, e.g., a lung adenocarcinoma, non-small cell lung cancer or small cell lung cancer.
  • In one embodiment, the cancer is a melanoma, e.g., an advanced melanoma. In one embodiment, the cancer is an advanced or unresectable melanoma that does not respond to other therapies. In other embodiments, the cancer is a melanoma with a BRAF mutation (e.g., a BRAF V600 mutation). In yet other embodiments, the compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms disclosed herein is administered after treatment with an anti-CTLA-4 antibody (e.g., ipilimumab) with or without a BRAF inhibitor (e.g., vemurafenib or dabrafenib).
  • In another embodiment, the cancer is a hepatocarcinoma, e.g., an advanced hepatocarcinoma, with or without a viral infection, e.g., a chronic viral hepatitis.
  • In another embodiment, the cancer is a prostate cancer, e.g., an advanced prostate cancer.
  • In yet another embodiment, the cancer is a myeloma, e.g., multiple myeloma.
  • In yet another embodiment, the cancer is a renal cancer, e.g., a renal cell carcinoma (RCC) (e.g., a metastatic RCC, clear cell renal cell carcinoma (CCRCC) or kidney papillary cell carcinoma).
  • In yet another embodiment, the cancer is chosen from a lung cancer, a melanoma, a renal cancer, a breast cancer, a colorectal cancer, a leukemia, or a metastatic lesion of the cancer.
  • The compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms of the invention may be administered when a cancer is detected, or prior to or during an episode of recurrence.
  • Administration can begin at the first sign of cancer or recurrence, followed by boosting doses until at least symptoms are substantially abated and for a period thereafter.
  • In some embodiments, the compositions can be administered to a subject with cancer who has undergone tumor resection surgery that results in an insufficient amount of resected tumor tissue (e.g., less than 7 g, less than 6 g, less than 5 g, less than 4 g, less than 3 g, less than 2 g, or less than 1 g of resected tumor tissue) for production of a therapeutically effective amount of an autologous cancer vaccine comprising a representative set of antigens collected from the resected tumor tissue. See, for example, cancer vaccines described in Expert Opin. Biol. Ther. 2009 February; 9(2):179-86; incorporated herein by reference.
  • The compositions, vaccine formulations, and unit dosage forms of the invention can also be used for immunization against recurrence of cancers. Prophylactic administration of a composition to an individual can confer protection against a future recurrence of a cancer.
    • 5.5.2 Treatment of Infection
  • The compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms of the invention can be used alone or in combination with other therapies for the treatment of a microbial infection (e.g., a pathogenic microbial infection). One or more of the MHC-binding epitopes in the HSP-binding antigenic conjugate(s) or peptide(s) can be identified from the microbe. In certain embodiments, one or more of the MHC-binding epitopes are present at the surface of the microbe or a cell infected with the microbe.
  • Infections that can be treated using the compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms of the invention include, without limitation, a viral infection, a bacterial infection, a fungal infection, a protozoal infection, or a parasitic infection.
  • Viral infections that can be treated by the compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, those caused by hepatitis type A, hepatitis type B, hepatitis type C, influenza (e.g., influenza A or influenza B), varicella, adenovirus, herpes simplex type I (HSV-I), herpes simplex type II (HSV-II), rinderpest, rhinovirus, echovirus, rotavirus, respiratory syncytial virus, papilloma virus (e.g., human papillomavirus (HPV)), papova virus, cytomegalovirus, echinovirus, arbovirus, hantavirus, coxsackie virus, mumps virus, measles virus, rubella virus, polio virus, Epstein Barr virus (EBV), human immunodeficiency virus type I (HIV-I), human immunodeficiency virus type II (HIV-II), dengue virus, smallpox virus, rabies virus, rabies virus, and Zika virus. Viral diseases caused by any of these viruses that can be treated in accordance with the methods described herein include, but are not limited to, fever, immunodeficiency, viral meningitis, and encephalitis.
  • Bacterial infections that can be treated by the compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, infections caused by Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus, Enterococcus faecalis, Proteus vulgaris, Staphylococcus viridans, and Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Bacterial diseases caused by any of these bacteria that can be treated in accordance with the methods described herein include, but are not limited to, Mycobacteria rickettsia, Mycoplasma, Neisseria, S. pneumonia, Borrelia burgdorferi (Lyme disease), Bacillus antracis (anthrax), tetanus, Streptococcus, Staphylococcus, mycobacterium, pertissus, cholera, plague, diptheria, chlamydia, S. aureus and legionella.
  • Fungal infections that can be treated by the compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, infections caused by Candida (e.g., Candida glabrata), Pneumocystis carinii, Fusarium keratitis, coccidioidal, Aspergillus niger, Cryptococcus neoformans, and Curvularia geniculata. Fungal diseases caused by any of these bacteria that can be treated in accordance with the methods described herein include, but are not limited to, zygomycosis, Candida mastitis, progressive disseminated trichosporonosis with latent trichosporonemia, disseminated candidiasis, pulmonary paracoccidioidomycosis, pulmonary aspergillosis, Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia, cryptococcal meningitis, coccidioidal meningoencephalitis and cerebrospinal vasculitis, paranasal sinus mycoses, Aspergillus fumigatus endocarditis, tibial dyschondroplasia, Candida glabrata vaginitis, oropharyngeal candidiasis, X-linked chronic granulomatous disease, tinea pedis, cutaneous candidiasis, mycotic placentitis, disseminated trichosporonosis, allergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis, mycotic keratitis, fungal peritonitis, staphylococcal endophthalmitis, sporotrichosis, and dermatophytosis.
  • Protozoal infections that can be treated by the compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, infections caused by leishmania, coccidiosis, trypanosoma schistosoma, and malaria.
  • Parasitic infections that can be treated by the compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, infections caused by chlamydia and rickettsia.
  • The compositions, vaccine formulations, and unit dosage forms of the invention can be used for immunization against subjects who have been diagnosed, by any medical methods known in the art, to have infections. They can be used for immunization against subjects who have been exposed to a pathogenic microbe, will be exposed to a pathogenic microbe, or are otherwise at a high risk of contracting an infectious disease, for prophylaxis.
    • 5.5.3 Combination Therapy
  • Combination therapy refers to the use of compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms of the invention, as a first modality, with a second modality to treat cancer or infections. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, the instant disclosure provides a method of inducing a cellular immune response to an antigenic peptide in a subject as disclosed herein, or a method of treating a disease in a subject as disclosed herein, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of (a) a composition, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage form as disclosed herein and (b) a second modality.
  • In one embodiment, the second modality is a non-HSP modality, e.g., a modality that does not comprise HSP as a component. This approach is commonly termed combination therapy, adjunctive therapy or conjunctive therapy (the terms are used interchangeably). With combination therapy, additive potency or additive therapeutic effect can be observed. Synergistic outcomes are sought where the therapeutic efficacy is greater than additive. The use of combination therapy can also provide better therapeutic profiles than the administration of either the first or the second modality alone.
  • The additive or synergistic effect may allow for a reduction in the dosage and/or dosing frequency of either or both modalities to mitigate adverse effects. In certain embodiments, the second modality administered alone is not clinically adequate to treat the subject (e.g., the subject is non-responsive or refractory to the single modality), such that the subject needs an additional modality. In certain embodiments, the subject has responded to the second modality, yet suffers from side effects, relapses, develops resistance, etc., such that the subject needs an additional modality. Methods of the invention comprising administration of the compositions, vaccine formulations, or unit dosage forms of the invention to such subjects to improve the therapeutic effectiveness of the second modality. The effectiveness of a treatment modality can be assayed in vivo or in vitro using methods known in the art.
  • In one embodiment, a lesser amount of the second modality is required to produce a therapeutic benefit in a subject. In specific embodiments, a reduction of about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40% and 50% of the amount of second modality can be achieved. The amount of the second modality, including amounts in a range that does not produce any observable therapeutic benefits, can be determined by dose-response experiments conducted in animal models by methods well known in the art.
  • In certain embodiments, the second modality comprises a TCR, e.g., a soluble TCR or a cell expressing a TCR. In certain embodiments, the second modality comprises a cell expressing a chimeric antigen receptor (CAR). In certain embodiments, the cell expressing the TCR or CAR is a T cell. In a particular embodiment, the TCR or CAR binds to (e.g., specifically binds to) at least one MHC-binding epitope in the composition, vaccine formulation, or unit dosage form of the invention.
  • In certain embodiments, the second modality comprises a TCR mimic antibody. In certain embodiments, the TCR mimic antibody is an antibody that specifically binds to a peptide-MHC complex. Non-limiting examples of TCR mimic antibodies are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 9,074,000, U.S. Publication Nos. US 2009/0304679 A1 and US 2014/0134191 A1, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. In a particular embodiment, the TCR mimic antibody binds to (e.g., specifically binds to) at least one MHC-binding epitope in the composition, vaccine formulation, or unit dosage form of the invention.
  • In certain embodiments, the second modality comprises a checkpoint targeting agent. In certain embodiments, the checkpoint targeting agent is selected from the group consisting of an antagonist anti-CTLA-4 antibody, an antagonist anti-PD-L1 antibody, an antagonist anti-PD-L2 antibody, an antagonist anti-PD-1 antibody, an antagonist anti-TIM-3 antibody, an antagonist anti-LAG-3 antibody, an antagonist anti-CEACAM1 antibody, an agonist anti-CD137 antibody, an antagonist anti-TIGIT antibody, an antagonist anti-VISTA antibody, an agonist anti-GITR antibody, and an agonist anti-0X40 antibody.
  • In certain embodiments, an anti-PD-1 antibody is used as the second modality in methods disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is nivolumab, also known as BMS-936558 or MDX1106, developed by Bristol-Myers Squibb. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is pembrolizumab, also known as lambrolizumab or MK-3475, developed by Merck & Co. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is pidilizumab, also known as CT-011, developed by CureTech. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is MEDI0680, also known as AMP-514, developed by Medimmune. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is PDR001 developed by Novartis Pharmaceuticals. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is REGN2810 developed by Regeneron Pharmaceuticals. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is PF-06801591 developed by Pfizer. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is BGB-A317 developed by BeiGene. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is TSR-042 developed by AnaptysBio and Tesaro. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is SHR-1210 developed by Hengrui.
  • Further non-limiting examples of anti-PD-1 antibodies that may be used in treatment methods disclosed herein are disclosed in the following patents and patent applications, all of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties for all purposes: U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,808,710; 7,332,582; 7,488,802; 8,008,449; 8,114,845; 8,168,757; 8,354,509; 8,686,119; 8,735,553; 8,747,847; 8,779,105; 8,927,697; 8,993,731; 9,102,727; 9,205,148; U.S. Publication No. US 2013/0202623 A1; U.S. Publication No. US 2013/0291136 A1; U.S. Publication No. US 2014/0044738 A1; U.S. Publication No. US 2014/0356363 A1; U.S. Publication No. US 2016/0075783 A1; and PCT Publication No. WO 2013/033091 A1; PCT Publication No. WO 2015/036394 A1; PCT Publication No. WO 2014/179664 A2; PCT Publication No. WO 2014/209804 A1; PCT Publication No. WO 2014/206107 A1; PCT Publication No. WO 2015/058573 A1; PCT Publication No. WO 2015/085847 A1; PCT Publication No. WO 2015/200119 A1; PCT Publication No. WO 2016/015685 A1; and PCT Publication No. WO 2016/020856 A1.
  • In certain embodiments, an anti-PD-L1 antibody is used as the second modality in methods disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-L1 antibody is atezolizumab developed by Genentech. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-L1 antibody is durvalumab developed by AstraZeneca, Celgene and Medimmune. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-L1 antibody is avelumab, also known as MSB0010718C, developed by Merck Serono and Pfizer. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-L1 antibody is MDX-1105 developed by Bristol-Myers Squibb. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-L1 antibody is AMP-224 developed by Amplimmune and GSK.
  • Non-limiting examples of anti-PD-L1 antibodies that may be used in treatment methods disclosed herein are disclosed in the following patents and patent applications, all of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties for all purposes: U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,943,743; 8,168,179; 8,217,149; 8,552,154; U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,779,108; 8,981,063; 9,175,082; U.S. Publication No. US 2010/0203056 A1; U.S. Publication No. US 2003/0232323 A1; U.S. Publication No. US 2013/0323249 A1; U.S. Publication No. US 2014/0341917 A1; U.S. Publication No. US 2014/0044738 A1; U.S. Publication No. US 2015/0203580 A1; U.S. Publication No. US 2015/0225483 A1; U.S. Publication No. US 2015/0346208 A1; U.S. Publication No. US 2015/0355184 A1; and PCT Publication No. WO 2014/100079 A1; PCT Publication No. WO 2014/022758 A1; PCT Publication No. WO 2014/055897 A2; PCT Publication No. WO 2015/061668 A1; PCT Publication No. WO 2015/109124 A1; PCT Publication No. WO 2015/195163 A1; PCT Publication No. WO 2016/000619 A1; and PCT Publication No. WO 2016/030350 A1.
  • In certain embodiments, a compound that targets an immunomodulatory enzyme(s) such as IDO (indoleamine-(2,3)-dioxygenase) and/or TDO (tryptophan 2,3-dioxygenase) is used as the second modality in methods disclosed herein. Therefore, in one embodiment, the compound targets an immunomodulatory enzyme(s), such as an inhibitor of indoleamine-(2,3)-dioxygenase (IDO). In certain embodiments, such compound is selected from the group consisting of epacadostat (Incyte Corp; see, e.g., WO 2010/005958 which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), F001287 (Flexus Biosciences/Bristol-Myers Squibb), indoximod (NewLink Genetics), and NLG919 (NewLink Genetics). In one embodiment, the compound is epacadostat. In another embodiment, the compound is F001287. In another embodiment, the compound is indoximod. In another embodiment, the compound is NLG919. In a specific embodiment, an anti-TIM-3 (e.g., human TIM-3) antibody disclosed herein is administered to a subject in combination with an IDO inhibitor for treating cancer. The IDO inhibitor as described herein for use in treating cancer is present in a solid dosage form of a pharmaceutical composition such as a tablet, a pill or a capsule, wherein the pharmaceutical composition includes an IDO inhibitor and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. As such, the antibody as described herein and the IDO inhibitor as described herein can be administered separately, sequentially or concurrently as separate dosage forms. In one embodiment, the antibody is administered parenterally, and the IDO inhibitor is administered orally. In particular embodiments, the inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of epacadostat (Incyte Corporation), F001287 (Flexus Biosciences/Bristol-Myers Squibb), indoximod (NewLink Genetics), and NLG919 (NewLink Genetics). Epacadostat has been described in PCT Publication No. WO 2010/005958, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes. In one embodiment, the inhibitor is epacadostat. In another embodiment, the inhibitor is F001287. In another embodiment, the inhibitor is indoximod. In another embodiment, the inhibitor is NLG919.
  • In certain embodiments, the second modality comprises a different vaccine (e.g., a peptide vaccine, a DNA vaccine, or an RNA vaccine) for treating cancer or infection. In certain embodiments, the vaccine is a heat shock protein based tumor vaccine or a heat shock protein based pathogen vaccine (e.g., a vaccine as described in WO 2016/183486, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). In a specific embodiment, the second modality comprises a stress protein-based vaccine. For example, in certain embodiments, the second modality comprises a composition, vaccine formulation, or unit dosage form as disclosed herein that is different from the first modality. In certain embodiments, the second modality comprises a composition, vaccine formulation, or unit dosage form analogous to those disclosed herein except for having a different sequence of the HSP-binding peptide. In certain embodiments, the stress protein-based vaccine is derived from a tumor preparation, such that the immunity elicited by the vaccine is specifically directed against the unique antigenic peptide repertoire expressed by the cancer of each subject.
  • In certain embodiments, the second modality comprises one or more adjuvants, such as the ones disclosed supra that may be included in the vaccine formulation disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, the second modality comprises a saponin, an immunostimulatory nucleic acid, and/or QS-21. In certain embodiments, the second modality comprises a Toll-like receptor (TLR) agonist. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR4. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR7 and/or TLR8. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR9. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR5.
  • In certain embodiments, the second modality comprises one or more of the agents selected from the group consisting of lenalidomide, dexamethasone, interleukin-2, recombinant interferon alfa-2b, and peginterferon alfa-2b.
  • In certain embodiments, where the pharmaceutical composition, vaccine formulation, or unit dosage form is used for treating a subject having cancer, the second modality comprises a chemotherapeutic or a radiotherapeutic. In certain embodiments, the chemotherapeutic agent is a hypomethylating agent (e.g., azacitidine).
  • In certain embodiments, where the pharmaceutical composition, vaccine formulation, or unit dosage form is used for treating a subject having infection of a pathogenic microbe, the second modality comprises one or more anti-infective interventions (e.g., antivirals, antibacterials, antifungals, or anti-helminthics) for the treatment of the infectious disease.
  • The composition, vaccine formulation, or unit dosage form of the invention can be administered separately, sequentially, or concurrently from the second modality (e.g., chemotherapeutic, radiotherapeutic, checkpoint targeting agent, IDO inhibitor, vaccine, adjuvant, soluble TCR, cell expressing a TCR, cell expressing a CAR, and/or TCR mimic antibody), by the same or different delivery routes.
    • 5.5.4 Dosage Regimen
  • The dosage of the compositions or vaccine formulations disclosed herein, and the dosage of any additional treatment modality if combination therapy is to be administered, depends to a large extent on the weight and general state of health of the subject being treated, as well as the frequency of treatment and the route of administration. Amounts effective for this use will also depend on the stage and severity of the disease and the judgment of the prescribing physician, but generally range for the initial immunization (that is, for therapeutic administration) from about 1.0 μg to about 1000 μg (1 mg) (including, for example, 10, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 240, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, or 1000 μg) of any one of the compositions disclosed herein for a 70 kg patient, followed by boosting dosages of from about 1.0 μg to about 1000 μg of the composition (including, for example, 10, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, or 1000 μg) pursuant to a boosting regimen over weeks to months depending upon the patient's response and condition by measuring specific CTL activity in the patient's blood. Regimens for continuing therapy, including site, dose and frequency may be guided by the initial response and clinical judgment. Dosage ranges and regimens for adjuvants are known to those in the art, see, e.g., Vogel and Powell, 1995, A Compendium of Vaccine Adjuvants and Excipients; M. F. Powell, M. J. Newman (eds.), Plenum Press, New York, pages 141-228.
  • Preferred adjuvants include QS-21, e.g., QS-21 Stimulon®, and CpG oligonucleotides. Exemplary dosage ranges for QS-21 are 1 μg to 200 μg per administration. In other embodiments, dosages for QS-21 can be 10, 25, and 50 μg per administration. In certain embodiments, the adjuvant comprises a Toll-like receptor (TLR) agonist. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR4. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR7 and/or TLR8. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR9. In certain embodiments, the TRL agonist is an agonist of TLR5.
  • In certain embodiments, the administered amount of compositions depends on the route of administration and the type of HSPs in the compositions. For example, the amount of HSP in the compositions can range, for example, from 5 to 1000 μg (1 mg) per administration. In certain embodiments, the administered amount of compositions comprising Hsc70-, Hsp70- and/or Gp96-polypeptide complexes is, for example, 5, 10, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 750, 800, 900, or 1000 μg. In certain embodiments, the administered amount of the composition is in the range of about 10 to 600 μg per administration and about 5 to 100 μg if the composition is administered intradermally. In certain embodiments, the administered amount of the composition is about 5 μg to 600 μg, about 5 μg to 300 μg, about 5 μg to 150 μg, or about 5 μg to 60 μg. In certain embodiments, the administered amount of the composition is less than 100 μg. In certain embodiments, the administered amount of the composition is about 5 μg, 25 μg, 50 μg, or 240 μg. In certain embodiments, the compositions comprising complexes of stress proteins and polypeptides are purified.
  • In one embodiment of a therapeutic regimen, a dosage substantially equivalent to that observed to be effective in smaller non-human animals (e.g., mice or guinea pigs) is effective for human administration, optionally subject to a correction factor not exceeding a fifty fold increase, based on the relative lymph node sizes in such mammals and in humans. Specifically, interspecies dose-response equivalence for stress proteins (or HSPs) noncovalently bound to or mixed with antigenic molecules for a human dose is estimated as the product of the therapeutic dosage observed in mice and a single scaling ratio, not exceeding a fifty fold increase. In certain embodiment, the dosages of the composition can be much smaller than the dosage estimated by extrapolation.
  • The doses recited above can be given once or repeatedly, such as daily, every other day, weekly, biweekly, or monthly, for a period up to a year or over a year. Doses are preferably given once every 28 days for a period of about 52 weeks or more.
  • In one embodiment, the compositions are administered to a subject at reasonably the same time as an additional treatment modality or modalities. This method provides that the two administrations are performed within a time frame of less than one minute to about five minutes, or up to about sixty minutes from each other, for example, at the same doctor's visit.
  • In another embodiment, the compositions and an additional treatment modality or modalities are administered at exactly the same time.
  • In yet another embodiment the compositions and an additional treatment modality or modalities are administered in a sequence and within a time interval such that the complexes of the invention and the additional treatment modality or modalities can act together to provide an increased benefit than if they were administered alone.
  • In another embodiment, the compositions and an additional treatment modality or modalities are administered sufficiently close in time so as to provide the desired therapeutic or prophylactic outcome. Each can be administered simultaneously or separately, in any appropriate form and by any suitable route. In one embodiment, the complexes of the invention and the additional treatment modality or modalities are administered by different routes of administration. In an alternate embodiment, each is administered by the same route of administration. The compositions can be administered at the same or different sites, e.g. arm and leg. When administered simultaneously, the compositions and an additional treatment modality or modalities may or may not be administered in admixture or at the same site of administration by the same route of administration.
  • In various embodiments, the compositions and an additional treatment modality or modalities are administered less than 1 hour apart, at about 1 hour apart, 1 hour to 2 hours apart, 2 hours to 3 hours apart, 3 hours to 4 hours apart, 4 hours to 5 hours apart, 5 hours to 6 hours apart, 6 hours to 7 hours apart, 7 hours to 8 hours apart, 8 hours to 9 hours apart, 9 hours to 10 hours apart, 10 hours to 11 hours apart, 11 hours to 12 hours apart, no more than 24 hours apart or no more than 48 hours apart. In other embodiments, the compositions and a vaccine composition are administered 2 to 4 days apart, 4 to 6 days apart, 1 week a part, 1 to 2 weeks apart, 2 to 4 weeks apart, one month apart, 1 to 2 months apart, or 2 or more months apart. In preferred embodiments, the compositions and an additional treatment modality or modalities are administered in a time frame where both are still active. One skilled in the art would be able to determine such a time frame by determining the half-life of each administered component.
  • In certain embodiments, the compositions are administered to the subject weekly for at least four weeks. In certain embodiments, after the four weekly doses, at least 2 (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20) further doses of the compositions are administered biweekly to the subject. In certain embodiments, the compositions administered as a booster three months after the final weekly or biweekly dose. The three monthly booster can be administered for the life of the subject (e.g., at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or more years). In certain embodiments, the total number of doses of the compositions administered to the subject is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20.
  • In one embodiment, the compositions and an additional treatment modality or modalities are administered within the same patient visit. In certain embodiments, the compositions are administered prior to the administration of an additional treatment modality or modalities. In an alternate specific embodiment, the compositions are administered subsequent to the administration of an additional treatment modality or modalities.
  • In certain embodiments, the compositions and an additional treatment modality or modalities are cyclically administered to a subject. Cycling therapy involves the administration of the compositions for a period of time, followed by the administration of a modality for a period of time and repeating this sequential administration. Cycling therapy can reduce the development of resistance to one or more of the therapies, avoid or reduce the side effects of one of the therapies, and/or improve the efficacy of the treatment. In such embodiments, the disclosure contemplates the alternating administration of the compositions followed by the administration of a modality 4 to 6 days later, preferable 2 to 4 days, later, more preferably 1 to 2 days later, wherein such a cycle may be repeated as many times as desired. In certain embodiments, the compositions and the modality are alternately administered in a cycle of less than 3 weeks, once every two weeks, once every 10 days or once every week. In certain embodiments, the compositions are administered to a subject within a time frame of one hour to twenty four hours after the administration of a modality. The time frame can be extended further to a few days or more if a slow- or continuous-release type of modality delivery system is used.
    • 5.5.5 Routes of Administration
  • The compositions disclosed herein may be administered using any desired route of administration. Many methods may be used to introduce the compositions described above, including but not limited to, oral, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, mucosal, intranasal, intra-tumoral, and intra-lymph node routes. Non-mucosal routes of administration include, but are not limited to, intradermal and topical administration. Mucosal routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral, rectal and nasal administration. Advantages of intradermal administration include use of lower doses and rapid absorption, respectively. Advantages of subcutaneous or intramuscular administration include suitability for some insoluble suspensions and oily suspensions, respectively. Preparations for mucosal administrations are suitable in various formulations as described below.
  • Solubility and the site of the administration are factors which should be considered when choosing the route of administration of the compositions. The mode of administration can be varied between multiple routes of administration, including those listed above.
  • If the compositions are water-soluble, then it may be formulated in an appropriate buffer, for example, phosphate buffered saline or other physiologically compatible solutions, preferably sterile. Alternatively, if a composition has poor solubility in aqueous solvents, then it may be formulated with a non-ionic surfactant such as Tween, or polyethylene glycol. Thus, the compositions may be formulated for administration by inhalation or insufflation (either through the mouth or the nose) or oral, buccal, parenteral, or rectal administration.
  • For oral administration, the composition may be in liquid form, for example, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or may be presented as a drug product for reconstitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use. Such a liquid preparation may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters, or fractionated vegetable oils); and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid). The compositions may take the form of, for example, tablets or capsules prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pre-gelatinized maize starch, polyvinyl pyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc or silica); disintegrants (e.g., potato starch or sodium starch glycolate); or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulphate). The tablets may be coated by methods well-known in the art.
  • The compositions for oral administration may be suitably formulated to be released in a controlled and/or timed manner.
  • For buccal administration, the compositions may take the form of tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner.
  • The preparation may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion. Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative. The preparation may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
  • The preparation may also be formulated in a rectal preparation such as a suppository or retention enema, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
  • In addition to the formulations described above, the preparation may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example, subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection.
  • Thus, for example, the preparation may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example, as emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt. Liposomes and emulsions are well known examples of delivery vehicles or carriers for hydrophilic drugs.
  • For administration by inhalation, the compositions are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges of, e.g., gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
    • 5.5.6 Patient (Subject) Evaluation
  • Patients treated with the compositions disclosed herein may be tested for an anti-tumor immune response. In this regard, peripheral blood from patients may be obtained and assayed for markers of anti-tumor immunity. Using standard laboratory procedures, leukocytes may be obtained from the peripheral blood and assayed for frequency of different immune cell phenotypes, HLA subtype, and function of anti-tumor immune cells.
  • The majority of effector immune cells in the anti-tumor response is CD8+ T cells and thus is HLA class I restricted. Using immunotherapeutic strategies in other tumor types, expansion of CD8+ cells that recognize HLA class I restricted antigens is found in a majority of patients. However, other cell types are involved in the anti-tumor immune response, including, for example, CD4+ T cells, and macrophages and dendritic cells, which may act as antigen-presenting cells. Populations of T cells (CD4+, CD8+, and Treg cells), macrophages, and antigen presenting cells may be determined using flow cytometry. HLA typing may be performed using routine methods in the art, such as methods described in Boegel et al. Genome Medicine 2012, 4:102 (seq2HLA), or using a TruSight® HLA sequencing panel (Illumina, Inc.). The HLA subtype of CD8+ T cells may be determined by a complement-dependent microcytotoxicity test.
  • To determine if there is an increase in anti-tumor T cell response, an enzyme linked immunospot assay may be performed to quantify the IFNγ-producing peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC). This technique provides an assay for antigen recognition and immune cell function. In some embodiments, subjects who respond clinically to the vaccine may have an increase in tumor-specific T cells and/or IFNγ-producing PBMCs. In some embodiments, immune cell frequency is evaluated using flow cytometry. In some embodiments, antigen recognition and immune cell function is evaluated using enzyme linked immunospot assays.
  • In some embodiments, a panel of assays may be performed to characterize the immune response generated to the composition alone or given in combination with standard of care (e.g., maximal surgical resection, radiotherapy, and concomitant and adjuvant chemotherapy with temozolomide for glioblastoma multiforme). In some embodiments, the panel of assays includes one or more of the following tests: whole blood cell count, absolute lymphocyte count, monocyte count, percentage of CD4+CD3+ T cells, percentage of CD8+CD3+ T cells, percentage of CD4+CD25+FoxP3+ regulatory T cells and other phenotyping of PBL surface markers, intracellular cytokine staining to detect proinflammatory cytokines at the protein level, qPCR to detect cytokines at the mRNA level and CFSE dilution to assay T cell proliferation.
  • In evaluating a subject, a number of other tests may be performed to determine the overall health of the subject. For example, blood samples may be collected from subjects and analyzed for hematology, coagulation times and serum biochemistry. Hematology for CBC may include red blood cell count, platelets, hematocrit, hemoglobin, white blood cell (WBC) count, plus WBC differential to be provided with absolute counts for neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils, lymphocytes, and monocytes. Serum biochemistry may include albumin, alkaline phosphatase, aspartate amino transferase, alanine amino transferase, total bilirubin, BUN, glucose, creatinine, potassium and sodium. Protime (PT) and partial thromboplastin time (PTT) may also be tested. One or more of the following tests may also be conducted: anti-thyroid (anti-microsomal or thyroglobulin) antibody tests, assessment for anti-nuclear antibody, and rheumatoid factor. Urinalysis may be performed to evaluated protein, RBC, and WBC levels in urine. Also, a blood draw to determine histocompatibility leukocyte antigen (HLA) status may be performed.
  • In some embodiments, radiologic tumor evaluations are performed one or more times throughout a treatment to evaluate tumor size and status. For example, tumor evaluation scans may be performed within 30 days prior to surgery, within 48 hours after surgery (e.g., to evaluate percentage resection), 1 week (maximum 14 days) prior to the first vaccination (e.g., as a baseline evaluation), and approximately every 8 weeks thereafter for a particular duration. MRI or CT imaging may be used. Typically, the same imaging modality used for the baseline assessment is used for each tumor evaluation visit.
    • 5.6 Kits
  • Kits are also provided for carrying out the prophylactic and therapeutic methods disclosed herein. The kits may optionally further comprise instructions on how to use the various components of the kits.
  • In certain embodiments, the kit comprises a first container containing the composition disclosed herein, and a second container containing one or more adjuvants. The adjuvant can be any adjuvant disclosed herein, e.g., a saponin, an immunostimulatory nucleic acid, or QS-21 (e.g., QS-21)Stimulon®. In certain embodiments, the kit further comprises a third container containing an additional treatment modality. The kit can further comprise an instruction on the indication, dosage regimen, and route of administration of the composition, adjuvant, and additional treatment modality, e.g., as disclosed in Section 5.5 herein.
  • Alternatively, the kit can comprise the stress protein(s) and polypeptide(s) of a composition disclosed herein in separate containers. In certain embodiments, the kit comprises a first container containing one or more polypeptides disclosed herein, and a second container containing a purified stress protein capable of binding to the polypeptide.
  • The first container can contain any number of different polypeptides. For example, in certain embodiments, the first container contains no more than 100 different polypeptides, e.g., 2-50, 2-30, 2-20, 5-20, 5-15, 5-10, or 10-15 different polypeptides. In certain embodiments, each of the different polypeptides comprises the same HSP-binding peptide and a different antigenic peptide. In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) in the first container is a suitable amount for a unit dosage. In certain embodiments, the total amount of the polypeptide(s) in the first container is about 0.1 to 20 nmol (e.g., 3, 4, 5, or 6 nmol).
  • The second container can contain any stress protein disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is selected from the group consisting of Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, or Calreticulin, and a mutant or fusion protein thereof. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is Hsc70 (e.g., human Hsc70). In certain embodiments, the stress protein is a recombinant protein. In certain embodiments, the total amount of the stress protein(s) in the second container is about 10 μg to 600 μg (e.g., 250 μg to 290 μg). In certain embodiments, the total amount of the stress protein(s) in the second container is about 50 μg, 100 μg, 200 μg, 300 μg, 400 μg, or 500 μg. In certain embodiments, the amount of the stress protein in the pharmaceutical composition is about 300 μg. In certain embodiments, the total molar amount of the stress protein(s) in the second container is calculated based on the total molar amount of the polypeptide(s) in the first container, such that the molar ratio of the polypeptide(s) to the stress protein(s) is about 0.5:1 to 5:1 (e.g., about 1:1 to 2:1, e.g., about 1:1, 1.25:1, or 1.5:1). In certain embodiments, the total amount of the stress protein(s) in the second container is an amount for multiple administrations (e.g., less than or equal to 1 mg, 3 mg, 10 mg, 30 mg, or 100 mg).
  • In certain embodiments, the kit further comprises an instruction for preparing a composition from the polypeptide(s) in the first container and the stress protein(s) in the second container (e.g., an instruction for the complexing reaction as disclosed in Section 5.4.2 herein).
  • In certain embodiments, the kit further comprises a third container containing one or more adjuvants. The adjuvant can be any adjuvant disclosed herein, e.g., a saponin, an immunostimulatory nucleic acid, or QS-21 (e.g., QS-21 Stimulon®). In certain embodiments, the kit further comprises a fourth container containing an additional treatment modality. The kit can further comprise an instruction on the indication, dosage regimen, and route of administration of the composition prepared from the polypeptide(s) and stress protein(s), the adjuvant, and the additional treatment modality, e.g., as disclosed in Section 5.5 herein.
  • In certain embodiments, the composition, polypeptide(s), stress protein(s), adjuvant(s), and additional treatment modality in the containers are present in pre-determined amounts effective to treat cancers or infections. If desired, the compositions can be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms of the compositions. The pack may, for example, comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack. The pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration.
    • 5.7 HPV Peptides
  • In another aspect, the instant disclosure provides a polypeptide comprising an HSP-binding peptide and an amino acid sequence from a human papillomavirus (HPV) (e.g., HPV16 or HPV18). Such amino acid sequence is also referred to as an HPV peptide herein.
  • The HPV peptide can comprise any amino acid sequence as disclosed in Table 3. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence from HPV comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, or 53.
  • TABLE 3
    Amino acid sequences of antigenic HPV peptides
    Peptide SEQ
    Name Amino Acid Sequence ID NO:
    PEP087 MHQKRTAMFQDPQERPRKLPQLCTELQTTI 38
    PEP088 PRKLPQLCTELQTTIHDIILECVYCKQQLL 39
    PEP089 HDIILECVYCKQQLLRREVYDFAFRDLCIV 40
    PEP090 RREVYDFAFRDLCIVYRDGNPYAVCDKCLKF 41
    PEP091 RDGNPYAVCDKCLKFYSKISEYRHYCYSLY 42
    PEP092 YSKISEYRHYCYSLYGTTLEQQYNKPLCDL 43
    PEP093 GTTLEQQYNKPLCDLLIRCINCQKPLCP 44
    PEP094 DLLIRCINCQKPLCPEEKQRHLDKKQRFH 45
    PEP095 PEEKQRHLDKKQRFHNIRGRWTG 46
    PEP096 DKKQRFHNIRGRWTGRCMSCCRSSRTRRETQL 47
    PEP097 MHGDTPTLHEYMLDLQPETTDLYCYEQLN 48
    PEP098 LQPETTDLYCYEQLNDSSEEEDEIDGP 49
    PEP099 QLNDSSEEEDEIDGPAGQAEPDRAHYNIV 50
    PEP100 PAGQAEPDRAHYNIVTFCCKCDSTLRLCV 51
    PEP101 VTFCCKCDSTLRLCVQSTHVDIRTLEDLL 52
    PEP102 VQSTHVDIRTLEDLLMGTLGIVCPICSQKP 53
  • The HSP-binding peptide can be any HSP-binding peptide disclosed in Section 5.2, or any HSP-binding peptide known in the art (see, e.g., US20160331821A1 and U.S. Pat. No. 7,309,491B2, each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety). In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 2, 3, 4, or 232. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 204, 205, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, or 215. In certain embodiments, the HSP-binding peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6.
  • The HPV peptide can be linked to the HSP-binding peptide via any linker disclosed herein (e.g., in Section 5.3). In certain embodiments, the HPV peptide is linked to the HSP-binding peptide via a peptide linker. In certain embodiments, the peptide linker comprises the amino acid sequence of FR or FFRK (SEQ ID NO: 13).
  • In certain embodiments, the HPV peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, or 69.
  • TABLE 4
    Amino acid sequences of HSP-binding antigenic HPV peptides
    Peptide
    Name Description Amino Acid Sequence SEQ ID NO:
    PEP071 HPV16 E6 1-30 MHQKRTAMFQDPQERPRKLPQLCT 54
    linked to PEP006 ELQTTIFFRKNWLRLTW
    PEP072 HPV16 E6 16-45 PRKLPQLCTELQTTIHDIILECVYCK 55
    linked to PEP006 QQLLFFRKNWLRLTW
    PEP073 HPV16 E6 31-60 HDIILECVYCKQQLLRREVYDFAFR 56
    linked to PEP006 DLCIVFFRKNWLRLTW
    PEP074 HPV16 E6 46-76 RREVYDFAFRDLCIVYRDGNPYAVC 57
    linked to PEP006 DKCLKFFFRKNWLRLTW
    PEP075 HPV16 E6 62-91 RDGNPYAVCDKCLKFYSKISEYRHY 58
    linked to PEP006 CYSLYFFRKNWLRLTW
    PEP076 HPV16 E6 77-106 YSKISEYRHYCYSLYGTTLEQQYNK 59
    linked to PEP006 PLCDLFFRKNWLRLTW
    PEP077 HPV16 E6 92-119 GTTLEQQYNKPLCDLLIRCINCQKPL 60
    linked to PEP006 CPFFRKNWLRLTW
    PEP078 HPV16 E6 105-133 DLLIRCINCQKPLCPEEKQRHLDKKQ 61
    linked to PEP006 RFHFFRKNWLRLTW
    PEP079 HPV16 E6 119-141 PEEKQRHLDKKQRFHNIRGRWTGFF 62
    linked to PEP006 RKNWLRLTW
    PEP080 HPV16 E6 127-158 DKKQRFHNIRGRWTGRCMSCCRSS 63
    linked to PEP006 RTRRETQLFFRKNWLRLTW
    PEP081 HPV16 E7 1-29 MHGDTPTLHEYMLDLQPETTDLYC 64
    linked to PEP006 YEQLNFFRKNWLRLTW
    PEP082 HPV16 E7 15-41 LQPETTDLYCYEQLNDSSEEEDEIDG 65
    linked to PEP006 PFFRKNWLRLTW
    PEP083 HPV16 E7 27-55 QLNDSSEEEDEIDGPAGQAEPDRAH 66
    linked to PEP006 YNIVFFRKNWLRLTW
    PEP084 HPV16 E7 41-69 PAGQAEPDRAHYNIVTFCCKCDSTL 67
    linked to PEP006 RLCVFFRKNWLRLTW
    PEP085 HPV16 E7 55-83 VTFCCKCDSTLRLCVQSTHVDIRTLE 68
    linked to PEP006 DLLFFRKNWLRLTW
    PEP086 HPV16 E7 69-98 VQSTHVDIRTLEDLLMGTLGIVCPIC 69
    linked to PEP006 SQKPFFRKNWLRLTW
  • In another aspect, the instant disclosure provides a composition (e.g., pharmaceutical composition) comprising a plurality of different polypeptides, wherein each polypeptide comprises an HSP-binding peptide and an HPV peptide. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of at least one HPV peptide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 38-53. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of each HPV peptide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 38-53. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16 different HPV peptides.
  • In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of at least one polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 54-69. In certain embodiments, the amino acid sequence of each polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 54-69. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16 different polypeptides.
  • In certain embodiments, the composition further comprises a purified stress protein. Any stress protein disclosed herein (e.g., in Section 5.4) can be used. For example, in certain embodiments, the stress protein is selected from the group consisting of Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, Calreticulin, and a mutant or fusion protein thereof. In certain embodiments, the stress protein is Hsc70 (e.g., human Hsc70).
  • The ratio of polypeptide to stress protein can be any ratio disclosed herein, e.g., about 0.5:1 to 5:1. In certain embodiments, the ratio of polypeptide to stress protein is about 1:1 to 2:1. In certain embodiments, the ratio of polypeptide to stress protein is about 1:1, 1.25:1, or 1.5:1. Also, the amounts of the polypeptide(s) and of the stress protein(s) can be any amounts disclosed in Section 5.4 herein. In certain embodiments, the composition is in a unit dosage form.
  • In another aspect, the instant disclosure provides a kit comprising the composition disclosed herein either in a single container or in separate containers, optionally further comprising containers containing one or more adjuvants and additional treatment modalities, as disclosed in Section 5.6 herein.
  • In another aspect, the instant disclosure provides a method of inducing a cellular immune response to an HPV peptide in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition as disclosed in this section. In another aspect, the instant disclosure provides a method of treating an HPV-associated disease in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition as disclosed this section. In certain embodiments, the HPV-associated disease is a cancer (e.g., cervical cancer). In certain embodiments, the HPV is HPV16 or HPV18. Any dosage regimen as disclosed in Section 5.5.4 herein and any route of administration as disclosed in Section 5.5.5 herein can be used. The method can further comprise an additional treatment modality as disclosed in Section 5.5.3 herein, and can further comprise a patient evaluation step as disclosed in Section 5.5.6 herein.
    • 6. EXAMPLES
  • The examples in this Section (i.e., Section 6) are offered by way of illustration, and not by way of limitation.
    • 6.1 Example 1: Identification of Peptides that Bind to Hsc70 with High Affinity
  • This example describes the design of heat shock protein (HSP)-binding peptide with improved binding to HSPs as compared to a heat shock protein-binding peptide having the amino acid sequence of NLLRLTG (SEQ ID NO: 70) (see U.S. patent application published as US20160331821A1, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
    • 6.1.1 Binding of Peptides to Hsc70
  • To identify peptides that bind to human Hsc70 with high affinity, variants of the NLLRLTG (SEQ ID NO: 70) sequence were designed, and a linker having the amino acid sequence of FFRK (SEQ ID NO: 13) was added to the N-terminus. The amino acid sequences of the peptides synthesized and tested are provided in Table 5.
  • TABLE 5
    Amino acid sequences of HSP-binding peptides
    Peptide
    Name Amino Acid Sequence SEQ ID NO:
    PEP001 FFRKNLLRLTG 71
    PEP006 FFRKNWLRLTW
    18
    PEP012 FFRKNWLKLTW 19
    PEP055 FFRKNWLKLKW 72
    PEP056 FFRKNWLKLKW amide* 73
    PEP057 FFRKNWLKLRW 74
    PEP058 FFRKNWLKLWK 75
    *amidation of C-terminal carboxyl group
  • The peptides were synthesized using standard Fmoc solid-phase chemical synthesis with pre-loaded polystyrene wang (PS-Wang) resin in a Symphony-X automatic synthesizer (Gyros Protein Technologies Inc). Fmoc protected L-amino acids were applied with standard HCTU/NMM activation chemistry. With respect to resin substitution, 5-fold excess of amino acid, 5-fold excess of activating reagent (HCTU) and 10-fold excess of N-methyl morpholine was used for coupling the amino acid to make the peptide bond. The reaction was performed for 6 min with double coupling cycle for any incomplete coupling throughout the synthesis. These steps were repeated until the desired sequence was obtained. At the end of the synthesis, resin was washed with dichloromethane (DCM) and dried. Upon completion of peptide assembly, the resin was transferred to another cleavage vessel for cleaving the peptide from the resin. A cleavage cocktail reagent Trifluoroacetic acid: Dithiothreitol water: Triisopropylsilane (88:5:5:2 v/w/v/v) was mixed with the resin and stirred for 4 hours at 25° C. The crude peptides were isolated from the resin by filtration and evaporated with N2 gas followed by precipitation with chilled diethyl ether and stored at −20° C. for 12 hours. The precipitated peptides were centrifuged and washed 2× with ether, dried, dissolved in the choice of solvent, and lyophilized to produce a crude dry powder. The crude peptides were purified by prep-HPLC with a C18 column (Ultimate 3000, Thermo Scientific) using a water (0.1% TFA)-acetonitrile (0.1% TFA) gradient. Peptide purity was tested using an analytical C18-column. Further characterization was confirmed by 6550 Q-TOF (Agilent Technologies) mass spectrometry.
  • Individual peptides were solubilized in 100% DMSO at 10 mg/ml followed by a second dilution step to 320 μM in 75% DMSO. To form a peptide-Hsc70 complex, Hsc70 was mixed at a concentration of 7 μM (0.5 mg/ml) with the appropriate concentration of peptide in 1×PBS with a final volume of 25 μl. The mixed samples were then incubated at 37° C. for 1 hour and cooled down on ice for 10 min. To evaluate the quantity of the complex in the solution, 20 μl (10 μg) of the sample was loaded on a size exclusion chromatography (SEC) column TSKgel SuperSW3000 (Tosoh Bioscience) at a flow rate of 0.2 ml/min with 1×PBS as a running buffer. The data was collected by measuring the absorbance at both 280 and 214 nm.
  • In a separate experiment, further variants of the peptide NLLRLTG (SEQ ID NO: 70) were generated and the ability of these peptides to form a peptide-Hsc70 complex was analyzed. Peptides were again synthesized using standard Fmoc solid-phase chemical synthesis, as described above. Individual peptides were solubilized in pH adjusted water at a concentration of 250 μM, and spiked with polysorbate 20 to a final concentration of 0.1%. To form a peptide-Hsc70 complex, Hsc70 (1 mg/ml, 0.1% polysorbate) was mixed with peptide at peptide:Hsc70 molar ratios of, 0.25:1, 0.5:1, 1:1, 2:1, and 4:1, for 60 minutes at 30° C. Following incubation, samples were cooled for 5 minutes at room temperature and transferred to HPLC vials for analysis. To evaluate the quantity of the complex in the solution, 20 μl (10 μg) of the sample was loaded on a size exclusion chromatography column TSKgel SuperSW3000 (Tosoh Bioscience) at a flow rate of 0.2 ml/min with 1×PBS as a running buffer. The data was collected by measuring the absorbance at 214 nm.
  • The percent of Hsc70 bound to peptide was calculated by SEC. As shown in the SEC chromatogram depicted in FIG. 1, recombinant human heat shock cognate 71 kDa protein (Hsc70) appeared as monomer (M), dimer (D), trimer (T), and higher order high molecular weight (HMW) oligomeric species when subjected to SEC chromatography. Resolution and evaluation of the extent to which peptide-Hsc70 complex was formed with a given peptide or peptide mixture was complicated by the close elution of a complex of Hsc70 monomer with peptide (Msh). The peaks corresponding to monomer and complex overlap and were not fully resolved by conventional SEC media. In order to more accurately calculate the extent of complex formation, the following data analytical method was used. A central feature of this method was based on the observation that trimeric and dimeric forms of Hsc70 were observed to be recruited to the formation of monomeric peptide complexes. Peak area integrations of these protein species were well resolved from the complex and monomer. Further, the extent to which complex was formed appeared to be inversely proportional to the extent to which trimer and dimer were recruited to complex formation. Because of this observation, changes in trimer and dimer reflected the extent to which monomer was recruited to the formation of complex. Thus, the progression of changes in the level of trimer and dimer was used to calculate expected changes in the peak areas of overlapping complex and monomer species, and these calculated peak areas were used to calculate net formation of complex. This data analysis method is described below.
  • Terms used for various chromatographic fractions include: High Molecular Weight (HMW), Trimer and other mid-order oligomer (T), Dimer (D), Complex (C), Monomer shoulder (Msh), and Monomer (M) (see FIG. 1). Peak areas of the various fractions were extracted from SEC data and the percentage of peptide-Hsc70 complex formation was calculated using the following set of equations:

  • % Complex=(AREAcomplex/AREATotal)×100

  • AREAcompiex=AREATotal−(AreaT+D+AreaMshx+AreaMx)

  • AREATotal=AREAT+D,C,Msh,M+(AREAHDW-x−AREAHDW-0)

  • AREAMshx=AREAMsh0×(AREA(T+D)x)/(AREA(T+D)0)

  • AREAMx=AREAM0×(AREA(T+D)x)/(AREA(T+D)0)
  • AREATotal is the sum of total integrated peak areas from trimer/oligomer region through the monomer peak and excludes the initial HMW peak area but includes the excess increase of the HMW peak area that was observed when peptide was added. The HMW peak was excluded from the complexation calculation on the basis that it was aggregated protein that was not functional for complexation. This correction took into account AreaTotal factors in the minor increase in HMW area, adding it back to base total area used to calculate area of complex. Including this adjustment resulted in a more stable AreaTotal across the range of peptide concentrations used to form complexes.
  • The foregoing method was applied to the SEC chromatogram for each complexation reaction by applying vertical lines to the chromatogram to produce HMW, T, C, D, and M segments (as shown in FIG. 1), calculating the area under the curve for of each of the indicated HMW, T, C, D, and M segments, and inputting the values into the equations described above. The results of this analysis are show in Table 6.
  • TABLE 6
    Percent complexation of peptides with Hsc70
    SEQ
    Peptide ID
    Name NO: Sequence 0.25:1 0.5:1 1:1 2:1 4:1
    PEP001 71 FFRKNLLRLTG 23.4 44.7 68.1 82.5 90.1
    PEP002 165 FFRKNRLLLTG 19.2 32.0 48.7 64.8 78.8
    PEP003 166 FFRKNWLLLTW 26.8 45.6 67.2 81.3 87.6
    PEP004 167 FFRKNLLRWTG 15.4 29.0 46.8 62.5 75.3
    PEP005 168 FFRKNRLWLTG 16.0 32.7 54.8 67.6 77.6
    PEP006 18 FFRKNWLRLTW 25.4 53.4 81.5 88.3 91.8
    PEP027 21 FFRKNFLRLTF 19.1 49.0 77.0 85.6 90.0
    PEP008 169 FFRKFWLRLTW 24.4 38.3 61.8 79.1 81.6
    PEP009 170 FFRKNWLRLLW 32.8 63.5 81.0 85.3 89.0
    PEP010 171 FFRKNWLRLFW 19.1 42.2 64.9 79.3 86.5
    PEP011 172 FFRKNWLRLKW 31.2 58.2 81.6 87.8 90.4
    PEP012 19 FFRKNWLKLTW 29.9 58.2 79.2 86.2 89.5
    PEP013 173 FFRKNWIRITW 25.6 48.3 69.6 81.9 87.7
    PEP014 174 FFRKQWLRLTW 29.3 54.4 80.9 88.1 90.3
    PEP028 22 FRNWLRLTW 24.0 46.4 75.6 84.1 87.5
    PEP055 72 FFRKNWLKLKW 24.1 52.2 75.9 83.7 86.3
    PEP057 74 FFRKNWLKLRW 24.9 50.0 72.2 82.8 88.3
    PEP058 75 FFRKNWLKLWK 22.7 43.5 66.5 78.8 83.9
    PEP155 164 FFRKNLLRLTW 22.5 48.1 75.6 82.9 86.6
  • PEP006 was selected for further characterization.
  • 6.1.2 Complexation of Hsc70 with PEP006
  • This example demonstrates the ability of PEP006 to bind to Hsc70 at a range of molar ratios from 0.25:1 to 3:1, as determined by size exclusion chromatography.
  • Briefly, PEP006 peptide was reconstituted in water for injection (WFI) to a concentration of 645 μM. Recombinant human Hsc70 (rhHsc70) was diluted at a concentration of 1.66 mg/mL. Both solutions were pre-warmed in a 37° C. incubator for 10 minutes, and were combined and incubated at 37° C. for 60 minutes. The final concentration of rhHsc70 was 1 mg/mL (about 14.1 μM), and the molar ratio of PEP006 to rhHsc70 was 0.25:1, 0.5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1, 2.5:1, and 3:1. A negative control containing only rhHsc70 at 1 mg/mL was also prepared.
  • A quantity of 10 μg of each sample was injected neat in triplicate for resolution by size exclusion HPLC (Alliance HPLC, Waters Model #2695 Separations Module; Dual Wavelength UV Detector, Waters Model 2487) using a chromatography column TSKgel SuperSW3000 (Tosoh Bioscience, Catalog #18675). The column temperature was controlled at 25° C.±5° C., and the autosampler temperature was controlled at 5° C.±3° C. The mobile phase was composed of 10 mM sodium phosphate with 300 mM sodium chloride, pH 7.2, and was delivered at a flow rate of 0.2 mL/min for 30 minutes. UV absorbance of PEP006 peptide and rhHsc70 protein was measured at the wavelengths of 214 nm and 280 nm. The absorbance data was processed by Waters Empower (V2) software.
  • FIG. 2 shows a chromatogram of the PEP006-Hsc70 complexation products, wherein the column retention time became shorter when rhHsc70 bound to PEP006.
  • 6.1.3 Complexation of Hsc70 with Polypeptides Comprising PEP006
  • This example describes characterization of the binding of Hsc70 to the polypeptide LGVVRPRALHRELDLVDDSPTPGSPGSFFRKNWLRLTW (SEQ ID NO: 77), which comprises PEP006 and a peptide observed from a patient's tumor (LGVVRPRALHRELDLVDDSPTPGSPGS (SEQ ID NO: 76)). The molar ratios of polypeptide to Hsc70 tested in this example were 0.125:1, 0.25:1, 0.5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1, 2.5:1, 3:1, 3.5:1, and 4:1.
  • FIG. 3A shows a chromatogram of the polypeptide-Hsc70 complexation products, wherein the column retention time became shorter when rhHsc70 bound to the polypeptide. FIG. 3B is a graph showing percent complexation of a polypeptide comprising PEP006 with HSC70 over a range of polypeptide:Hsc70 molar ratios from 0.125:1 to 4:1, as calculated from size exclusion chromatography traces similar to those in FIG. 3A, using the methods described Example 6.1.1. Three independent experiments are shown.
  • To further characterize binding of Hsc70 to polypeptides comprising C-terminal PEP006 or PEP001, a range of polypeptides was generated with C-terminal PEP001, PEP006, and in some cases, the same polypeptide without a C-terminal HSC70 binding peptide. The peptides used are shown in Table 7 below. Polypeptides were synthesized, complexation was performed, and SEC data was analyzed according to the methods described in Example 6.1.1, above.
  • TABLE 7
    Polypeptides
    Peptide
    Name Sequence SEQ ID NO:
    PEP165 AKFVAAWTLKAAA 184
    PEP166 AKFVAAWTLKAAAFFRKNLLRLTG 185
    PEP167 AKFVAAWTLKAAAFFRKNWLRLTW 186
    PEP168 PLLPFYPPDEALEIGLELNSSALPPTE 187
    PEP169 PLLPFYPPDEALEIGLELNSSALPPTEF 188
    FRKNLLRLTG
    PEP170 PLLPFYPPDEALEIGLELNSSALPPTEF 189
    FRKNWLRLTW
    PEP171 EHIHRAGGLFVADAIQVGFGRIGKHF 190
    W
    PEP172 EHIHRAGGLFVADAIQVGFGRIGKHF 191
    WFFRKNLLRLTG
    PEP173 EHIHRAGGLFVADAIQVGFGRIGKHF 192
    WFFRKNWLRLTW
    PEP174 DKPLRRNNSYTSYIMAICGMPLDSFR 193
    A
    PEP175 DKPLRRNNSYTSYIMAICGMPLDSFR 194
    AFFRKNLLRLTG
    PEP176 DKPLRRNNSYTSYIMAICGMPLDSFR 195
    AFFRKNWLRLTW
    PEP177 EVIQTSKYYMRDVIAIESAWLLELAP 196
    H
    PEP178 EVIQTSKYYMRDVIAIESAWLLELAP 197
    HFFRKNLLRLTG
    PEP179 EVIQTSKYYMRDVIAIESAWLLELAP 198
    HFFRKNWLRLTW
    PEP180 VILPQAPSGPSYATYLQPAQAQMLTP 199
    P
    PEP181 VILPQAPSGPSYATYLQPAQAQMLTP
    200
    PFFRKNLLRLTG
    PEP182 VILPQAPSGPSYATYLQPAQAQMLTP 201
    PFFRKNWLRLTW
  • FIG. 4A is a graph showing percent complexation for five different peptides, where each of the five different peptides comprised, C-terminal PEP001, C-terminal PEP006, or no C-terminal HSC70 binding peptide. FIG. 4B is a graph showing percent complexation for six different peptides, where each of the six different peptides comprised either, C-terminal PEP001, or C-terminal PEP006.
    • 6.2 Example 2: Enhancement of Cellular Immunity by HSP-Binding Peptides
  • This example demonstrates immunogenicity and tumor-suppressing activity of polypeptides comprising HPV E6-E7 peptides and PEP001 or PEP006 in two animal models.
    • 6.2.1 Increase of Antigenic Peptide Immunogenicity by HSP-Binding Peptides
  • In this example, immunogenicity of a pool of four polypeptides, each comprising an immunogenic HPV E6 or E7 peptide linked to PEP001 or PEP006, or not linked to an HSP-binding peptide, was analyzed in an immunogenicity animal model.
  • Briefly, four HPV E6 or E7 peptides either alone or linked to PEP001 or PEP006, having the amino acid sequences provided in Table 8, were chemically synthesized and dissolved in 100% DMSO at concentrations ranging from 25 to 100 mg/ml. These HPV E6 and E7 peptides were known to be immunogenic in C57BL/6 mice (see Bartkowiak et al. (2015) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 112(38); and Manuri et al. (2007) Vaccine 25(17):3302-10, each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety). The known epitope sequence of PEP059 and PEP060 was RAHYNIVTF (SEQ ID NO: 78), and the known epitope sequence of PEP061 and PEP062 was VYDFAFRDL (SEQ ID NO: 79).
  • TABLE 8
    Amino acid sequences of HPV peptides*
    Peptide Peptide SEQ
    pool Name Description Amino Acid Sequence ID NO:
    Naked PEP059 HPV16 E7 44-62 QAEPDRAHYNIVTFCCKCD 80
    peptides Q19D
    PEP060 HPV16 E7 49-57 R9F RAHYNIVTF 81
    PEP061 HPV16 E6 43-57 QLLRREVYDFAFRDL 82
    Q15L
    PEP062 HPV16 E6 49-58 VYDFAFRDLC 83
    V10C
    PEP001- PEP067 PEP059 linked to QAEPDRAHYNIVTFCCKCDF 84
    linked C-terminal PEP001 FRKNLLRLTG
    peptides PEP068 PEP060 linked to RAHYNIVTFFFRKNLLRLTG 85
    C-terminal PEP001
    PEP069 PEP061 linked to QLLRREVYDFAFRDLFFRKN 86
    C-terminal PEP001 LLRLTG
    PEP070 PEP062 linked to VYDFAFRDLCFFRKNLLRLT 87
    C-terminal PEP001 G
    PEP006- PEP063 PEP059 linked to QAEPDRAHYNIVTFCCKCDF 88
    linked C-terminal PEP006 FRKNWLRLTW
    peptides PEP064 PEP060 linked to RAHYNIVTFFFRKNWLRLT 89
    C-terminal PEP006 W
    PEP065 PEP061 linked to QLLRREVYDFAFRDLFFRKN 90
    C-terminal PEP006 WLRLTW
    PEP066 PEP062 linked to VYDFAFRDLCFFRKNWLRLT 91
    C-terminal PEP006 W
    *The PEP001 and PEP006 sequences in the polypeptides are underlined
  • Recombinant human Hsc70 (rhHsc70) protein was purified from rhHsc70-expressing E. coli by chromatography using, sequentially, a weak anionic Q Sepharose column, an ATP agarose affinity column, and a DEAE-FF weak anion exchange column. The purified rhHsc70 protein was diluted in filtered PBS supplemented with 0.01% Polysorbate 20.
  • For vaccines preparation, an equimolar pool of four polypeptides was prepared in 75% DMSO at a total concentration of 320 μM. The purified rhHsc70 protein was pre-incubated at 37° C. for 30 minutes, and the polypeptide pool was added to the rhHsc70 protein solution at 2:1 or 1:1 molar ratio to reach an rhHsc70 protein concentration of 0.5 mg/ml. The mixture was incubated for 1 hour at 37° C. and filtered sequentially through a 0.8 μm and a 0.2 μm filter. The mixture was then placed on ice for 30 min and stored at −80° C.
  • For vaccination, six-week-old female C57BL/6J mice purchased from the Jackson Laboratory were maintained in a specific pathogen-free environment. The mice were immunized by subcutaneous injection of the vaccine. Each injection contained a total of 30 μg (about 0.42 nmol) Hsc70 complexed to the peptide pool (0.42 nmol for 1:1 ratio or 0.84 nmol for 2:1 ratio), supplemented with 10 μg of QS-21 Stimulon®, diluted in BioXcell InVivoPure pH 7.0 Dilution Buffer to a final volume of 200 μl. For each injection in the free peptide groups (without complexation with Hsc70), an equimolar pool of the four polypeptides at a total concentration of 10 nmol, supplemented with 10 μg of the adjuvant QS-21 Stimulon®, was diluted in filtered PBS with 0.1% Polysorbate 20 to a final volume of 200 μl. One week after the initial immunization, a boosting dose containing the same amount of vaccine was injected subcutaneously to each mouse.
  • One week after the second immunization, an IFNγ ELISpot assay was performed. Briefly, immunized mice were euthanized, splenocytes were gently isolated, and 5×105 to 1×106 live cells from each mouse were seeded on a plate previously coated with a murine IFNγ capture antibody. The cells were re-stimulated overnight using the naked peptides (PEP059-062). The cells were removed by lysis, and the IFNγ bound to the capture antibody was detected using a detection antibody couple to horseradish peroxidase (HRP). The number of spots in each well, representing the number of IFNγ-producing cells in this well, was counted using CTL S6 ImmunoSpot® analyzer and software.
  • As shown in FIG. 5A, HPV vaccines containing PEP001- or PEP006-linked peptides complexed with Hsc70 demonstrated increased immunogenicity as compared to the naked HPV peptides. With these particular HPV peptides, the vaccines containing PEP006-linked peptides complexed with Hsc70 showed a greater immunogenicity than the vaccines containing PEP001-linked peptides complexed with Hsc70 under the conditions used.
  • To compare the immunogenicity of PEP001- and PEP006-containing vaccines with vaccines employing naked peptides at the same peptide dose, an additional experiment was performed using the same procedure as described above, except that in the absence of Hsc70, the amounts of free peptides were 0.84 nmol and 0.42 nmol in the 2:1 ratio group and 1:1 ratio group, respectively.
  • As shown in FIG. 5B, HPV vaccines containing PEP001- or PEP006-linked peptides complexed with Hsc70 elicited a greater number of IFNγ-producing splenocytes than the equivalent doses of naked peptide complexed with Hsc70 at mole ratios of 1:1 and 2:1. The vaccines containing PEP001- and PEP006-linked peptides complexed with Hsc70 also elicited a greater response than an equivalent dose of free peptides not complexed with Hsc70 at mole ratios of 1:1 and 2:1. With these particular HPV peptides, the vaccines containing PEP006-linked peptides complexed with Hsc70 showed a greater immunogenicity than the vaccines containing PEP001-linked peptides complexed with Hsc70 under the conditions used.
  • In related experiments, the immunogenicity of three pools of three different MC38 peptides was assessed using the immunogenicity animal model and protocol described above for the HPV E6 or E7 peptides. The details of the MC38 peptide pools are set forth in Table 9. As shown in FIG. 6, all of the peptide pools elicited some level of immune response.
  • TABLE 9
    MC38 peptide vaccine pools*
    Vaccine Peptide SEQ
    pool Name Description Amino Acid Sequence ID NO:
    Naked PEP156 MC38 Peptide GRVLELFRAAQLANDVVLQI 165
    peptides MELCGATR
    PEP157 MC38 Peptide GIPVHLELASMTNMELMSSI 166
    VHQQVFPT
    PEP158 MC38 Peptide EAGQSLVISASIIVFNLLELEG 167
    DYR
    PEP001- PEP159 PEP156 linked to GRVLELFRAAQLANDVVLQI 168
    linked C-terminal PEP001 MELCGATRFFRKNLLRLTG
    peptides PEP157 linked to GIPVHLELASMTNMELMSSI 169
    C-terminal PEP001 VHQQVFPTFFRKNLLRLTG
    PEP161 PEP158 linked to EAGQSLVISASIIVFNLLELEG 170
    C-terminal PEP001 DYRFFRKNLLRLTG
    PEP006- PEP162 PEP156 linked to GRVLELFRAAQLANDVVLQI 171
    linked C-terminal PEP006 MELCGATRFFRKNWLRLTW
    peptides PEP163 PEP157 linked to GIPVHLELASMTNMELMSSI 172
    C-terminal PEP006 VHQQVFPTFFRKNWLRLTW
    PEP164 PEP158 linked to EAGQSLVISASIIVFNLLELEG 173
    C-terminal PEP006 DYRFFRKNWLRLTW
    *The PEP001 and PEP006 sequences in the polypeptides are underlined.
    • 6.2.2 Increase of Tumor Vaccine Efficacy by HSP-Binding Peptides
  • This example demonstrates therapeutic efficacy of the HPV vaccine described in Section 6.2.1, using a TC1 HPV16 E6/E7 syngeneic mouse tumor model.
  • TC1 cells express the oncogenes HRAS, HPV16 E6 and E7 as disclosed in Lin et al. (1996) Cancer Res. 56(1):21-26, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Low passage TC1 cells were washed in serum-free PBS and re-suspend in PBS at a concentration of 2×106 cells/ml. C57BL/6 mice shaved on the flank three days prior to use were injected subcutaneously in the shaved area with 2×105 cells in 100 μl volume. Vaccines were prepared according to the methods described in Section 6.2.1. The naked peptides, PEP001-linked peptides, and PEP006-linked peptides were complexed with rhHsc70 protein at the ratios of 1:1, 4:1, and 2:1, respectively. The vaccines were administered to the mice subcutaneously at days 5, 10, and 15 post TC1 cell implantation.
  • Tumors were measured every 3-4 days with a caliper. Tumor volume was calculated using the formula of ½×D×d2, where D is the major axis and d is the minor axis. Any palpable but non-measurable tumor was estimated as 0.5 mm3, whereas absence of tumor was recorded as 0 mm3. Mice were sacrificed when tumors reached 2000 mm3 or upon ulceration, and survival curves were plotted.
  • As shown in FIGS. 7A-7E, tumor growth in the mice injected with the vaccine comprising PEP001- or PEP006-linked HPV peptides was slower than in the mice injected with the vaccine comprising naked HPV peptides or injected with PBS. Similar therapeutic effects of the vaccines comprising PEP001- and PEP006-linked HPV peptides were observed in the survival curve (FIG. 7F).
  • The vaccine comprising PEP006-linked HPV peptides complexed with rhHsc70 was more potent in suppressing tumor growth than the vaccine comprising PEP001-linked HPV peptides complexed with rhHsc70 (FIGS. 7A, 7D, and 7E). Notably, this difference translated into substantial protection against mortality in these experiments (FIG. 7F).
    • 6.2.3 Efficacy of Tumor Vaccines Comprising PEP006 and a Novel Set of HPV Peptides
  • This example demonstrates therapeutic efficacy of an HPV vaccine comprising a novel set of HPV peptides. The sequences of the polypeptides used in the vaccine are provided in Table 4. Specifically, PEP073 and PEP074 comprised the amino acid sequence of EVYDFAFRDL (SEQ ID NO: 92), a murine H-2Db and a human HLA-A*24:02 epitope. PEP081 comprised the amino acid sequences of YMLDLQPET (SEQ ID NO: 93) and MLDLQPETT (SEQ ID NO: 94), human HLA-A*02:01 epitopes. PEP084 comprised the amino acid sequence of RAHYNIVTF (SEQ ID NO: 78), a murine H-2Db epitope. PEP086 comprised the amino acid sequence of LLMGTLGIVC (SEQ ID NO: 95), a human HLA-A*02:01 epitope. Each peptide also comprised the amino acid sequence of PEP006.
  • The vaccine was prepared by the method described in Section 6.2.2, and the ratio of peptide to rhHsc70 protein was 2:1 for the HPV peptide pool. The efficacy of the vaccine was assessed using the same mouse model as described in Section 6.2.2, and the vaccine comprising the pool of PEP063-066 was used as a comparator.
  • As shown in FIGS. 8A and 8B, the vaccine containing Hsc70 and PEP071-086 reduced tumor growth and improved survival as compared to PBS control in the TC1 HPV16 E6/E7 syngeneic tumor model.
    • 6.2.4 Efficacy of Two Formulations of Tumor Vaccine Comprising PEP006
  • This example demonstrates therapeutic efficacy of a vaccine using two different formulations, one in which all peptides were initially reconstituted in DMSO and one in which only peptides which were not soluble in neutral, acidic, or basic water, were initially reconstituted in DMSO. The sequences of the polypeptides used in the vaccine, which contain tumor associated antigens from HPV E6 and E7 oncoproteins, are provided in Table 4. Specifically, the vaccine used in this example comprised sixteen peptides, PEP071-PEP086. Each peptide comprises the amino acid sequence PEP006 at the C-terminus.
  • Two formulations of vaccine were generated for evaluation. In Formulation A, each of the 16 HPV peptides was initially reconstituted from powder in 100% DMSO. Specifically, the peptides were resuspended in 100% DMSO at 25 mg/ml and then equimolar amounts of each peptide were pooled in a solution of 75% DMSO diluted in sterile water at final pool concentration of 320 μM (each peptide @=20 μM). In Formulation B, each peptide was tested for solubility in neutral water followed by pH-adjusted (i.e. acidic, containing HCl, or basic, containing NaOH) water if necessary. DMSO was used only if the peptide was not soluble in water. Specifically, the 16 peptides were solubilized at 500 μM in neutral water solution, pH adjusted water, or in 100% DMSO (when peptides could not be resuspended in aqueous solutions). The peptides were then mixed at equal volume to make a 500 μM working pool (each peptide @=31 μM). For both vaccine formulations, the peptides were subsequently diluted in aqueous buffer to the concentration desired for complexation to Hsc70.
  • For complexation to HSC70, rh-Hsc70 was incubated for 0.5 hour at 37° C., then further incubated for 1 hour at 37° C. with the pool of 16 peptides at 2:1 molar ratio of total peptide:protein, following sterile procedures. Complexes were then incubated on ice for 15 min. The complexes were filtered and aliquoted.
  • C57BL/6 mice (n=13/group) were injected subcutaneously with 2×105 live TC-1 tumor cells in the flank followed by treatment with the two formulations of vaccine, both comprising the same 16 overlapping long synthetic peptides covering the full length of the E6 and E7 HPV oncoproteins or PBS control. On days 5, 10, and 15 after tumor challenge mice were administered (a) 30 μg Hsc70-based vaccine (either Formulation A or Formulation B)+10 μg QS-21 or (b) PBS subcutaneously at the diagonally opposite brachial lymph node area from the tumor site. Each dose of vaccine contained 30 μg Hsc70 and −4 μg total peptide (˜250 ng each peptide) along with QS-21 adjuvant. Injections were carried out with a 1 mL BD Syringe with a Sub-Q 26G×⅝ inch needle.
  • Tumor growth kinetics and survival were monitored. Tumor volumes were measured by caliper every 3-4 days of the study starting on day 5 after tumor challenge. Tumor length was based on the longest linear distance. Width was based on the longest linear distance perpendicular to the length. Mice were euthanized when tumor volumes reached 2000 mm3. Tumor volumes (mm3) were calculated as length×width×0.5. For mice with two tumors, each was measured independently and the volumes summed. Mice were distributed to each treatment group randomly on day 5 post tumor inoculation. Mice without early measurable tumors were excluded from the study. Ten mice per group were followed for survival using the Kaplan-Meier method and Log-rank test (p≤0.0001 survival in mice treated with either vaccine formulation vs. survival in mice treated with PBS). Tumor size was assessed every 2-3 days and each group's mean tumor volume was plotted as function of time.
  • Tumors grew rapidly in control mice treated with PBS (FIGS. 9A and 9B). In contrast, a significant delay in the rate of tumor growth was observed in mice treated with either vaccine formulation (FIGS. 9A and 9B) (tumor growth in mice treated with Formulation A compared to tumor growth in mice treated with PBS **p≤0.01 and tumor growth mice treated with Formulation B compared to tumor growth in mice treated with PBS ****p≤0.0001: Wilcoxon Rank Sum Test). Tumor growth kinetics of individual mice were plotted as a function of time. Prolonged survival was observed in mice treated with either Formulation A or Formulation B as compared to mice treated with PBS (FIG. 9C).
  • The TC-1 tumor is known to develop a resistance phenotype to antigen targeting therapies which can be driven by immune editing and loss of epitopes expressed by the tumor (Smahel et al., 2007) which likely explains the eventual progression of tumors beginning on ˜d. 28 for both vaccine formulations. Together, these data demonstrate that an efficient vaccine-induced immune response against tumor associated antigens such as HPV E6 and E7 oncoproteins can translate into significant tumor control and prolonged survival.
    • 6.3 Example 3: Improvement of Peptide Synthesis by Hsc70-Binding Peptides
  • This example demonstrates the ability of PEP001 and PEP006 to improve crude purity of peptides during synthesis.
    • 6.3.1 Improvement of Crude Purity of Ova Antigen Peptide by Addition of PEP001 or PEP006
  • An Ova antigen peptide comprising the amino acid sequence of EVSGLEQLESIINFEKLTEWTSSNVME (PEP053, SEQ ID NO: 97), either naked or linked to PEP001 (PEP052, SEQ ID NO: 230, EVSGLEQLESIINFEKLTEWTSSNVMEFFRKNLLRLTG) or PEP006 (PEP054, SEQ ID NO: 231, EVSGLEQLESIINFEKLTEWTSSNVMEFFRKNWLRLTW), were synthesized by the method described in Section 6.1.1. This Ova antigen peptide comprised an MHC-binding epitope having the amino acid sequence of SIINFEKL (SEQ ID NO: 96). Peptide purity was determined by reverse phase chromatography using the Vanquish Bioanalytical and Ultimate 3000 Dionex workstation, following the procedure provided in the Vanquish/Ultimate 3000 User's Guide and Data Explorer User's Guide included with the Chromeleon 7.0 software package.
  • After cycles of amino acid residue addition, the synthesized peptides were cleaved from the resin and dissolved in 1:1 acetonitrile:water (v/v) at 1 mg/mL concentration. The dissolved sample was analyzed by analytical HPLC using a Phenomenex Luna C1810 μm 4.6×250 mm column. A volume of 20 μL of sample was injected, and was subject to gradient elution using a mixture of solution A (0.1% TFA in water) and solution B (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile) as mobile phase, following the gradient of Table 10. The column temperature was maintained at 37° C.±5° C. The peptides were detected by UV absorbance at the wavelengths of 214 nm and 280 nm.
  • TABLE 10
    Gradient table for HPLC mobile phase
    Time (min) Flow (mL/min) % Solution A % Solution B Curve
    0 1 95 5 5
    0.01 1 95 5 5
    25 1 35 65 5
    25.01 1 5 95 5
    31 1 5 95 5
    31 1 95 5 5
    40 1 95 5 5
  • In an elution curve, each peak represented a peptide with a specific retention time, and the area under the peak reflected the amount of this peptide. The peak of the correct peptide was confirmed by mass spectrometry. The crude purity of the peptide was calculated as the area under the peak of the correct peptide divided by the total area under the entire curve.
  • As shown in FIG. 10A, the naked Ova peptide (middle panel) had a heterogeneous signal. By contrast, the Ova-PEP001 (upper panel) and Ova-PEP006 (lower panel) preparations showed nearly a single peak at the expected retention time. Quantification of the chromatograms also indicated that Ova-PEP001 and Ova-PEP006 had substantially increased crude purity (FIG. 10B). This result was contrary to the general rule that longer peptides were more difficult to synthesize and purify, and suggested that PEP001 and PEP006 improved the crude purity in chemical synthesis of peptide.
    • 6.3.2 Improvement of Crude Purity of a Range of Peptides by Addition of PEP006
  • The 50 peptides shown below in Table 11 were synthesized by the method described in Section 6.1.1. This group of 50 peptides contains 25 unique peptide sequences (labelled A-Y) that were synthesized with or without (“naked peptide”) the addition of a C-terminal PEP006 peptide sequence. Peptide purity was determined by reverse phase chromatography as described in section 6.3.1 above. As shown in FIG. 11, addition of the PEP006 peptide sequence increased the crude purity for a majority of the peptides as compare to the corresponding naked peptide. Because of the sample complexity, many peptide separations were multi-dimensional. Three peptides were not detected in the C18 column under standard reverse phase gradient up to 95%. For these three peptides, there was no detectable peak to integrate throughout the gradient and crude purity was listed as zero. Possible causes of the lack of detection of the three peptides could include adherence of the sample to the C18 column or the storage vial, and/or the sample dropping out of solution.
  • TABLE 11
    Peptides
    Naked Peptide Peptide Sequence
    Sequence including PEP006
    Peptide SEQ ID  Peptide SEQ ID 
    Sequence Name NO: Sequence Name NO:
    A KFPLILYLGMAI PEP105 114 KFPLILYLGMAIVTVLY PEP130 139
    VTVLYISLGSLG ISLGSLGYLQFFRKNWL
    YLQ RLTW
    B TMRGCGPCLRIA PEP106 115 TMRGCGPCLRIAPSFSS PEP131 140
    PSFSSMSNKYPQ MSNKYPQAVFFFRKNW
    AVF LRLTW
    C RMKKENLMPRE PEP107 116 RMKKENLMPREELARL PEP132 141
    ELARLFPNLPELI FPNLPELIEIHFFRKNWL
    EIH RLTW
    D FSRTWIGIWSVL PEP108 117 FSRTWIGIWSVLCFAST PEP133 142
    CFASTLFTVLTY LFTVLTYLVDFFRKNW
    LVD LRLTW
    E TSLAIGTKSGYK PEP109 118 TSLAIGTKSGYKLFSLSS PEP134 143
    LFSLSSVEQLDQ VEQLDQVHGFFRKNWL
    VHG RLTW
    F LFPTDCHSVPPH PEP110 119 LFPTDCHSVPPHYTELL PEP135 144
    YTELLTFHSKEG TFHSKEGTDHFFRKNW
    TDH LRLTW
    G PSRGSSSSSGYPV PEP111 120 PSRGSSSSSGYPVGVVF PEP136 145
    GVVFQPVGSGG QPVGSGGVQPFFRKNW
    VQP LRLTW
    H LSPGAAAPSGW PEP112 121 LSPGAAAPSGWALAPL PEP137 146
    ALAPLGDTMKIY GDTMKIYMELQFFRKN
    MELQ WLRLTW
    I ELYRKLLRSQSV PEP113 122 ELYRKLLRSQSVRFCFQ PEP138 147
    RFCFQGLLENSA GLLENSAHLIFFRKNWL
    HLI RLTW
    J AQVIILNHPGQIS PEP114 123 AQVIILNHPGQISTGYA PEP139 148
    TGYAPVLDCHT PVLDCHTAHIFFRKNW
    AHI LRLTW
    K PVQLWVSATPPA PEP115 124 PVQLWVSATPPAGSPV PEP140 149
    GSPVRAMAIYKK RAMAIYKKSQHFFRKN
    SQH WLRLTW
    L NAFNPLNASASL PEP116 125 NAFNPLNASASLPPAA PEP141 150
    PPAAMPITTADG MPITTADGRSDFFRKN
    RSD WLRLTW
    M VGSVAGNKLLR PEP117 126 VGSVAGNKLLRAAWR PEP142 151
    AAWRRASLAAT RASLAATSLALGFFRKN
    SLALG WLRLTW
    N AETSLLEAGASA PEP118 127 AETSLLEAGASAASTA PEP143 152
    ASTAAALENLQV AALENLQVEASFFRKN
    EAS WLRLTW
    O NSVLQTLLQMR PEP119 128 NSVLQTLLQMRAAKSS PEP144 153
    AAKSSVAPSREE VAPSREELLGTFFRKN
    LLGT WLRLTW
    P DFTHPEAREWFQ PEP120 129 DFTHPEAREWFQGLLR PEP145 154
    GLLRRLRLRYNV RLRLRYNVTSFFFRKN
    TSF WLRLTW
    Q KKHDVRSIIGSPG PEP121 130 KKHDVRSIIGSPGLPFPA PEP146 155
    LPFPALHPLDIM LHPLDIMADFFRKNWL
    AD RLTW
    R AGRPRPVLRSVN PEP122 131 AGRPRPVLRSVNSLEPS PEP147 156
    SLEPSQVIFCNRS QVIFCNRSPRFFRKNWL
    PR RLTW
    S TFFASDNAVDIT PEP123 132 TFFASDNAVDITTLTNS PEP148 157
    TLTNSCLSNSDH CLSNSDHSRDFFRKNW
    SRD LRLTW
    T TLLRSSYVAQVP PEP124 133 TLLRSSYVAQVPLLTLC PEP149 158
    LLTLCTRGPPEE TRGPPEEDAPFFRKNW
    DAP LRLTW
    U MFSFNMFDHPIP PEP125 134 MFSFNMFDHPIPLVFQN PEP150 159
    LVFQNRFSTQYR RFSTQYRFFRKNWLRL
    TW
    V ATAAGSSTISQD PEP126 135 ATAAGSSTISQDTIHLTS PEP151 160
    TIHLTSGPVSALA GPVSALASGFFRKNWL
    SG RLTW
    W ACSSSYNSAVME PEP127 136 ACSSSYNSAVMESSSV PEP152 161
    SSSVNVSMVHSS NVSMVHSSSKEFFRKN
    SKE WLRLTW
    X VLQEWKACDKL PEP128 137 VLQEWKACDKLYDVA PEP153 162
    YDVATMRTTQL TMRTTQLTYSMEFFRK
    TYSME NWLRLTW
    Y RDPFRVRASAAL PEP129 138 RDPFRVRASAALLNKL PEP154 163
    LNKLYAMGLVP YAMGLVPTRGSFFRKN
    TRGS WLRLTW
  • The invention is not to be limited in scope by the specific embodiments described herein. Indeed, various modifications of the invention in addition to those described will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description and accompanying figures. Such modifications are intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims.
  • All references (e.g., publications or patents or patent applications) cited herein are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety and for all purposes to the same extent as if each individual reference (e.g., publication or patent or patent application) was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes. Other embodiments are within the following claims.

Claims (21)

1.-126. (canceled)
127. A composition comprising a complex of:
(a) a polypeptide comprising:
(i) an antigenic peptide comprising one or more major histocompatibility complex (MHC)-binding epitopes, and
(ii) an HSP-binding peptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6; and
(b) a purified stress protein.
128. The composition of claim 127, wherein the amino acid sequence of the HSP-binding peptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6.
129. The composition of claim 127, wherein the HSP-binding peptide is at the C-terminus of the polypeptide.
130. The composition of claim 127, wherein the HSP-binding peptide is linked to the antigenic peptide via a peptide linker, optionally wherein the peptide linker comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13.
131. The composition of claim 127, wherein the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18.
132. The composition of claim 127, wherein the polypeptide is 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 amino acids in length.
133. The composition of claim 127, wherein the MHC-binding epitope is from a cancer cell and wherein the MHC-binding epitope comprises an amino acid mutation or a gene fusion mutation, optionally wherein
(a) the amino acid mutation is a substitution, deletion, or insertion mutation, and/or
(b) the amino acid mutation or gene fusion mutation is at position 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 of the amino acid sequence of the antigenic peptide.
134. The composition of claim 127, wherein the MHC-binding epitope is from a pathogenic microbe, optionally wherein the pathogenic microbe is a virus.
135. The composition of claim 127, wherein the MHC-binding epitope comprises a modified amino acid residue, optionally wherein:
(a) the modified amino acid residue is a Tyr, Ser, Thr, Arg, Lys, or His that has been phosphorylated on a side chain hydroxyl or amine;
(b) the modified amino acid residue is a mimetic of a Tyr, Ser, Thr, Arg, Lys, or His amino acid that has been phosphorylated on a side chain hydroxyl or amine, optionally wherein the mimetic is a non-hydrolyzable analogue of a phosphorylated residue;
(c) the modified amino acid residue is an Asn that has been glycosylated on a side chain amide, a Ser or Thr that has been glycosylated on a side chain hydroxyl, a Lys or Arg that has been methylated on a side chain amino, a Lys that has been acetylated on a side chain amino, an N-terminal residue that has been acetylated on the α-amino, or a C-terminal residue that has been amidated on the α-carboxyl; and/or
(d) the modified amino acid residue is at position 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 of the amino acid sequence of the antigenic peptide.
136. The composition of claim 127, wherein the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 38-53.
137. The composition of claim 127, wherein the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 54-69.
138. The composition of claim 127, wherein:
(a) the stress protein is selected from the group consisting of Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp90, Hsp110, Grp170, Gp96, Calreticulin, and a mutant or fusion protein thereof, optionally wherein the stress protein is human Hsc70;
(b) the stress protein is a recombinant protein;
(c) the composition comprises at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 different complexes, optionally wherein each of the different complexes comprises the same HSP-binding peptide and a different antigenic peptide, optionally wherein:
each one of the polypeptides comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 54-69;
(d) the amount of the stress protein in the composition is about 10 μg to 600 μg, optionally about 250 μg to 290 μg;
(e) the molar ratio of the polypeptide(s) to the stress protein is about 0.5:1 to 5:1, optionally about 1:1 to 2:1, such as 1:1, 1.25:1, or 1.5:1;
(f) the total amount of the polypeptide(s) and stress protein in the composition is about 10 μg to 600 μg, optionally about 300 μg;
(g) the composition further comprises an adjuvant, optionally wherein the adjuvant comprises:
a saponin or an immunostimulatory nucleic acid, optionally wherein the adjuvant comprises QS-21, optionally about 10 μg, 25 μg, or 50 μg of the QS-21, and/or
a TLR agonist, optionally a TLR4 agonist, TLR5 agonist, TLR7 agonist, TLR8 agonist, and/or TLR9 agonist;
(h) the composition comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient; and/or
(i) the composition is in a unit dosage form.
139. The composition of claim 127, wherein the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18, and the stress protein is human Hsc70.
140. The composition of claim 139, wherein the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 38-53.
141. The composition of claim 139, wherein the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 54-69.
142. The composition of claim 139, wherein:
(a) the composition comprises at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 different complexes, optionally wherein each of the different complexes comprise the same HSP-binding peptide and a different antigenic peptide, optionally wherein:
each one of the polypeptides comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 54-69;
(b) the amount of the stress protein in the composition is about 10 μg to 600 μg, optionally about 250 μg to 290 μg;
(c) the molar ratio of the polypeptide(s) to the stress protein is about 0.5:1 to 5:1, optionally about 1:1 to 2:1, such as 1:1, 1.25:1, or 1.5:1;
(d) the total amount of the polypeptide(s) and stress protein in the composition is about 10 μg to 600 μg, optionally about 300 μg;
(e) the composition further comprises an adjuvant, optionally wherein the adjuvant comprises:
a saponin or an immunostimulatory nucleic acid, optionally wherein the adjuvant comprises QS-21, optionally about 10 μg, 25 μg, or 50 μg of the QS-21, and/or
a TLR agonist, optionally a TLR4 agonist, TLR5 agonist, TLR7 agonist, TLR8 agonist, and/or TLR9 agonist;
(f) the composition comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient; and/or
(g) the composition is in a unit dosage form.
143. A method of making the composition of claim 127, the method comprising mixing the polypeptide with the purified stress protein under suitable conditions such that the purified stress protein binds to the polypeptide.
144. A method making the composition of claim 139, the method comprising mixing the polypeptide with the purified stress protein under suitable conditions such that the purified stress protein binds to the polypeptide.
145. A method of inducing a cellular immune response to an antigenic peptide in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the composition of claim 127.
146. A method of inducing a cellular immune response to an antigenic peptide in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the composition of claim 139.
US17/350,723 2018-04-26 2021-06-17 Heat Shock Protein-Binding Peptide Compositions And Methods Of Use Thereof Abandoned US20220008527A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/350,723 US20220008527A1 (en) 2018-04-26 2021-06-17 Heat Shock Protein-Binding Peptide Compositions And Methods Of Use Thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201862663083P 2018-04-26 2018-04-26
US201862692009P 2018-06-29 2018-06-29
US16/394,812 US11065317B2 (en) 2018-04-26 2019-04-25 Heat shock protein-binding peptide compositions and methods of use thereof
US17/350,723 US20220008527A1 (en) 2018-04-26 2021-06-17 Heat Shock Protein-Binding Peptide Compositions And Methods Of Use Thereof

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/394,812 Continuation US11065317B2 (en) 2018-04-26 2019-04-25 Heat shock protein-binding peptide compositions and methods of use thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20220008527A1 true US20220008527A1 (en) 2022-01-13

Family

ID=67002340

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/394,812 Expired - Fee Related US11065317B2 (en) 2018-04-26 2019-04-25 Heat shock protein-binding peptide compositions and methods of use thereof
US17/350,723 Abandoned US20220008527A1 (en) 2018-04-26 2021-06-17 Heat Shock Protein-Binding Peptide Compositions And Methods Of Use Thereof

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/394,812 Expired - Fee Related US11065317B2 (en) 2018-04-26 2019-04-25 Heat shock protein-binding peptide compositions and methods of use thereof

Country Status (10)

Country Link
US (2) US11065317B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3784688A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2021522239A (en)
KR (1) KR20210005646A (en)
CN (1) CN112218883A (en)
AU (1) AU2019261451A1 (en)
CA (1) CA3096909A1 (en)
MA (1) MA52363A (en)
TW (1) TW202012430A (en)
WO (1) WO2019210055A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20210005646A (en) * 2018-04-26 2021-01-14 아게누스 인코포레이티드 Heat shock protein-binding peptide composition and method for use thereof
JP2022542120A (en) * 2019-07-24 2022-09-29 アジェナス インコーポレイテッド ANTIGENIC POLYPEPTIDES AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
AU2023314797A1 (en) 2022-07-29 2024-12-12 Repertoire Immune Medicines, Inc. T cell epitopes associated with type 1 diabetes
WO2025072849A1 (en) 2023-09-29 2025-04-03 Repertoire Immune Medicines, Inc. Mhc-presentable peptides associated with type 1 diabetes

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11065317B2 (en) * 2018-04-26 2021-07-20 Agenus Inc. Heat shock protein-binding peptide compositions and methods of use thereof

Family Cites Families (186)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4690915A (en) 1985-08-08 1987-09-01 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Adoptive immunotherapy as a treatment modality in humans
US4761470A (en) 1985-12-16 1988-08-02 Merck & Co., Inc. Immunogenic synthetic peptide capable of eliciting herpes simplex virus neutralizing antibody
US5605884A (en) 1987-10-29 1997-02-25 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer Pharmaceuticals Inc. Factor VIII formulations in high ionic strength media
US4877608A (en) 1987-11-09 1989-10-31 Rorer Pharmaceutical Corporation Pharmaceutical plasma protein formulations in low ionic strength media
US5137819A (en) 1988-07-08 1992-08-11 University Of British Columbia Cellulose binding fusion proteins for immobilization and purification of polypeptides
US5232833A (en) 1988-09-14 1993-08-03 Stressgen Biotechnologies Corporation Accumulation of heat shock proteins for evaluating biological damage due to chronic exposure of an organism to sublethal levels of pollutants
GB8915019D0 (en) 1989-06-30 1989-08-23 Matthews Ruth C Medicaments
DE4001451A1 (en) 1990-01-19 1991-08-01 Octapharma Ag STABLE INJECTABLE SOLUTIONS OF FACTOR VIII AND FACTOR IX
US5348945A (en) 1990-04-06 1994-09-20 Wake Forest University Method of treatment with hsp70
US5188964A (en) 1990-04-12 1993-02-23 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Method and kit for the prognostication of breast cancer patient via heat shock/stress protein determination
SE9001705D0 (en) * 1990-05-11 1990-05-11 Medscand Ab SET FOR DIAGNOSTICS OF VIRUS BREAKING TUMORS BY IMMUNOASSAY
US6037135A (en) 1992-08-07 2000-03-14 Epimmune Inc. Methods for making HLA binding peptides and their uses
JPH07505719A (en) 1992-04-14 1995-06-22 デューク・ユニバーシティー Method for detecting tumors containing p53 and HSP70 complex
WO1994007510A1 (en) 1992-10-02 1994-04-14 Kabi Pharmacia Ab Composition comprising coagulation factor viii formulation, process for its preparation and use of a surfactant as stabilizer
US5496934A (en) 1993-04-14 1996-03-05 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem Nucleic acids encoding a cellulose binding domain
US5997873A (en) 1994-01-13 1999-12-07 Mount Sinai School Of Medicine Of The City University Of New York Method of preparation of heat shock protein 70-peptide complexes
US5750119A (en) 1994-01-13 1998-05-12 Mount Sinai School Of Medicine Of The City University Of New York Immunotherapeutic stress protein-peptide complexes against cancer
US5961979A (en) 1994-03-16 1999-10-05 Mount Sinai School Of Medicine Of The City University Of New York Stress protein-peptide complexes as prophylactic and therapeutic vaccines against intracellular pathogens
GB9501040D0 (en) 1995-01-19 1995-03-08 Quadrant Holdings Cambridge Dried composition
AU712907B2 (en) 1995-08-18 1999-11-18 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Method for treatment of cancer and infectious diseases and compositions useful in same
US5985270A (en) 1995-09-13 1999-11-16 Fordham University Adoptive immunotherapy using macrophages sensitized with heat shock protein-epitope complexes
US5935576A (en) 1995-09-13 1999-08-10 Fordham University Compositions and methods for the treatment and prevention of neoplastic diseases using heat shock proteins complexed with exogenous antigens
US5837251A (en) 1995-09-13 1998-11-17 Fordham University Compositions and methods using complexes of heat shock proteins and antigenic molecules for the treatment and prevention of neoplastic diseases
JPH11513369A (en) 1995-09-13 1999-11-16 フォーダム ユニバーシティー Treatment and prevention methods using heat shock proteins
DE19602985A1 (en) 1996-01-27 1997-07-31 Max Delbrueck Centrum Tumour vaccine for treatment of, e.g., carcinoma melanoma or leukaemia
RS50101B (en) 1996-02-24 2009-01-22 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh., PHARMACEUTICAL IMMUNOMODULATION PREPARATIONS
US5763401A (en) 1996-07-12 1998-06-09 Bayer Corporation Stabilized albumin-free recombinant factor VIII preparation having a low sugar content
WO1998014207A1 (en) 1996-10-01 1998-04-09 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute Immunological therapy for cancer
US6231859B1 (en) 1996-12-02 2001-05-15 Aquila Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Saponin adjuvant compositions
US5830464A (en) 1997-02-07 1998-11-03 Fordham University Compositions and methods for the treatment and growth inhibition of cancer using heat shock/stress protein-peptide complexes in combination with adoptive immunotherapy
US6017540A (en) 1997-02-07 2000-01-25 Fordham University Prevention and treatment of primary and metastatic neoplastic diseases and infectious diseases with heat shock/stress protein-peptide complexes
US6977074B2 (en) 1997-07-10 2005-12-20 Mannkind Corporation Method of inducing a CTL response
AU739189B2 (en) 1997-07-10 2001-10-04 Mannkind Corporation A method of inducing a CTL response
EP0893507A1 (en) 1997-07-25 1999-01-27 Institut Gustave Roussy Use of MHC class II ligands (CD4 and LAG-3) as adjuvant for vaccination and of LAG-3 in cancer treatment
DE19737409A1 (en) * 1997-08-27 1999-03-04 Medigene Ag Skin test diagnostic kit and procedure for performing the same
ES2500490T3 (en) 1997-08-29 2014-09-30 Antigenics Inc. Compositions comprising adjuvant QS-21 and polysorbate or cyclodextrin as excipient
CA2304665A1 (en) 1997-09-30 1999-04-08 Cel-Sci Corporation Immunogenic conjugated polypeptide for treatment of herpes simplex virus
US6007821A (en) 1997-10-16 1999-12-28 Fordham University Method and compositions for the treatment of autoimmune disease using heat shock proteins
WO1999022761A1 (en) * 1997-10-31 1999-05-14 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Conjugate heat shock protein-binding peptides
US5948646A (en) 1997-12-11 1999-09-07 Fordham University Methods for preparation of vaccines against cancer comprising heat shock protein-peptide complexes
EP1064354A4 (en) 1998-03-20 2002-06-12 Genzyme Corp COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR AUD GENEN-BASED VACCINES FOR CALLING T-CELL ANSWERS
NO315238B1 (en) 1998-05-08 2003-08-04 Gemvax As Peptides derived from reading frame shift mutations in the TBF <beta> II or BAX gene, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them, nucleic acid sequences encoding such peptides, plasmids, and virus vector-encompassing such nucleic acid
DE69932717T2 (en) 1998-05-22 2007-08-09 Ottawa Health Research Institute, Ottawa METHODS AND PRODUCTS FOR INDUCING MUCOSAL IMMUNITY
ES2257068T3 (en) 1998-08-10 2006-07-16 Antigenics Inc. CPG AND SAPONINAS ASSISTANT MIXTURES AND EMPLOYMENT METHODS OF THE SAME.
US6451316B1 (en) 1998-10-05 2002-09-17 University Of Conneticut Health Center Methods for generating antigen-reactive T cells in vitro
ES2222728T3 (en) 1998-10-05 2005-02-01 Pharmexa A/S THERAPEUTIC VACCINATION PROCEDURE.
US6475490B1 (en) 1998-10-19 2002-11-05 Fordham University Compositions and methods for promoting tissue repair using heat shock proteins
AU1331100A (en) 1998-10-29 2000-05-22 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute Cancer immunotheraphy and diagnosis using universal tumor associated antigens, including htert
US6808710B1 (en) 1999-08-23 2004-10-26 Genetics Institute, Inc. Downmodulating an immune response with multivalent antibodies to PD-1
CA3016482A1 (en) 1999-11-30 2001-06-07 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research B7-h1, a novel immunoregulatory molecule
US20010034042A1 (en) 2000-01-20 2001-10-25 Srivastava Pramod K. Complexes of peptide-binding fragments of heat shock proteins and their use as immunotherapeutic agents
GB0004547D0 (en) 2000-02-23 2000-04-19 Immunobiology Ltd Screening method for novel vaccine candidates and compositions obtained thereby
US20020044948A1 (en) 2000-03-15 2002-04-18 Samir Khleif Methods and compositions for co-stimulation of immunological responses to peptide antigens
AU5708601A (en) 2000-04-17 2001-10-30 James E Rothman Javelinization of protein antigens to heat shock proteins
AU2001266694C1 (en) 2000-06-02 2005-09-01 University Of Connecticut Health Center Complexes of alpha (2) macroglobulin and antigenic molecules for immunotherapy
US7186515B1 (en) 2000-06-02 2007-03-06 University Of Connecticut Health Center Alpha(2) macroglobulin receptor as a heat shock protein receptor and uses thereof
US6989146B2 (en) * 2000-08-09 2006-01-24 The Regents Of The University Of California Stress proteins and peptides and methods of use thereof
US7132109B1 (en) 2000-10-20 2006-11-07 University Of Connecticut Health Center Using heat shock proteins to increase immune response
FR2824326B1 (en) * 2001-05-04 2004-03-19 Commissariat Energie Atomique MIXTURE OF PEPTIDES FROM PAPILLOMAVIRUS E6 AND / OR E7 PROTEINS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS
IL160511A0 (en) 2001-08-20 2004-07-25 Univ Connecticut Health Ct Methods for preparing compositions comprising heat shock proteins or alpha-2-macroglobulin useful for the treatment of cancer and infectious disease
EP1456652A4 (en) 2001-11-13 2005-11-02 Dana Farber Cancer Inst Inc AGENTS MODULATING IMMUNE CELL ACTIVITY AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
US20040071656A1 (en) 2001-12-26 2004-04-15 Felix Wieland Modulation of heat-shock-protein-based immunotherapies
KR20040105736A (en) 2002-02-28 2004-12-16 안티제닉스 아이엔씨 Methods and products based on oligomerization of stress proteins
AU2003231098A1 (en) 2002-04-25 2003-11-10 University Of Connecticut Health Center Using heat shock proteins to improve the therapeutic benefit of a non-vaccine treatment modality
US6984389B2 (en) 2002-04-25 2006-01-10 University Of Connecticut Health Center Using heat shock proteins to improve the therapeutic benefit of a non-vaccine treatment modality
WO2003092624A2 (en) 2002-05-02 2003-11-13 University Of Connecticut Health Center Use of heat shock proteins to enhance efficacy of antibody therapeutics
IL149820A0 (en) 2002-05-23 2002-11-10 Curetech Ltd Humanized immunomodulatory monoclonal antibodies for the treatment of neoplastic disease or immunodeficiency
US20050221350A1 (en) 2002-05-29 2005-10-06 Toni Weinschenk Method for identifying immunoreactive peptides
EP2206517B1 (en) 2002-07-03 2023-08-02 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Immunopotentiating compositions comprising anti-PD-L1 antibodies
WO2004007527A2 (en) * 2002-07-11 2004-01-22 Incyte Corporation Secreted proteins
AU2003287048A1 (en) 2002-10-07 2004-05-04 Antigenics, Inc. Heat shock protein binding fragments of cd91, and uses thereof
JP4511943B2 (en) 2002-12-23 2010-07-28 ワイス エルエルシー Antibody against PD-1 and use thereof
US7420037B2 (en) * 2003-02-13 2008-09-02 Antigenics Inc. Heat shock protein-based vaccines and immunotherapies
JP4976848B2 (en) 2003-02-20 2012-07-18 ユニバーシティー オブ コネティカット ヘルス センター Methods and compositions for the treatment of cancer and infectious diseases using alpha (2) macroglobulin-antigen molecule complexes
RU2324493C2 (en) 2003-02-20 2008-05-20 Юниверсити Оф Коннектикут Хелт Сентер Method of application of compositions containing heat-shock proteins or alpha-2-macroglobulin for treatment of cancer and infectious diseases
RU2399381C2 (en) * 2003-02-28 2010-09-20 Антидженикс Инк. Use of lectins for glycoproteids and antigenic molecules oligomerisation activation
CA2521809A1 (en) 2003-04-11 2004-10-28 Antigenics Inc. Improved heat shock protein-based vaccines and immunotherapies
US7309491B2 (en) 2003-04-11 2007-12-18 Antigenics Inc. Heat shock protein-based vaccines and immunotherapies
WO2005028496A2 (en) 2003-09-12 2005-03-31 Antigenics, Inc. Vaccine for treatment and prevention of herpes simplex virus infection
US20090028874A1 (en) * 2003-12-24 2009-01-29 Leiden University Medical Center Synthetic Protein as Tumor-Specific Vaccine
EP1714157A2 (en) 2004-01-28 2006-10-25 Immatics Biotechnologies GmbH Method for identifying and quantifying of tumour-associated peptides
US20090304679A1 (en) 2004-05-27 2009-12-10 Weidanz Jon A Antibodies as T cell receptor mimics, methods of production and uses thereof
US8252893B2 (en) * 2005-01-31 2012-08-28 Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas CD8 T cell epitopes in HPV 16 E6 and E7 proteins and uses thereof
US20090214494A1 (en) 2005-03-29 2009-08-27 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinoi Cancer Vaccines and Therapeutic Methods
PL2161336T5 (en) 2005-05-09 2017-10-31 Ono Pharmaceutical Co Human monoclonal antibodies to programmed death 1(PD-1) and methods for treating cancer using anti-PD-1 antibodies alone or in combination with other immunotherapeutics
PL1879612T3 (en) 2005-05-09 2009-08-31 Vaxon Biotech Use of native peptides and their optimized derivatives for vaccination
CN104356236B (en) 2005-07-01 2020-07-03 E.R.施贵宝&圣斯有限责任公司 Human monoclonal antibody against programmed death ligand 1 (PD-L1)
US9732131B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2017-08-15 Calviri, Inc. Identification and use of novopeptides for the treatment of cancer
EP1994181A4 (en) 2006-02-27 2010-05-19 Univ Arizona IDENTIFICATION AND USE OF NOVOPEPTIDES FOR THE TREATMENT OF CANCER
WO2008027800A2 (en) 2006-08-29 2008-03-06 Temple University - Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education Method for enhancing the efficacy of antigen specific tumor immunotherapy
AT504160A1 (en) 2006-09-11 2008-03-15 Ralf Dr Kircheis USING A MULTICOMPONENT TUMOR VARC
EP2089423B1 (en) 2006-09-21 2016-10-26 Vaxil Biotherapeutics Ltd. Antigen specific multi epitope vaccines
US7998486B2 (en) 2006-10-25 2011-08-16 Newlink Genetics Corporation Enhanced immunogenicity of tumor associated antigens by addition of alphaGal epitopes
DE102006060824B4 (en) 2006-12-21 2011-06-01 Johannes-Gutenberg-Universität Mainz Detection of Individual T Cell Response Patterns Against Tumor-associated Antigens (TAA) in Tumor Patients as a Basis for Individual Therapeutic Vaccination of Patients
CA2678353A1 (en) 2007-02-15 2008-08-21 Mannkind Corporation A method for enhancing t cell response
US8140270B2 (en) 2007-03-22 2012-03-20 National Center For Genome Resources Methods and systems for medical sequencing analysis
EP2155240B1 (en) * 2007-05-31 2014-04-30 Academisch Ziekenhuis Leiden h.o.d.n. LUMC Intradermal hpv peptide vaccination
CA2691357C (en) 2007-06-18 2014-09-23 N.V. Organon Antibodies to human programmed death receptor pd-1
US8926961B2 (en) * 2007-10-03 2015-01-06 Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas HPV E6 protein T cell epitopes and uses thereof
HUE034465T2 (en) 2008-02-11 2018-02-28 Cure Tech Ltd Monoclonal antibodies for tumor treatment
EP2247306B1 (en) 2008-02-14 2018-04-18 Life Sciences Research Partners VZW Immunogenic control of tumours and tumour cells
US8168757B2 (en) 2008-03-12 2012-05-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. PD-1 binding proteins
ATE462442T1 (en) 2008-04-30 2010-04-15 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh NOVEL FORMULATIONS OF TUMOR-ASSOCIATED PEPTIDES THAT BIND TO HUMAN LEUKOCYTE ANTIGENS CLASS I OR II FOR VACCINATIONS
JP2009273377A (en) 2008-05-12 2009-11-26 Igaku Seibutsugaku Kenkyusho:Kk Method for selecting candidate peptide presented on surface of cancer cell following binding to mhc class i molecule
BR122019015876B8 (en) 2008-07-08 2021-07-27 Incyte Holdings Corp compounds derived from 1,2,5-oxadiazoles, composition, as well as their uses
PL2350129T3 (en) 2008-08-25 2015-12-31 Amplimmune Inc Compositions of pd-1 antagonists and methods of use
CA2731444A1 (en) * 2008-09-02 2010-03-11 Antigen Express, Inc. Human papillomavirus / li-key hybrids and methods of use
CA2736829C (en) 2008-09-12 2018-02-27 Isis Innovation Limited Pd-1 specific antibodies and uses thereof
CA2998281C (en) 2008-09-26 2022-08-16 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Human anti-pd-1 antobodies and uses therefor
EP4331604B9 (en) 2008-12-09 2025-07-23 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Anti-pd-l1 antibodies and their use to enhance t-cell function
EP2413953B1 (en) 2009-04-03 2017-11-08 Agenus Inc. Methods for preparing and using multichaperone-antigen complexes
JP2012529283A (en) 2009-06-09 2012-11-22 ヴァクソン バイオテック Identification, optimization and use of immunotherapy for shared HLA-B * 0702 epitopes
JP5964233B2 (en) * 2009-09-11 2016-08-03 プロイェクト、デ、ビオメディシナ、シーマ、ソシエダッド、リミターダＰｒｏｙｅｃｔｏ Ｄｅ Ｂｉｏｍｅｄｉｃｉｎａ Ｃｉｍａ， Ｓ．Ｌ． Composition for the treatment of diseases caused by HPV
CA2778714C (en) 2009-11-24 2018-02-27 Medimmune Limited Targeted binding agents against b7-h1
WO2011100841A1 (en) 2010-02-16 2011-08-25 Valorisation-Recherche, Limited Partnership Pd-1 modulation and uses thereof for modulating hiv replication
US8993731B2 (en) 2010-03-11 2015-03-31 Ucb Biopharma Sprl PD-1 antibody
GB201006360D0 (en) 2010-04-16 2010-06-02 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh Method for differentially quantifying naturally processed HLA-restricted peptides for cancer, autoimmune and infectious diseases immunotherapy development
CN105648056A (en) 2010-05-14 2016-06-08 综合医院公司 Composite and method for detecting tumor specific novel antigen
AU2011255463A1 (en) 2010-05-21 2012-11-01 University Of Miami Cancer treatment
US20130259883A1 (en) 2010-05-24 2013-10-03 Phosimmune, Inc. Class i mhc phosphopeptides for cancer immunotherapy and diagnosis
US9646134B2 (en) 2010-05-25 2017-05-09 The Regents Of The University Of California Bambam: parallel comparative analysis of high-throughput sequencing data
CN103384887B (en) 2010-05-25 2017-01-18 加利福尼亚大学董事会 BAMBAM: Parallel comparative analysis of high-throughput sequencing data
FR2960542B1 (en) * 2010-05-27 2012-08-17 Esther Suzy Arlette Fellous PEPTIDE AS A DRUG, ESPECIALLY FOR THE TREATMENT OF CANCER
US10434197B2 (en) 2010-07-23 2019-10-08 University Of Delaware Tetrazine-trans-cyclooctene ligation for the rapid construction of radionuclide labeled probes
KR20140024270A (en) 2010-12-30 2014-02-28 파운데이션 메디신 인코포레이티드 Optimization of multigene analysis of tumor samples
BR112013023978B1 (en) * 2011-03-21 2021-09-08 Atlantic Cancer Research Institute POLYPEPTIDE WITH AFFINITY FOR THERMAL SHOCK PROTEINS AND THEIR USE IN INFECTIOUS DISEASE DIAGNOSIS, IMMUNE RESPONSE PRODUCTION AND CANCER TREATMENT, AS WELL AS NUCLEIC ACID, COMPOSITION AND METHOD OF FRACTIONATION OF ALOGIC SUBSTANCE OR CLINICAL ANALYSIS
WO2012129520A1 (en) 2011-03-24 2012-09-27 Texas Tech University System Tcr mimic antibodies as vascular targeting tools
EP2694553B1 (en) 2011-04-01 2017-10-11 Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center T cell receptor-like antibodies specific for a wt1 peptide presented by hla-a2
PT2699264T (en) 2011-04-20 2018-05-23 Medimmune Llc ANTIBODIES AND OTHER MOLECULES CONNECTING B7-H1 AND PD-1
RU2670745C9 (en) 2011-05-24 2018-12-13 Бионтех Рна Фармасьютикалс Гмбх Individualised vaccines for cancer
WO2012159643A1 (en) 2011-05-24 2012-11-29 Biontech Ag Individualized vaccines for cancer
RU2604814C2 (en) 2011-07-24 2016-12-10 Кьюртек Лтд. Versions of humanized immunomodulatory monoclonal antibodies
CN103957930A (en) 2011-08-31 2014-07-30 国立大学法人三重大学 Vaccine preparation for cancer treatment
US8920075B2 (en) 2011-09-01 2014-12-30 Halo Maritime Defense Systems, Inc. Marine barrier and gate
ES2808152T3 (en) 2011-11-28 2021-02-25 Merck Patent Gmbh Anti-PD-L1 antibodies and their uses
WO2013158611A1 (en) 2012-04-16 2013-10-24 Agenus Inc. Methods and compositions for the treatment of glioblastomas
AU2013266850A1 (en) 2012-05-25 2014-12-04 Bayer Healthcare Llc System and method for predicting the immunogenicity of a peptide
WO2013177593A2 (en) 2012-05-25 2013-11-28 Phosimmune, Inc. Identification of mhc class i phospho-peptide antigens from breast cancer utilizing shla technology and complementary enrichment strategies
JP2015519375A (en) 2012-05-31 2015-07-09 ソレント・セラピューティクス・インコーポレイテッドＳｏｒｒｅｎｔｏ Ｔｈｅｒａｐｅｕｔｉｃｓ， Ｉｎｃ． Antigen binding protein that binds to PD-L1
JP2015533473A (en) 2012-07-12 2015-11-26 ペルシミューン，インコーポレイテッド Individual cancer vaccine and adaptive immune cell therapy
WO2014022758A1 (en) 2012-08-03 2014-02-06 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Single agent anti-pd-l1 and pd-l2 dual binding antibodies and methods of use
GB201214007D0 (en) 2012-08-07 2012-09-19 Scancell Ltd Anti-tumour immune responses to modified self-epitopes
EP2891099A4 (en) 2012-08-28 2016-04-20 Broad Inst Inc DETECTION OF VARIANTS IN SEQUENCING DATA AND CALIBRATION
EP2897631A4 (en) 2012-08-31 2016-10-05 Univ Virginia Patent Found TARGET PEPTIDES FOR IMMUNOTHERAPY AND DIAGNOSIS
WO2014039675A2 (en) 2012-09-05 2014-03-13 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Target peptides for colorectal cancer therapy and diagnostics
HRP20191182T1 (en) 2012-09-28 2019-10-04 The University Of Connecticut Identification of tumor-protective epitopes for the treatment of cancers
CN114507282B (en) 2012-10-04 2025-05-16 达纳－法伯癌症研究所公司 Human monoclonal anti-PD-L1 antibodies and methods of use
EP2925348B1 (en) 2012-11-28 2019-03-06 BioNTech RNA Pharmaceuticals GmbH Individualized vaccines for cancer
CN105008380B (en) * 2012-12-06 2018-01-23 维多利亚联结有限公司 Conjugate compound
HK1216153A1 (en) 2012-12-13 2016-10-21 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Target peptides for ovarian cancer therapy and diagnostics
AR093984A1 (en) 2012-12-21 2015-07-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme ANTIBODIES THAT JOIN LEGEND 1 OF SCHEDULED DEATH (PD-L1) HUMAN
WO2014160902A1 (en) 2013-03-27 2014-10-02 Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center Directed immune stimulation
CA3137846A1 (en) 2013-04-07 2014-10-16 The Broad Institute, Inc. Compositions and methods for personalized neoplasia vaccines
HUE053069T2 (en) 2013-05-02 2021-06-28 Anaptysbio Inc Antibodies to programmed death-1 (PD-1)
WO2014180490A1 (en) 2013-05-10 2014-11-13 Biontech Ag Predicting immunogenicity of t cell epitopes
CA2913977C (en) 2013-05-31 2022-11-29 Sorrento Therapeutics, Inc. Antigen binding proteins that bind pd-1
WO2014200910A2 (en) 2013-06-10 2014-12-18 Iogenetics, Llc Bioinformatic processes for determination of peptide binding
WO2014209804A1 (en) 2013-06-24 2014-12-31 Biomed Valley Discoveries, Inc. Bispecific antibodies
CN104250302B (en) 2013-06-26 2017-11-14 上海君实生物医药科技股份有限公司 The anti-antibody of PD 1 and its application
WO2015013461A2 (en) 2013-07-26 2015-01-29 Sequenta, Inc. Cancer vaccination with antigen evolution
WO2015014375A1 (en) 2013-07-30 2015-02-05 Biontech Ag Tumor antigens for determining cancer therapy
US10077305B2 (en) 2013-09-10 2018-09-18 Medimmune Limited Antibodies against PD-1 and uses thereof
PT3702373T (en) 2013-09-13 2022-09-27 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Anti-pd1 antibodies and their use as therapeutics and diagnostics
KR20160062759A (en) * 2013-10-13 2016-06-02 더 보드 오브 트러스티스 오브 더 유니버시티 오브 아칸소 Human papilloma virus therapeutic vaccine
CN104558177B (en) 2013-10-25 2020-02-18 苏州思坦维生物技术股份有限公司 Monoclonal antibody for antagonizing and inhibiting programmed death receptor PD-1and ligand combination thereof, and coding sequence and application thereof
US10202454B2 (en) 2013-10-25 2019-02-12 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Anti-PD-L1 monoclonal antibodies and fragments thereof
WO2015085233A1 (en) 2013-12-06 2015-06-11 The Broad Institute Inc. Formulations for neoplasia vaccines
SG10201804945WA (en) 2013-12-12 2018-07-30 Shanghai hengrui pharmaceutical co ltd Pd-1 antibody, antigen-binding fragment thereof, and medical application thereof
AU2014368898B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2020-06-11 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Combination therapy with neoantigen vaccine
KR20160102314A (en) 2014-01-02 2016-08-29 메모리얼 슬로안-케터링 캔서 센터 Determinants of cancer response to immunotherapy
US10407502B2 (en) 2014-01-15 2019-09-10 Kadmon Corporation, Llc Immunomodulatory agents
TWI680138B (en) 2014-01-23 2019-12-21 美商再生元醫藥公司 Human antibodies to pd-l1
HUE054873T2 (en) 2014-02-10 2021-10-28 Merck Patent Gmbh Targeted tgf beta inhibition
US20150315247A1 (en) 2014-05-04 2015-11-05 David Charles Binder High-affinity peptide-based anticancer vaccination to overcome tumor resistance to immunostimulatory antibodies and to identify TCRs that can be used successfully in adoptive T cell therapy
GB201408255D0 (en) 2014-05-09 2014-06-25 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh Novel immunotherapy against several tumours of the blood, such as acute myeloid leukemia (AML)
EP3149042B1 (en) 2014-05-29 2019-08-28 Spring Bioscience Corporation Pd-l1 antibodies and uses thereof
WO2015195163A1 (en) 2014-06-20 2015-12-23 R-Pharm Overseas, Inc. Pd-l1 antagonist fully human antibody
TWI693232B (en) 2014-06-26 2020-05-11 美商宏觀基因股份有限公司 Covalently bonded diabodies having immunoreactivity with pd-1 and lag-3, and methods of use thereof
CN110156892B (en) 2014-07-03 2023-05-16 百济神州有限公司 anti-PD-L1 antibodies and their use as therapeutic and diagnostic agents
CN105330740B (en) 2014-07-30 2018-08-17 珠海市丽珠单抗生物技术有限公司 Anti- PD-1 antibody and its application
SG11201700672YA (en) 2014-08-05 2017-02-27 MabQuest SA Immunological reagents binding to pd-1
AU2015308527C1 (en) 2014-08-29 2021-07-15 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Combination therapy of tumor-targeted IL-2 variant immunocytokines and antibodies against human PD-L1
EP3191121B1 (en) 2014-09-10 2020-05-27 The University of Connecticut Identification of immunologically protective neo-epitopes for the treatment of cancers
WO2016040900A1 (en) 2014-09-14 2016-03-17 Washington University Personalized cancer vaccines and methods therefor
AU2016260540B2 (en) * 2015-05-13 2021-01-07 Agenus Inc. Vaccines for treatment and prevention of cancer
WO2017088080A1 (en) 2015-11-25 2017-06-01 Natural Response S.A. Method for obtaining saponins from plants

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11065317B2 (en) * 2018-04-26 2021-07-20 Agenus Inc. Heat shock protein-binding peptide compositions and methods of use thereof

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Butler et al. Evolution of pathogenicity and sexual reproduction in eight Candida genomes. Nature. 04 June 2009, Volume 459, pages 657-662. (Year: 2009) *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2019210055A3 (en) 2019-12-19
US11065317B2 (en) 2021-07-20
WO2019210055A2 (en) 2019-10-31
TW202012430A (en) 2020-04-01
JP2021522239A (en) 2021-08-30
AU2019261451A2 (en) 2020-12-10
KR20210005646A (en) 2021-01-14
MA52363A (en) 2021-03-03
US20200000905A1 (en) 2020-01-02
CN112218883A (en) 2021-01-12
EP3784688A2 (en) 2021-03-03
AU2019261451A1 (en) 2020-12-03
CA3096909A1 (en) 2019-10-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220008527A1 (en) Heat Shock Protein-Binding Peptide Compositions And Methods Of Use Thereof
JP5883804B2 (en) Vaccine for the treatment and prevention of herpes simplex virus infection
JP6925980B2 (en) Vaccines for the treatment and prevention of cancer
WO2005060993A1 (en) Synthetic protein as tumor-specific vaccine
US7420037B2 (en) Heat shock protein-based vaccines and immunotherapies
AU2019300038B2 (en) Self-assembling peptide scaffold
US20220275049A1 (en) Antigenic polypeptides and methods of use thereof
US20220257733A1 (en) Antigenic polypeptides and methods of use thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: AGENUS INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:FINDEIS, MARK ARTHUR;MORIN, BENJAMIN MAXIME;JOSHI, BISHNU;REEL/FRAME:056993/0064

Effective date: 20200107

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION